The books in the LRC are arranged by topic using Library of Congress classification system. Here are a few call number ranges to explore:
L7-991 Education (General)
LA5-2396 History of education
LC8-6691 Special aspects of education
For Subject searches using the Worldcat Discover, try:
To do Keyword searches, you can either use add terms or use phrases.
Searching for [Tourism management]?
Test out [tourism AND management] or ["tourism management"] as searches and see what you can find.
De La Salle-College of Saint Benilde Antipolo takes significant responsibility for the preparation of professional educators. It aims to prepare undergraduates for initial teaching positions and to groom Lasallian leaders for the field of professional teacher education.
Education graduates must be competent both in theoretical and practical skills so they would be ready to deal effectively with the problems and complexities of undertaking professional service.
This subject guide gathers in one place carefully evaluated and selected resources on Education available and accessible at the LRC and its subscribed databases. Books (both print and electronic) are categorized per course; while journals, magazines, online databases, and other types of resources (if applicable) are recommended for the entire Education program.
Quick Links:
Professional Education
BEED - Elementary Education
English
Math
Science
Child and Adolescent Development in Your Classroom, Chronological Approach by
This book provides you with research-based strategies and guidelines for your classroom, whether you will be teaching children in infancy and toddlerhood, high school, or anywhere in between. You'll learn how child development concepts are applied to topics of interest and relevance to teachers, including classroom discipline, teacher-student relationships, increasing intelligence, and many others. Chapters use an easy-to-follow format, and diversity and multicultural issues are integrated throughout. Real-world vignettes bridge the distance between research and your classroom, helping you be better prepared to create an environment that promotes optimal development in all children. With its practical classroom-based focus, this text will help you view all students more positively, give you the tools to effectively guide them, and make teaching more enjoyable.
Investigating Emotional, Sensory and Social Learning in Early Years Practice by
This book explores learning in the early years and emphasises the importance of learning in social contexts, through the senses and within close relationships. It moves away from the focus on 'learning' as the acquisition of knowledge, and instead emphasises the importance of personal, social and emotional development in early years education. Arguing that young children learn best when they are supported by reliable, engaged and attentive people who know them well, this book challenges readers to reflect on their own practice and think about how emotions play a part in young children's learning and development. Each chapter of this book discusses a different aspect of emotional, sensory and social learning, from philosophical perspectives on learning, leadership and inclusive practice, to the importance of promoting the development of children's emotional intelligence, forming close attachments to children, and encouraging them to learn through their senses. The reader is provided with a wealth of ideas and examples for application in the classroom. Numerous practical examples, reference to contemporary research, and the authors' acknowledgement of the challenges faced by practitioners make this an inspiring and pertinent resource for new and experienced teachers and practitioners, as well as trainees and students in the fields of early years and primary education. Readers will develop the skills needed to engage in outstanding, learning-focused practice.
Teaching Early Years by
This textbook focuses on the main areas of teaching young children, covering the 3-7 years age range that spans the early years and primary phases. The majority of chapters are written by both an academic and practitioner, reflecting a genuine theory and practice approach, and this helps the reader to set theoretical discussion in the context of real practice. Key themes explored within the book include: - Play and playfulness in the curriculum - Child development in practice - Literacy development and subject pedagogy - Creativity and outdoor learning Packed full of learning features such as case studies, reflective questions and lesson plans, Teaching Early Years is an essential resource for both students and practitioners, and will enhance your knowledge of how young children think and learn.
Ways of Learning by
While most teachers are skilled in providing opportunities for the progression of children's learning, it is sometimes without fully understanding the theory behind it. With greater insight into what is currently known about the processes of learning and about individual learners, teachers are better equipped to provide experiences and situations that are more likely to lead to effective acquisition of knowledge, concepts and skills. Ways of Learning has been widely used and now, fully updated, it seeks to provide further insight into the ways in which learning takes place, which teachers can make use of in their planning and teaching, including: ■ an overview of learning ■ behaviourism and the beginning of theory ■ cognitive and constructivist learning ■ multiple intelligences and learning styles ■ difficulties with learning ■ the influence of neuropsychology ■ other theories, philosophies and names ■ relating theory to practice. The fourth edition of this book includes developments in areas covered in the preceding editions, as well as expanding on certain topics to bring about a wider perspective; most notably, a new consideration of learning styles and a new chapter detailing important thinkers and writers from the history of education and their continuing influence along with other theories, ideas and thoughts not included in the rest of the book. The book also reflects changes in government policy and is closely related to new developments in practice. Written for trainee teachers, serving teachers and others interested in learning for various reasons, Ways of Learning serves as a valuable introduction for students setting out on higher degree work who are in need of an introduction to the topic.
Guiding Children's Social Development and Learning : Theory and Skills by
Updated throughout and featuring an emphasis on NAEYC and other standards, GUIDING CHILDREN'S SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT AND LEARNING: THEORY AND SKILLS, Ninth Edition, focuses on ways professionals can help children develop both positive feelings about themselves and social competence. You'll find practical, developmentally appropriate strategies for how to work with children and families from many different backgrounds and circumstances, and in a variety of group settings. With the help of this text, you'll avoid much of the guesswork and frustration that can hinder practitioners' efforts to influence children's social development and behavior. And, you'll obtain a unified framework for decision-making and professional practice that incorporates sound principles of children's development, relationship enhancement, and behavior management. This is a book you'll want to keep and refer to long after you leave the course.
Child and adolescent development in your classroom: chronological approach by Youth at risk: a prevention resource for counselors, teachers and parents by Child and adolescent development in your classroom: topical approach by Disorders of childhood: development and psychopathology by Executive skills in children and adolescents: a practical guide to assessment and intervention by 
Wiley GAAP 2017 by
The most practical, authoritative guide to GAAP Wiley GAAP 2017 contains complete coverage of the Financial Accounting Standards Board′s (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC), the source of authoritative generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Wiley GAAP renders GAAP more understandable and accessible for research and has been designed to reduce the amount of time and effort needed to solve accounting research and implementation issues. The 2017 edition reflects the new FASB guidance on: Revenue Recognition Leases Business Combinations Pensions Financial Instruments And more than 17 other new FASB Accounting Standards Updates Providing interpretive guidance, analytical explanations, graphic tools, and more than 300 real-world, examples and illustrations, this invaluable guide offers clear, user-friendly guidance on every ASC Topic in the Codification. Offers insight into the application of complex financial reporting rules Contains a detailed index for easy reference use Includes comprehensive cross-referencing to the FASB codification system, making it efficient for you to perform in-depth research As a bonus, a comprehensive disclosure checklist offers practical guidance to preparing financial statements for commercial entities in accordance with GAAP. For easy reference and research, the checklist follows the order of the codification. With easy-to-access information, this reliable resource offers complete coverage of the FASB Codification.
College Teaching and Learning for Change by
Students and faculty come together in this powerful collection to discuss experiences and teaching practices that can change students' lives. Organized into four parts, these first-person accounts explore the many challenges facing college students, offering advice on how to best serve low-income, first-generation, underrepresented student populations; how to foster political engagement; and how to help students take charge of their lives and education. The stories in College Teaching and Learning for Change provide higher education faculty and student affairs practitioners with an increased understanding of the wide variety of student experiences, and together they constitute a platform for encouraging student success.
Teaching Naked Techniques by
Put Teaching Naked to work in your classroom with clear examples and step-by-step guidance Teaching Naked Techniques (TNT) is a practical guide of proven quick ideas for improving classes and essential information for designing anything from one lesson or a group of lessons to an entire course. TNT is both a design guide and a 'sourcebook' of ideas: a great companion to the award-winning Teaching Naked book. Teaching Naked Techniques helps higher education faculty design more effective and engaging classrooms. The book focuses on each step of class preparation from the entry point and first encounter with content to the classroom 'surprise.' There is a chapter on each step in the cycle with an abundance of discipline-specific examples, plus the latest research on cognition and technology, quick lists of ideas, and additional resources. By rethinking the how, when, and why of technology, faculty are able to create exponentially more opportunities for practical student engagement. Student-centered, activity-driven, and proven again and again, these techniques can revolutionize your classroom. Create more effective, engaging lessons for higher education Utilize technology outside of the classroom to better engage during class time Examine discipline-specific examples of Teaching Naked Techniques Prepare for each class step by step from the student's perspective Teaching Naked flips the classroom by placing the student's first contact with the material outside of class. This places the burden of learning on the learner, ensures student preparation, and frees up class time for active engagement with the material for more effective learning and retention. Teaching Naked Techniques is the practical guide for bringing better learning to your classroom.
The Teaching Profession by Teaching profession: passion and mission by
The teacher as a person in the society : The teacher as an individual person : The teacher as a professional : The teacher as a community leader and social advocate : The teacher as a model character : The teacher as an expert -- Teaching competencies : National competency-based teacher standards (NCBTS) Educational foundations : Learning environment : Diversity of learners : Curriculum and instruction : Measurement, assessment, and evaluation : Establishing community linkages : School leadership : Classroom management : Professional management -- Challenges in teaching : Teaching in multicultural and multilingual classrooms : Teaching children with special needs : Teaching in multigrade classes : Teaching in multiple intellegence classrooms : Teaching in a learner-centered and constructivist classroom : Brain-based education : ICT integration in teaching and learning -- Legal bases of the teaching profession : Article XIV of the 1987 Republic of the Philippines constitution : Batas pambansa 232 : Republic act 7836 : Republic act 9293 : The magna carta for public school teachers : the code of ethics for professional teachers
The teaching profession by
You, the teacher, as a person in society -- The teacher in the classroom and community -- On becoming a global teacher -- The professionalization of teaching -- Becoming a professional teacher. -- Other education and teacher-related laws. -- Historical perspective of the Philippine Educational System.
Teaching Naked Techniques by
Put Teaching Naked to work in your classroom with clear examples and step-by-step guidance Teaching Naked Techniques (TNT) is a practical guide of proven quick ideas for improving classes and essential information for designing anything from one lesson or a group of lessons to an entire course. TNT is both a design guide and a 'sourcebook' of ideas: a great companion to the award-winning Teaching Naked book. Teaching Naked Techniques helps higher education faculty design more effective and engaging classrooms. The book focuses on each step of class preparation from the entry point and first encounter with content to the classroom 'surprise.' There is a chapter on each step in the cycle with an abundance of discipline-specific examples, plus the latest research on cognition and technology, quick lists of ideas, and additional resources. By rethinking the how, when, and why of technology, faculty are able to create exponentially more opportunities for practical student engagement. Student-centered, activity-driven, and proven again and again, these techniques can revolutionize your classroom. Create more effective, engaging lessons for higher education Utilize technology outside of the classroom to better engage during class time Examine discipline-specific examples of Teaching Naked Techniques Prepare for each class step by step from the student's perspective Teaching Naked flips the classroom by placing the student's first contact with the material outside of class. This places the burden of learning on the learner, ensures student preparation, and frees up class time for active engagement with the material for more effective learning and retention. Teaching Naked Techniques is the practical guide for bringing better learning to your classroom.
Teachers, Teaching, and Reform by
Comprised of contributions from distinguished education scholars, Teachers, Teaching, and Reform takes a critical look at evidence about systemic efforts to identify excellent teachers and promote excellent teaching practices. Organized to include diverse and often contrasting perspectives on the topic, this book provides insight into some of the most vexing historical issues affecting the policies that shape current reform initiatives focused on teachers, teaching, and educational outcomes. Educational scholars, policy makers, instructors, and graduate students will come away with a keen understanding of different perspectives about the assessment of teachers, teaching, and teacher education programs, as well as strategies for improving educational outcomes for students.
Ethical Leadership by
This book introduces readers to the moral dilemmas associated with business decisions, helping students to understand the moral and ethical considerations leaders face in the workplace, and providing a framework for balancing business demands with doing the right thing. The author walks readers through the basics of Western moral philosophy before the 20th century and beyond it, covering Utilitarianism, Universalism, the Golden Rule, and Virtue Ethics as well as compelling Eastern moral philosophy to help readers link individual behavior to the larger scheme of corporate social responsibility. The text combines this with a survey of various leadership theories--such as servant leadership, awakened leadership, authentic leadership, and spiritual leadership--to present a model that combines the strengths of each theory. Students will become familiar with the mindsets behind moral pitfalls along with their potentially disastrous effects and how these can be overcome. Chapter summaries and relevant cases, including studies on Fidel Castro, Wells Fargo, Mylan's EpiPen Price Gouging, and more will help students to place theories in context, learning how to achieve success in business ventures successfully, compassionately and ethically. With an easy-to-grasp three-part progression and reflective questions for both chapters and cases, Ethical Leadership will benefit students of leadership and business ethics.
Teaching Early Years by
This textbook focuses on the main areas of teaching young children, covering the 3-7 years age range that spans the early years and primary phases. The majority of chapters are written by both an academic and practitioner, reflecting a genuine theory and practice approach, and this helps the reader to set theoretical discussion in the context of real practice. Key themes explored within the book include: - Play and playfulness in the curriculum - Child development in practice - Literacy development and subject pedagogy - Creativity and outdoor learning Packed full of learning features such as case studies, reflective questions and lesson plans, Teaching Early Years is an essential resource for both students and practitioners, and will enhance your knowledge of how young children think and learn.
Essentials of teacher leadership by Becoming 21st century educational leader by 
A Staff Guide to Addressing Disruptive and Dangerous Behavior on Campus by
There is an increasing population of students coming to college who challenge and frustrate staff. Students struggle with complex mental health problems, environmental stress, anger difficulties, and the potential for explosively acting out with threats or violence. This practical guide provides college and university staff with direction when working with these students in a variety of college environments, including community colleges, four-year institutions, and online learning environments. Coverage includes how to identify and assess students who are at risk, calm and de-escalate a crisis, motivate and inspire change, and how to manage and maintain change in a positive direction over time. Grounded in theory and research, this book offers practical and tangible advice and guidance to make it easier to assist students in need.
School Connectedness for Students with Disabilities by
School Connectedness for Students with Disabilities: From Theory to Evidence-based Practice focuses on the importance of school connectedness for students with disabilities, and presents ways in which this sense of connectedness can be fostered. Written from a holistic perspective, it embraces a variety of approaches, strategies and interventions rooted in evidence-based theory and practice, and examines them not only in regard to the student with a disability, but also school leaders, teachers, families and community members. The book describes and defines the concept of school connectedness, provides the reader with a theoretical framework from which to examine connectedness and explores connectedness from the lens of each of its components. It discusses the importance of assessing school connectedness in order to make data-based intervention decisions, as well as unpacking the components of student engagement, school climate, bonding and attachment. Several school-wide and leadership approaches that foster school connectedness are presented, as are ways to involve families. All of these are discussed through the lens of disability, in order to acknowledge the characteristics of disability that affect student levels of school connectedness. School connectedness has become a priority for many schools and educators internationally. Research demonstrates the importance of connectedness as a protective factor, and its impact on the health behaviour, social, emotional and academic outcomes of young people. Grounded in theory and relevant to practice, this is essential reading for anyone interested in improving the school connectedness of students with different disabilities across the lifespan.
Integrating Intensive Interaction by
This unique book features a collection of lively stories on the integration of Intensive Interaction practice into schools and adult service settings. It addresses communication development, both from a micro and macro level across a variety of service settings, with each chapter written by a different practitioner. These personal accounts cover individual practice and reflection with a single case-study person, as well as influencing organisational change. The authors assert that within adult services and educational settings, Intensive Interaction can be used as a way to develop communication and confidence and to work with the principles of inclusion and person-centred acceptance and support. The book develops an understanding of issues that can be addressed within training and mentoring other staff, and uses case studies throughout as a powerful training tool. Filled with practical advice and techniques to develop communication with people who find it hard to communicate, as well as guidance on ensuring the sustainable extension of the use of Intensive Interaction by embedding the approach within organisational ways of working, this book will be of value to anyone working within children and adult services for people with communication impairments.
Beyond Every Child Matters by
The United Kingdom's Conservative/Liberal Democrat coalition government 2010-15 was responsible for some of the most radical changes to education policy for decades. Beyond Every Child Matters provides a critical overview of developments in education and social welfare policy in the years following the 2010 general election. It explores the conceptual background of a 'Big Society' used to frame Coalition policy and shows how the underlying spectre of neoliberalism both creates issues for policy attention and undermines ensuing policy solutions. This book charts those changes which have impacted upon education and schooling in England and Wales and is divided into two parts. Part I analyses Conservative philosophical thought and policy discussions that underpin the social, welfare and education policies introduced under the Conservative-led coalition government of 2010-15 and the subsequent Conservative administration since 2015. Part II looks at these policies in detail and concludes with a discussion of possible alternative policy approaches. Set against a backdrop of unprecedented economic crisis and austerity, Beyond Every Child Matters will be of interest to students of education and welfare policy, academics and researchers.
Teaching Students with Special Needs in Inclusive Classrooms by
Equip and empower today's classroom teachers to ADAPT to the needs of all of their students. Using the research-validated ADAPT framework, Teaching Students with Special Needs in Inclusive Classrooms helps future teachers determine how, when, and with whom to use proven academic and behavioral interventions to obtain the best outcomes for students with disabilities. Through clear language and practical examples, authors Diane P. Bryant, Brian R. Bryant, and Deborah D. Smith show how to create truly inclusive classrooms through evidence-based practices and hands-on strategies. This book will provide the skills and inspiration that teachers need to make a positive difference in the educational lives of struggling learners. The text is written to meet the needs of those majoring in general education, special education, and blended teacher education programs.
A teacher's guide book on Special education by Foundation of Special and Inclusive Education by The SAGE handbook of inclusion and diversity in education by Rethinking disability: a disability studies approach to inclusive practices by Viewpoints on intervention for learners with disabilities by 
Handbook of Self-Regulation of Learning and Performance by
The second edition of the popular Handbook of Self-Regulation of Learning and Performance responds to and incorporates the wealth of new research that the first edition inspired on the subject. At the same time, it advances meaningful perspectives on the scholarship and history that originally shaped the field. Divided into five major sections--basic domains, context, technology, methodology and assessment, and individual and group differences--this thoroughly updated handbook addresses recent theoretical refinements and advances in instruction and intervention that have changed approaches to developing learners' capabilities to self-regulate in educational settings. Chapters written by leading experts in the field include discussions of methodological advances and expansions into new technologies and the role of learner differences in such areas as contexts and cultures. As a comprehensive guide to a rapidly evolving and increasingly influential subject area, this volume represents contemporary and future thinking in self-regulation theory, research, and applications. Chapter Structure　- To ensure uniformity and coherence across chapters, each chapter author addresses the theoretical ideas underlying their topic, research evidence bearing on these ideas, future research directions, and implications for educational practice. Global　- A significant number of international contributors are included to reflect the increasingly international research on self-regulation. Readable　- In order to make the book accessible to students, chapters have been carefully edited for clarity, conciseness, and organizational consistency. Expertise　- All chapters are written by leading researchers who are highly regarded experts on their particular topics and are active contributors to the field.
Ways of Learning by
While most teachers are skilled in providing opportunities for the progression of children's learning, it is sometimes without fully understanding the theory behind it. With greater insight into what is currently known about the processes of learning and about individual learners, teachers are better equipped to provide experiences and situations that are more likely to lead to effective acquisition of knowledge, concepts and skills. Ways of Learning has been widely used and now, fully updated, it seeks to provide further insight into the ways in which learning takes place, which teachers can make use of in their planning and teaching, including: ■ an overview of learning ■ behaviourism and the beginning of theory ■ cognitive and constructivist learning ■ multiple intelligences and learning styles ■ difficulties with learning ■ the influence of neuropsychology ■ other theories, philosophies and names ■ relating theory to practice. The fourth edition of this book includes developments in areas covered in the preceding editions, as well as expanding on certain topics to bring about a wider perspective; most notably, a new consideration of learning styles and a new chapter detailing important thinkers and writers from the history of education and their continuing influence along with other theories, ideas and thoughts not included in the rest of the book. The book also reflects changes in government policy and is closely related to new developments in practice. Written for trainee teachers, serving teachers and others interested in learning for various reasons, Ways of Learning serves as a valuable introduction for students setting out on higher degree work who are in need of an introduction to the topic.
Guiding Children's Social Development and Learning : Theory and Skills by
Updated throughout and featuring an emphasis on NAEYC and other standards, GUIDING CHILDREN'S SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT AND LEARNING: THEORY AND SKILLS, Ninth Edition, focuses on ways professionals can help children develop both positive feelings about themselves and social competence. You'll find practical, developmentally appropriate strategies for how to work with children and families from many different backgrounds and circumstances, and in a variety of group settings. With the help of this text, you'll avoid much of the guesswork and frustration that can hinder practitioners' efforts to influence children's social development and behavior. And, you'll obtain a unified framework for decision-making and professional practice that incorporates sound principles of children's development, relationship enhancement, and behavior management. This is a book you'll want to keep and refer to long after you leave the course.
The Passion-Driven Classroom by
Turn your classroom into a thriving community of learners! In The Passion-Driven Classroom, bestselling authors Angela Maiers and Amy Sandvold show you how to spark and sustain your students' energy, excitement, and love of learning. This updated edition offers a new framework for changing your mindset and implementing a passion-driven classroom, where passion meets practice every day as students learn new skills and explore their talents. You'll come away with specific examples of how to set up your classroom, how to manage it, and how to assign passion projects where students take the lead. With this book, you'll be able to move away from prescription-driven learning toward Passion-Driven Learning, so you can make a real difference in the lives of your students.
Teaching Early Years by
This textbook focuses on the main areas of teaching young children, covering the 3-7 years age range that spans the early years and primary phases. The majority of chapters are written by both an academic and practitioner, reflecting a genuine theory and practice approach, and this helps the reader to set theoretical discussion in the context of real practice. Key themes explored within the book include: - Play and playfulness in the curriculum - Child development in practice - Literacy development and subject pedagogy - Creativity and outdoor learning Packed full of learning features such as case studies, reflective questions and lesson plans, Teaching Early Years is an essential resource for both students and practitioners, and will enhance your knowledge of how young children think and learn.
The mentor’s guide: facilitating effective learning relationships by Facilitating Learner-Centered Teaching by Facilitating Learner-Centered Teaching (PATEF) by Facilitating group learning strategies for success with adult learners by Facilitating teacher teams and authentic PLCs: the human side of leading people, protocols, and practices by Handbook of Self-Regulation of Learning and Performance by
The second edition of the popular Handbook of Self-Regulation of Learning and Performance responds to and incorporates the wealth of new research that the first edition inspired on the subject. At the same time, it advances meaningful perspectives on the scholarship and history that originally shaped the field. Divided into five major sections--basic domains, context, technology, methodology and assessment, and individual and group differences--this thoroughly updated handbook addresses recent theoretical refinements and advances in instruction and intervention that have changed approaches to developing learners' capabilities to self-regulate in educational settings. Chapters written by leading experts in the field include discussions of methodological advances and expansions into new technologies and the role of learner differences in such areas as contexts and cultures. As a comprehensive guide to a rapidly evolving and increasingly influential subject area, this volume represents contemporary and future thinking in self-regulation theory, research, and applications. Chapter Structure　- To ensure uniformity and coherence across chapters, each chapter author addresses the theoretical ideas underlying their topic, research evidence bearing on these ideas, future research directions, and implications for educational practice. Global　- A significant number of international contributors are included to reflect the increasingly international research on self-regulation. Readable　- In order to make the book accessible to students, chapters have been carefully edited for clarity, conciseness, and organizational consistency. Expertise　- All chapters are written by leading researchers who are highly regarded experts on their particular topics and are active contributors to the field.
College Teaching and Learning for Change by
Students and faculty come together in this powerful collection to discuss experiences and teaching practices that can change students' lives. Organized into four parts, these first-person accounts explore the many challenges facing college students, offering advice on how to best serve low-income, first-generation, underrepresented student populations; how to foster political engagement; and how to help students take charge of their lives and education. The stories in College Teaching and Learning for Change provide higher education faculty and student affairs practitioners with an increased understanding of the wide variety of student experiences, and together they constitute a platform for encouraging student success.
Formative Assessment for Teaching and Learning by
′A unique blend of scholarly research-based principles of effective formative assessment with practical suggestions for use in the classroom. The authors show how the essence of formative assessment is in teachers′ responses to the substance students′ understandings, with a focus on how teachers can use pedagogical strategies to move students forward toward important learning outcomes. I highly recommend the book for both researchers and practitioners. It is an engaging, in-depth, sophisticated treatment of formative assessment.′ - James H. McMillan, Virginia Commonwealth UniversityFormative Assessment (AFL) supplies the strategy to support effective teaching, and to make learning deep and sustained. This book shows how to develop your planning for learner-centred day-to-day teaching and learning situations through an understanding of formative teaching, learning and assessment.Within each chapter, based on real teaching situations, the strategies of the ′formative assessment toolkit′ are identified and analysed: guided group teaching differentiation observation & evidence elicitation analysis & feedback co-construction reflective planning self-regulation dialogue & dialogic strategies. The principles set out in this book can be applied to any age or stage in education, but will be particularly useful to current practising teachers, students following international and national teacher training courses; CPD or in-service work; and MEd and MA post-graduate assessment/teaching and learning modules.
Assessment of learning I: textbook and reviewer by Assessment of student learning by Assessment, Feedback and Reporting by Assessment for learning in primary learning and teaching by Advancing assessment for student success supporting learning by creating connections across assessment teaching, curriculum and cocurriculum in the collaboration with our colleagues and our students by A Course Module for Personhood Education: Curriculum, Pedagogy, and Assessment by Assessment of Learning 1 by Assessment in Learning 1 4th Edition OBE-& PPST - Based by Advancing formative assessment in every classroom: a guide for instructional leaders by The power of assessment for learning: twenty years of research and practice in UK and US classrooms by The learning framework in number: pedagogical tools for assessment and instruction by Celebrating children’s learning: assessment beyond levels in the early years by Formative Assessment for Teaching and Learning by
′A unique blend of scholarly research-based principles of effective formative assessment with practical suggestions for use in the classroom. The authors show how the essence of formative assessment is in teachers′ responses to the substance students′ understandings, with a focus on how teachers can use pedagogical strategies to move students forward toward important learning outcomes. I highly recommend the book for both researchers and practitioners. It is an engaging, in-depth, sophisticated treatment of formative assessment.′ - James H. McMillan, Virginia Commonwealth UniversityFormative Assessment (AFL) supplies the strategy to support effective teaching, and to make learning deep and sustained. This book shows how to develop your planning for learner-centred day-to-day teaching and learning situations through an understanding of formative teaching, learning and assessment.Within each chapter, based on real teaching situations, the strategies of the ′formative assessment toolkit′ are identified and analysed: guided group teaching differentiation observation & evidence elicitation analysis & feedback co-construction reflective planning self-regulation dialogue & dialogic strategies. The principles set out in this book can be applied to any age or stage in education, but will be particularly useful to current practising teachers, students following international and national teacher training courses; CPD or in-service work; and MEd and MA post-graduate assessment/teaching and learning modules.
Coaching Students in Secondary Schools by
This practical, evidence-based guide provides a comprehensive introduction to the coaching of secondary school students. Using a clear, step-by-step structure, the book explores how coaching can help students improve performance, enhance wellbeing, develop skills and achieve goals. The ultimate aim is to help the student become his or her own coach. Divided into six parts, Coaching Students in Secondary Schools explores all of the key aspects of coaching, from basic coaching skills to effective methods of evaluation. Having explained why coaching　benefits students, the book shows readers how　to adopt a 'coaching approach,' structure a formal session, launch a coaching programme and measure its success. Topics covered include: the uses and benefits of coaching the evidence for coaching core coaching skills conducting coaching sessions the practicalities of coaching evaluating the impact of coaching. With real-life scenarios and examples embedded throughout, Coaching Students in Secondary Schools will be essential reading for practising secondary school teachers, classroom assistants and student support staff.
20 Formative Assessment Strategies That Work by
This book provides teachers and school leaders with practical, effective, and proven assessment strategies that are immediately implementable in classrooms. You'll learn about 20 high-impact formative assessment strategies, with details on how they can be applied to a variety of content areas and grade levels, including mathematics, science, language arts, social studies, and various electives. In this accessible book, these experienced authors demonstrate the how and why, along with a framework for folding these new ideas into job-embedded professional development. 20 Formative Assessment Strategies that Work provides the full toolkit for implementing, managing, and modifying these assessment strategies in your school and classrooms today.
Classroom Assessment 2 by Assessment of learning II: textbook and reviewer by Assessment in Learning 2: Authentic Assessment by Assessment of Learning 2 by 
Technologies education for the primary years by 
Digital Technologies and Change in Education by
Digital Technologies and Change in Education provides professionals and other leaders with a road map of the processes of change for teachers, schools, universities, and educational systems, including extensive case studies and evidence that clarify the benefits and challenges of digital technologies in education. To this end, Niki Davis offers a theoretical framework--the Arena--as a tool for exploration and analysis of our own experiences of teaching, leadership, and research. With a blend of local, regional, and global examples from all sectors of education, this book allows readers to move past the potentially misleading glitter of new technologies and into the co-evolving ecologies that make up education and training locally and globally.
Teaching Design and Technology Creatively by
Packed full of practical ideas, Teaching Design and Technology Creatively is a stimulating source of guidance for busy trainee and practising teachers. Grounded in the latest research, it offers a wealth of suggestions to foster creative development in D&T and supports teachers in providing their students with more authentic, enjoyable experiences. Providing a wealth of ready-to-use ideas for creative lessons, key topics covered include: Understanding links between D&T and creativity Creating a foundation for D&T in the early years Using objects, books and real-life contexts as imaginative starting points Developing designerly thinking Making the most of construction kits Helping children draw to develop their ideas Encouraging dialogic talk in D&T to drive learning Exploring food as a creative resource Practical approaches to embedding IT and programming in the curriculum Taking learning outside the classroom. Teaching Design and Technology Creatively provides practical teaching suggestions to ensure teachers of all levels understand how to teach for creativity. It shows how learning experiences in D&T have the potential to extend children's technological knowledge, and to promote problem-solving and evaluation skills. Drawing on examples from real-world projects, this text is invaluable for all those who wish to engage students in D&T and encourage creative classroom practice.
Educational technology by 
A Guide to Online Course Design by
A Guide to Online Course Design offers faculty and professional staff a practical and easy-to-follow model for creating exceptional online courses that focuses on quality standards in instructional design, transparency in learning outcomes, and learner persistence. A comprehensive resource, the book includes effective, research-based instructional strategies to motivate online learners and help them become more self-directed. A Guide to Online Course Design emphasizes quality standards and removing barriers to learners' persistence, which ensures online courses meet the needs of online learners as well as distance education initiatives. "All faculty members and course designers, regardless of experience level, content background, or technology skills, can benefit from applying the approaches defined in this book. The authors have imparted a wealth of knowledge that can improve the quality of any online class and I highly recommend this book for all those involved with online learning." - Anton G. Camarota, faculty, University of Denver "Anyone involved in developing online courses should read this book! Packed with great insights and the research to back them up, Stavredes and Herder guide readers with practical information that will support online course development." - Brenda Boyd, director of professional development and consulting, Quality Matters Program "The blend of theory and application makes A Guide to Online Course Design and indispensable resource for any professional seeking to create high quality, outcomes-based learning experiences. I loved the action steps that close each chapter, as they lead the reader through the entire process of course design from analysis to implementation." - Kathe Kacheroski, dean of curriculum and instruction, Rasmussen College
Technology for Teaching-Learning 2 (Mathematics and Science Education) by Technology for Teaching-Learning 2 (for Language Education English/Filipino) by Technology for Teaching and Learning by The future of innovation in education: policies and practices for teaching and learning excellence by Technology supported learning in and out of the Japanese language classroom: advances in pedagogy, teaching and research by Blended learning in practice: a guide for practitioners and researchers by Students taking charge implementation guide for leaders: inside the learner active technology infused classroom by Reflections on technology for educational practitioners by NOW Classrooms, Grades 3-5: Lessons for enhancing teaching and learning through technology by Youth media matters: participatory cultures and literacies in education by Learning transported: augmented, virtual and mixed reality for all classrooms by Game on! Gamification, gameful design and the rise of the gamer educator by Managing educational technology: school partnerships and technology integration by Harnessing technology for deeper learning: a quick guide to educational technology integration and digital learning spaces by Teachers, Teaching, and Reform by
Comprised of contributions from distinguished education scholars, Teachers, Teaching, and Reform takes a critical look at evidence about systemic efforts to identify excellent teachers and promote excellent teaching practices. Organized to include diverse and often contrasting perspectives on the topic, this book provides insight into some of the most vexing historical issues affecting the policies that shape current reform initiatives focused on teachers, teaching, and educational outcomes. Educational scholars, policy makers, instructors, and graduate students will come away with a keen understanding of different perspectives about the assessment of teachers, teaching, and teacher education programs, as well as strategies for improving educational outcomes for students.
Teacher Quality and Teacher Education Quality by
Accreditation of teacher education programs is increasingly embraced internationally and is being modeled after the American experience, despite criticisms from some in the field of teacher education in the United States. This book examines the transformation of accreditation and the interest and perception of nations and regions choosing to use the model in their own culture, including the Middle East and Gulf Region, South America, and the United Kingdom. Its distinctive edge is the juxtaposition of three sectors: quality assurance/accreditation, teacher preparation, and global/international experiences. The authors address how the adoption of a universal requirement for accreditation embraces a particular view of what teacher quality means. The emphasis on the development of teacher preparation in concert with accreditation is of academic interest to scholars in the United States and abroad. The experiences and voices of teacher educators as international colleagues in a global climate of accountability brings a fresh perspective on shared challenges.
Bloomsbury CPD Library: Secondary Curriculum and Assessment Design by
This book provides an opportunity for teachers to grasp what curriculum and curriculum-driven assessment means, and how to tackle the task of curriculum assessment design at subject and whole school level. It takes on some of the key arguments, philosophies and theories alongside strong practical examples from schools.
The Curriculum Studies Reader by
For fifteen years, The Curriculum Studies Reader has been a field-defining anthology, bringing together the best scholarship from curriculum studies¿ past and present. From John Dewey¿s nineteenth-century creed to Nel Noddings¿ twenty-first century aims, this thoughtful combination of new and timely essays provides a complete survey of the discipline coupled with concrete examples of innovative curriculum and an examination of contemporary topics. New to this much-anticipated fourth edition are substantive updates to the selections of contemporary readings, including pieces by Thomas Misco and Peter Hlebowitsh, reflecting issues such as globalization and the reconciliation between reconceptualists and traditionalists in regard to curriculum. Carefully balanced to engage with the history of curriculum studies while simultaneously looking ahead to its future, The Curriculum Studies Reader continues to be the most authoritative collection in the field.
Curriculum Studies Reader by Design & Implement the Curriculum to Foster Children's Learning by The Teacher and the School Curriculum by Building and Enhancing New Literacies Across the Curriculum by The Teacher and The School Curriculum: A guide to Curriculum Development Practice by 
Work-Based Practice in the Early Years by
Bringing together the essential theory, research and policy with examples from practice, Work-based Practice in the Early Years: A Guide for Students provides a complete guide to successful work placements for early years students. It makes links to the Occupational Standards for the Early Years Educator and the Teacher Standards for early years, and integrates examples of effective, universal and inclusive practice throughout. Following an overview of the research and policy context which has shaped the sector since the 1990s, this new text is designed to prepare and support you, the student, as you embark on your placement, which is an integral part of your early years degree. It covers the key information you need about safeguarding and the curriculum frameworks, EYFS and the National Curriculum KS1, alongside chapters on reflective practice and research to support your developing professional and practical skills. Written with the student in mind, this book draws on first-hand student experiences and introduces the idea of working towards being a leader of practice and the wider role in working with parents and families. This comprehensive guide also considers the views of placement providers, examining the roles and responsibilities of both the student and provider, and offering insight into their expectations and what factors make a work placement successful. Including reflective activities, students' views and evidence from student portfolios, this is an essential text for all early years' students undertaking their work placement.
Teaching Naked Techniques by
Put Teaching Naked to work in your classroom with clear examples and step-by-step guidance Teaching Naked Techniques (TNT) is a practical guide of proven quick ideas for improving classes and essential information for designing anything from one lesson or a group of lessons to an entire course. TNT is both a design guide and a 'sourcebook' of ideas: a great companion to the award-winning Teaching Naked book. Teaching Naked Techniques helps higher education faculty design more effective and engaging classrooms. The book focuses on each step of class preparation from the entry point and first encounter with content to the classroom 'surprise.' There is a chapter on each step in the cycle with an abundance of discipline-specific examples, plus the latest research on cognition and technology, quick lists of ideas, and additional resources. By rethinking the how, when, and why of technology, faculty are able to create exponentially more opportunities for practical student engagement. Student-centered, activity-driven, and proven again and again, these techniques can revolutionize your classroom. Create more effective, engaging lessons for higher education Utilize technology outside of the classroom to better engage during class time Examine discipline-specific examples of Teaching Naked Techniques Prepare for each class step by step from the student's perspective Teaching Naked flips the classroom by placing the student's first contact with the material outside of class. This places the burden of learning on the learner, ensures student preparation, and frees up class time for active engagement with the material for more effective learning and retention. Teaching Naked Techniques is the practical guide for bringing better learning to your classroom.
Building Skills for Effective Primary Teaching by
Supporting trainee teachers to understand the complex nature of effective learning and teaching in primary schools.A completely new book covering the key skills of primary teaching including: teaching and learning reflective practice in teaching planning assessment behaviour engagement vulnerable groups professional responsibilities and relationships This book supports and challenges primary trainee teachers and their mentors (both school based and university/SCITT based) by offering a range of approaches, strategies and perspectives to aspects of primary teaching, with learning and pupil progress as the focus. It offers thought provoking activities, case studies and reflection tasks for trainees and mentors and supports trainees working towards their professional development targets. The text also explores less common themes such as question and dialogue, EAL and teacher presence. It helps trainees to understand and develop these skills and begin to use them in their teaching. It then supports them in reflecting on their development of these skills and evaluating their impact on learning.
A Companion to Digital Art by
Reflecting the dynamic creativity of its subject, this definitive guide spans the evolution, aesthetics, and practice of today's digital art, combining fresh, emerging perspectives with the nuanced insights of leading theorists. Showcases the critical and theoretical approaches in this fast-moving discipline Explores the history and evolution of digital art; its aesthetics and politics; as well as its often turbulent relationships with established institutions Provides a platform for the most influential voices shaping the current discourse surrounding digital art, combining fresh, emerging perspectives with the nuanced insights of leading theorists Tackles digital art's primary practical challenges - how to present, document, and preserve pieces that could be erased forever by rapidly accelerating technological obsolescence Up-to-date, forward-looking, and critically reflective, this authoritative new collection is informed throughout by a deep appreciation of the technical intricacies of digital art
Classroom Management Strategies by
Classroom Management Strategies: Gaining and Maintaining Students' Cooperation contains a wealth of information about classroom management strategies that teachers successfully use to lead students to be on-task and engaged in lessons. The strategies are based on extensive school teaching experiences as well as on the findings of numerous studies in learning theory, social interaction, communication, developmental psychology, multicultural education, behavioristic psychology, motivation, student engagement, and violence prevention.
Building and Enhancing New Literacies Across the Curriculum by Handbook of writing, literacies and education in digital cultures by Learning at the ends of life: children, elders, and literacies in intergenerational curricula by Digital literacy unpacked by Youth media matters: participatory cultures and literacies in education by Teaching Naked Techniques by
Put Teaching Naked to work in your classroom with clear examples and step-by-step guidance Teaching Naked Techniques (TNT) is a practical guide of proven quick ideas for improving classes and essential information for designing anything from one lesson or a group of lessons to an entire course. TNT is both a design guide and a 'sourcebook' of ideas: a great companion to the award-winning Teaching Naked book. Teaching Naked Techniques helps higher education faculty design more effective and engaging classrooms. The book focuses on each step of class preparation from the entry point and first encounter with content to the classroom 'surprise.' There is a chapter on each step in the cycle with an abundance of discipline-specific examples, plus the latest research on cognition and technology, quick lists of ideas, and additional resources. By rethinking the how, when, and why of technology, faculty are able to create exponentially more opportunities for practical student engagement. Student-centered, activity-driven, and proven again and again, these techniques can revolutionize your classroom. Create more effective, engaging lessons for higher education Utilize technology outside of the classroom to better engage during class time Examine discipline-specific examples of Teaching Naked Techniques Prepare for each class step by step from the student's perspective Teaching Naked flips the classroom by placing the student's first contact with the material outside of class. This places the burden of learning on the learner, ensures student preparation, and frees up class time for active engagement with the material for more effective learning and retention. Teaching Naked Techniques is the practical guide for bringing better learning to your classroom.
A Companion to Digital Art by
Reflecting the dynamic creativity of its subject, this definitive guide spans the evolution, aesthetics, and practice of today's digital art, combining fresh, emerging perspectives with the nuanced insights of leading theorists. Showcases the critical and theoretical approaches in this fast-moving discipline Explores the history and evolution of digital art; its aesthetics and politics; as well as its often turbulent relationships with established institutions Provides a platform for the most influential voices shaping the current discourse surrounding digital art, combining fresh, emerging perspectives with the nuanced insights of leading theorists Tackles digital art's primary practical challenges - how to present, document, and preserve pieces that could be erased forever by rapidly accelerating technological obsolescence Up-to-date, forward-looking, and critically reflective, this authoritative new collection is informed throughout by a deep appreciation of the technical intricacies of digital art
Classroom Management Strategies by
Classroom Management Strategies: Gaining and Maintaining Students' Cooperation contains a wealth of information about classroom management strategies that teachers successfully use to lead students to be on-task and engaged in lessons. The strategies are based on extensive school teaching experiences as well as on the findings of numerous studies in learning theory, social interaction, communication, developmental psychology, multicultural education, behavioristic psychology, motivation, student engagement, and violence prevention.
Ways of Learning by
While most teachers are skilled in providing opportunities for the progression of children's learning, it is sometimes without fully understanding the theory behind it. With greater insight into what is currently known about the processes of learning and about individual learners, teachers are better equipped to provide experiences and situations that are more likely to lead to effective acquisition of knowledge, concepts and skills. Ways of Learning has been widely used and now, fully updated, it seeks to provide further insight into the ways in which learning takes place, which teachers can make use of in their planning and teaching, including: ■ an overview of learning ■ behaviourism and the beginning of theory ■ cognitive and constructivist learning ■ multiple intelligences and learning styles ■ difficulties with learning ■ the influence of neuropsychology ■ other theories, philosophies and names ■ relating theory to practice. The fourth edition of this book includes developments in areas covered in the preceding editions, as well as expanding on certain topics to bring about a wider perspective; most notably, a new consideration of learning styles and a new chapter detailing important thinkers and writers from the history of education and their continuing influence along with other theories, ideas and thoughts not included in the rest of the book. The book also reflects changes in government policy and is closely related to new developments in practice. Written for trainee teachers, serving teachers and others interested in learning for various reasons, Ways of Learning serves as a valuable introduction for students setting out on higher degree work who are in need of an introduction to the topic.
Investigating Emotional, Sensory and Social Learning in Early Years Practice by
This book explores learning in the early years and emphasises the importance of learning in social contexts, through the senses and within close relationships. It moves away from the focus on 'learning' as the acquisition of knowledge, and instead emphasises the importance of personal, social and emotional development in early years education. Arguing that young children learn best when they are supported by reliable, engaged and attentive people who know them well, this book challenges readers to reflect on their own practice and think about how emotions play a part in young children's learning and development. Each chapter of this book discusses a different aspect of emotional, sensory and social learning, from philosophical perspectives on learning, leadership and inclusive practice, to the importance of promoting the development of children's emotional intelligence, forming close attachments to children, and encouraging them to learn through their senses. The reader is provided with a wealth of ideas and examples for application in the classroom. Numerous practical examples, reference to contemporary research, and the authors' acknowledgement of the challenges faced by practitioners make this an inspiring and pertinent resource for new and experienced teachers and practitioners, as well as trainees and students in the fields of early years and primary education. Readers will develop the skills needed to engage in outstanding, learning-focused practice.
Teaching Naked Techniques by
Put Teaching Naked to work in your classroom with clear examples and step-by-step guidance Teaching Naked Techniques (TNT) is a practical guide of proven quick ideas for improving classes and essential information for designing anything from one lesson or a group of lessons to an entire course. TNT is both a design guide and a 'sourcebook' of ideas: a great companion to the award-winning Teaching Naked book. Teaching Naked Techniques helps higher education faculty design more effective and engaging classrooms. The book focuses on each step of class preparation from the entry point and first encounter with content to the classroom 'surprise.' There is a chapter on each step in the cycle with an abundance of discipline-specific examples, plus the latest research on cognition and technology, quick lists of ideas, and additional resources. By rethinking the how, when, and why of technology, faculty are able to create exponentially more opportunities for practical student engagement. Student-centered, activity-driven, and proven again and again, these techniques can revolutionize your classroom. Create more effective, engaging lessons for higher education Utilize technology outside of the classroom to better engage during class time Examine discipline-specific examples of Teaching Naked Techniques Prepare for each class step by step from the student's perspective Teaching Naked flips the classroom by placing the student's first contact with the material outside of class. This places the burden of learning on the learner, ensures student preparation, and frees up class time for active engagement with the material for more effective learning and retention. Teaching Naked Techniques is the practical guide for bringing better learning to your classroom.
Classroom Management by
A practical guide to what can be accomplished utilizing the technical aspects of Classroom Management, this invaluable resource will not only help educators learn how to build positive classroom communities, but also outline methods for involving students in the creation of their learning environment. The Sixth Edition has been updated to include a new chapter on communication skills for teaching, incorporated classroom case studies in each chapter, and includes updates using the latest management research in several chapters.
Field study 1 : the learners' development and environment by Student feedback on teaching in schools: using student perceptions for the development of teaching and teachers by Field Study 1 - Observations of Teaching-Learning in Actual School Environment by Becoming a teacher:” research on the work-integrated learning of student teachers by Identifying effective teachers lessons from four classroom observation tools by Lab class professional learning through collaborative inquiry and student observation by Using student and teacher assessments to design more pertinent in-service teacher training: the case of Ecuador by Learning to teach in post-apartheid South Africa: student teachers’ encounters with initial teacher education by Field study 1 : the learners' development and environment by Field study 2 : experiencing the teaching - learning process by Teaching Naked Techniques by
Put Teaching Naked to work in your classroom with clear examples and step-by-step guidance Teaching Naked Techniques (TNT) is a practical guide of proven quick ideas for improving classes and essential information for designing anything from one lesson or a group of lessons to an entire course. TNT is both a design guide and a 'sourcebook' of ideas: a great companion to the award-winning Teaching Naked book. Teaching Naked Techniques helps higher education faculty design more effective and engaging classrooms. The book focuses on each step of class preparation from the entry point and first encounter with content to the classroom 'surprise.' There is a chapter on each step in the cycle with an abundance of discipline-specific examples, plus the latest research on cognition and technology, quick lists of ideas, and additional resources. By rethinking the how, when, and why of technology, faculty are able to create exponentially more opportunities for practical student engagement. Student-centered, activity-driven, and proven again and again, these techniques can revolutionize your classroom. Create more effective, engaging lessons for higher education Utilize technology outside of the classroom to better engage during class time Examine discipline-specific examples of Teaching Naked Techniques Prepare for each class step by step from the student's perspective Teaching Naked flips the classroom by placing the student's first contact with the material outside of class. This places the burden of learning on the learner, ensures student preparation, and frees up class time for active engagement with the material for more effective learning and retention. Teaching Naked Techniques is the practical guide for bringing better learning to your classroom.
Just Teach! in FE by
Just Teach! in FE is a straightforward, helpful, engaging and reliable read for all beginning teachers. It focuses on the needs of the teacher and the learner and outlines this people-centered approach. This focus on the principles of good teaching, and the theory behind them, frees the reader from ever-changing structures and provides truly practical strategies to use from their first lesson.The text supports beginning teachers to Be organised; Be resourceful; Be resilient and to Just keep teaching. It is an engaging exploration of real teaching in FE and of the pressures and challenges that FE teachers face.
Unplugging the Classroom by
Unplugging the Classroom: Teaching with Technologies to Promote Students' Lifelong Learning provides techniques to help teaching and learning in an age where technology untethers instruction from the classroom, from semester seat-time, and from a single source of expertise. The book brings together researchers and practitioners from diverse academic fields, including library perspectives, and presents interdisciplinary discussions from both theoretical and applied areas. It is unique in its goal of bringing educators and librarians together to explore the challenges that are faced by students and faculty in any time, any place, any path, and any pace learning. In spite of the fact that the mobile revolution has definitively arrived, students and faculty alike aren't ready to make the leap to mobile learning. The pressures of technological advances, along with the changing nature of learning, will demand increasingly profound changes in education. Researchers have begun to address this issue, but the revolution in mobile communication has not been accompanied by a concomitant growth in pedagogical resources for educators and students. More importantly, such growth needs to be under-girded by sound learning theories and examples of best practice.
A Reflective In-Service Teacher Training Package: A Model by Classroom Management Strategies by
Classroom Management Strategies: Gaining and Maintaining Students' Cooperation contains a wealth of information about classroom management strategies that teachers successfully use to lead students to be on-task and engaged in lessons. The strategies are based on extensive school teaching experiences as well as on the findings of numerous studies in learning theory, social interaction, communication, developmental psychology, multicultural education, behavioristic psychology, motivation, student engagement, and violence prevention.
Field study 5: learning assessment strategies by Get set for teacher training by Field Study 2 - Field Study 2 - Participation and Teaching Assistantship by The school mentor’s guide: how to mentor new and beginning teachers by Voices from the classroom: reflections on teaching and learning in higher education by Getting into teacher training by Field study 6 : on becoming the 21st century teacher by Unplugging the Classroom by
Unplugging the Classroom: Teaching with Technologies to Promote Students' Lifelong Learning provides techniques to help teaching and learning in an age where technology untethers instruction from the classroom, from semester seat-time, and from a single source of expertise. The book brings together researchers and practitioners from diverse academic fields, including library perspectives, and presents interdisciplinary discussions from both theoretical and applied areas. It is unique in its goal of bringing educators and librarians together to explore the challenges that are faced by students and faculty in any time, any place, any path, and any pace learning. In spite of the fact that the mobile revolution has definitively arrived, students and faculty alike aren't ready to make the leap to mobile learning. The pressures of technological advances, along with the changing nature of learning, will demand increasingly profound changes in education. Researchers have begun to address this issue, but the revolution in mobile communication has not been accompanied by a concomitant growth in pedagogical resources for educators and students. More importantly, such growth needs to be under-girded by sound learning theories and examples of best practice.
Just Teach! in FE by
Just Teach! in FE is a straightforward, helpful, engaging and reliable read for all beginning teachers. It focuses on the needs of the teacher and the learner and outlines this people-centered approach. This focus on the principles of good teaching, and the theory behind them, frees the reader from ever-changing structures and provides truly practical strategies to use from their first lesson.The text supports beginning teachers to Be organised; Be resourceful; Be resilient and to Just keep teaching. It is an engaging exploration of real teaching in FE and of the pressures and challenges that FE teachers face.
Classroom Management Strategies by
Classroom Management Strategies: Gaining and Maintaining Students' Cooperation contains a wealth of information about classroom management strategies that teachers successfully use to lead students to be on-task and engaged in lessons. The strategies are based on extensive school teaching experiences as well as on the findings of numerous studies in learning theory, social interaction, communication, developmental psychology, multicultural education, behavioristic psychology, motivation, student engagement, and violence prevention.
Work-Based Practice in the Early Years by
Bringing together the essential theory, research and policy with examples from practice, Work-based Practice in the Early Years: A Guide for Students provides a complete guide to successful work placements for early years students. It makes links to the Occupational Standards for the Early Years Educator and the Teacher Standards for early years, and integrates examples of effective, universal and inclusive practice throughout. Following an overview of the research and policy context which has shaped the sector since the 1990s, this new text is designed to prepare and support you, the student, as you embark on your placement, which is an integral part of your early years degree. It covers the key information you need about safeguarding and the curriculum frameworks, EYFS and the National Curriculum KS1, alongside chapters on reflective practice and research to support your developing professional and practical skills. Written with the student in mind, this book draws on first-hand student experiences and introduces the idea of working towards being a leader of practice and the wider role in working with parents and families. This comprehensive guide also considers the views of placement providers, examining the roles and responsibilities of both the student and provider, and offering insight into their expectations and what factors make a work placement successful. Including reflective activities, students' views and evidence from student portfolios, this is an essential text for all early years' students undertaking their work placement.
Teaching Students to Dig Deeper by
What does it really mean for students to be college and career ready? In this new edition of Teaching Students to Dig Deeper, Ben Johnson identifies the ten attributes students need for success, according to key research, the College Board, the ACT, and rigorous state standards. In order to thrive beyond high school, students must become... * Analytical thinkers * Critical thinkers * Problem solvers * Inquisitive * Opportunistic * Flexible * Open-minded * Teachable * Risk takers * Expressive But how? Johnson offers the answers, providing practical strategies and techniques for making the ten attributes come alive in the classroom, no matter what grade level or subject area you teach. With the book's strategies and tools, you will be inspired, armed, and ready to help all of your students think on a deeper level and expand their learning.
Teaching internship by 
Principles and Practices of Teaching and Training by
Written by bestselling author Ann Gravells, this is the complete go-to guide for anyone wanting to be (or working as) a teacher or trainer in the further education and skills sector, in the UK and beyond. It has all the information you need to work towards a qualification such as the Award, Certificate or Diploma in Education and Training. It is also relevant to anyone taking a Train the Trainer course, or an international teaching qualification.The book takes you through all the information you need to know, opening up the topic for learning in an easily accessible way. Interactive activities are included throughout, along with real examples of teaching and training in practice. The book also includes examples of completed teaching documents.This is a comprehensive text, covering: The role of a teacher/trainer Factors contributing to learning Planning and facilitating learning for groups and individuals Using technology and resources to support learning Assessing learning Quality assurance Evaluation, reflection, and continuing professional development (CPD) Preparing for a micro-teach session and teaching/observed practice
Interactive and innovative teaching strategies : ( a resource book for 21st century teachers) by Teaching Internship OBE-& PPST- Based by Get set for teacher training by Internships, employability and the search for decent work experience by The successful internship: personal, professional and civic development in experiential learning by Mentoring by Getting into teacher training by 
Science Learning, Science Teaching by
Now fully updated in its fourth edition, Science Learning, Science Teaching offers an accessible, practical guide to creative classroom teaching and a comprehensive introduction to contemporary issues in science education. Aiming to encourage and assist professionals with the process of reflection in the science classroom, the new edition re-examines the latest advances in the field and changes to the curriculum, and explores the use of mobile technology and coding, and its impact on ICT in science education. With extra tasks integrated throughout the book and a brand new chapter, 'Working scientifically', to help develop learners' investigative skills, key topics include: * The art and craft of science teaching. * The science curriculum and science in the curriculum. * Planning and managing learning. * Inclusive science education. * Laboratory safety in science learning and teaching. * Language and numeracy in science teaching and learning. * Computers and computing in science education. * Citizenship and sustainability in science education. Including points for reflection and useful information about further reading and recommended websites, Science Learning, Science Teaching is an essential source of support, guidance and inspiration for all students, teachers, mentors and those involved in science education wishing to reflect upon, improve and enrich their practice.
The Really Useful Science Book by
Offering support to both trainee and practising teachers, the fourth edition of The Really Useful Science Book is the perfect tool for those who wish to extend their subject knowledge, enhance their teaching and create lessons which link directly to the National Curriculum. The easy-to-follow framework provides comprehensive science knowledge for Key Stages 1 and 2 and is fully updated with new material to inspire stimulating and engaging science lessons. The book is divided into three sections: Biology, Chemistry and Physics. Each section integrates key scientific ideas and facts with innovative teaching methods and activity suggestions, and user-friendly language and illustrations help to explain key scientific concepts. With links to global learning, discussion of common misconceptions, and ideas for cross-curricular opportunities, each chapter connects knowledge to practice and informs creative and inspiring teaching. The Really Useful Science Book is an invaluable reference resource for all classroom teachers who wish to develop the confidence to teach enquiry-based practical science with relevance to pupils and their global community.
21C Performance tasks in Science : assessment of 21st century skills and literacies. Science.
Barron's AP Biology by
Barron's AP Biology provides in-depth content review and three realistic practice exams to help students apply the skills they learn in class. Two full-length exams in the book that follow the content and style of the exam One full-length practice test online with all questions answered and explained An extensive review covering all AP Bio test topics Hundreds of additional multiple-choice and free-response practice questions with answer explanations Want to boost your studies with even more practice and in-depth review? Try Barron's Ultimate AP Biology for even more prep.
Biology by
The previous three editions have reached thousands of students and provided them with an outstanding view of the biological world. The author team is dedicated to producing an engaging and current text for undergraduate students who are majoring in biology. Building on the successes of the previous editions, the fourth edition reflects a focus on core competencies and provides a more learner-centred approach. The strength of an engaging and current text is improved with the addition of new pedagogical features that help develop and strengthen critical thinking skills.
Science Learning, Science Teaching by
Now fully updated in its fourth edition, Science Learning, Science Teaching offers an accessible, practical guide to creative classroom teaching and a comprehensive introduction to contemporary issues in science education. Aiming to encourage and assist professionals with the process of reflection in the science classroom, the new edition re-examines the latest advances in the field and changes to the curriculum, and explores the use of mobile technology and coding, and its impact on ICT in science education. With extra tasks integrated throughout the book and a brand new chapter, 'Working scientifically', to help develop learners' investigative skills, key topics include: * The art and craft of science teaching. * The science curriculum and science in the curriculum. * Planning and managing learning. * Inclusive science education. * Laboratory safety in science learning and teaching. * Language and numeracy in science teaching and learning. * Computers and computing in science education. * Citizenship and sustainability in science education. Including points for reflection and useful information about further reading and recommended websites, Science Learning, Science Teaching is an essential source of support, guidance and inspiration for all students, teachers, mentors and those involved in science education wishing to reflect upon, improve and enrich their practice.
The Really Useful Science Book by
"The Really Useful Science Book has been written with primary classroom teachers and teachers in training in mind. It has been designed to support and extend teachers' and student's own knowledge and understanding of science and should be of particular interest to those primary practitioners who see themselves as 'non-specialists'. Throughout the book every effort has been made to interpret the ideas and concepts of science in accessible language, using 'everyday' examples as illustrations." "The book consists of three major sections: life and living processes, materials and their properties, and physical processes. For each section, 'Key Ideas' are suggested and then expanded to include important related science concepts. At the end of each section the Key Ideas are cross-referenced to the National Curriculum Programmes of Study, clearly showing that the concepts described in The Really Useful Science Book will contribute to a complete coverage of the requirements of the 1995 National Curriculum for Science."--BOOK JACKET.Title Summary field provided by Blackwell North America, Inc. All Rights Reserved
Barron's AP Biology by
This best selling AP Biology study guide includes: Two full-length exams that follow the content and style of the new AP Biology exam All test questions answered and explained An extensive review covering all AP test topics Hundreds of additional multiple-choice and free-response practice questions with answer explanations This manual can be purchased alone, or with an optional CD-ROM that includes two additional practice tests with answers and automatic scoring. BONUS ONLINE PRACTICE TEST: Students who purchase this book or package will also get FREE access to one additional full-length online AP Biology test with all questions answered and explained.
Physics for Scientists and Engineers : Foundations and Connections, Extended Version with Modern Physics by
Master physics with Debora Katz's new, ground-breaking calculus-based physics program, PHYSICS FOR SCIENTISTS AND ENGINEERS: FOUNDATIONS AND CONNECTIONS. Dr. Katz's one-of-a-kind case study approach enables you to connect math and physics concepts in a modern, interactive way. By leveraging physics education research (PER) best practices and her extensive classroom experience, Debora Katz addresses the areas where students like you struggle the most: linking physics to the real world, overcoming common preconceptions, and connecting the concept being taught with the mathematical steps to follow. How Dr. Katz deals with these challenges--with case studies, student dialogues, and detailed two-column examples--distinguishes this text from any other and will assist you in going "beyond the quantitative" to master your physics course.
Explaining Primary Science by
Successful science teaching in primary schools requires a careful understanding of key scientific knowledge. This book covers all the major areas of science relevant for beginning primary school teachers, explaining key concepts from the ground up, helping trainees develop into confident science educators. Classroom activities and Videos of useful science experiments and demonstrations for the primary classroom are integrated into each chapter to translate concepts into teaching practice. Chapter content is linked to the National Curriculum in England and the Curriculum for Excellence, demonstrating how you could relate understanding to the relevant curriculum taught in schools.
Primary Science: Teaching Theory and Practice by
Now with online resources to support teaching practice!An extensive knowledge of the primary science curriculum is not enough for trainee teachers, they need to know how to teach science in the primary classroom.This is the essential teaching theory and practice text for primary science that takes a focused look at the practical aspects of teaching. It covers the important skills of classroom management, planning, monitoring and assessment and relates these specifically to primary science, with new material on assessment without levels. New coverage on being a scientist is included to help readers understand how science teaching goes far beyond the curriculum, whilst practical guidance and features support trainees to translate their learning to the classroom. And to support students even further with the very latest strategies in classroom practice, this 8th edition now includes the following online resources on the brand new companion website: practical lesson ideas for the classroom The Primary National Curriculum for science in Key Stages one and two tips for planning primary science useful weblinks for primary science teaching Using this new edition with the supporting online material makes it an essential guide to effective and creative science teaching.
Inquiry into Physics by
What do iPods, GPS devices, airport metal detectors, LCD displays, and PET scans have to do with physics? The Eighth Edition of INQUIRY INTO PHYSICS answers these questions and many others, helping you understand fundamental concepts using a unique inquiry-based approach. The text integrates modern applications of physics such as plasma TVs and radar "guns" to demonstrate the relevance of physics in daily life.
Science Teaching Essentials by
Science Teaching Essentials: Short Guides to Good Practice serves as a reference manual for science faculty as they set up a new course, consider how to teach the course, figure out how to assess their students fairly and efficiently, and review and revise course materials. This book consists of a series of short chapters that instructors can use as resources to address common teaching problems and adopt evidence-based pedagogies. By providing individual chapters that can be used independently as needed, this book provides faculty with a just-in-time teaching resource they can use to draft a new syllabus. This is a must-have resource for science, health science and engineering faculty, as well as graduate students and post-docs preparing for future faculty careers. Provides easily digested, practical, research-based information on how to teach Allows faculty to efficiently get up-to-speed on a given pedagogy or assessment method Addresses the full range of faculty experiences as they being to teach for the first time or want to reinvent how they teach
Early Science Education - Goals and Process-Related Quality Criteria for Science Teaching by
Scientific contributions authored by distinguished experts from the field of early education are published periodically within the framework of the series Scientific Studies on the Work of the "Haus der kleinen Forscher" Foundation. This publication series serves to foster informed dialogue between the Foundation, scientists, and practitioners with the aim of giving all early childhood education and care centres, after-school centres, and primary schools in Germany scientifically sound support in fulfilling their early education mandate. This fifth volume in the series focuses on goals of science education at the level of the children, the early childhood professionals, and the pedagogical staff at after-school centres and primary schools, and on process-related quality criteria for science teaching at pre-primary and primary level. In their expert reports, Yvonne Anders, Ilonca Hardy, Sabina Pauen, Beate Sodian, and Mirjam Steffensky specify pedagogical content dimensions of the goals of early science education at pre-primary and primary school age. In addition to theoretically underpinning these goals, the authors present instruments for their assessment. In his expert report, Jörg Ramseger formulates ten quality criteria for science teaching. Early childhood professionals and pedagogical staff at after-school centres and primary schools can draw on these process-related criteria when planning lessons and conducting self-evaluations of science learning opportunities at pre-primary and primary level. The concluding chapter of the volume describes the implementation of these expert recommendations in the substantive offerings of, and the accompanying research on, the "Haus der kleinen Forscher" Foundation.
Lesson Imaging in Math and Science by
From respected voices in STEM education comes an innovative lesson planning approach to help turn students into problem solvers: lesson imaging. In this approach, teachers anticipate how chosen activities will unfold in real time--what solutions, questions, and misconceptions students might have and how teachers can promote deeper reasoning. When lesson imaging occurs before instruction, students achieve lesson objectives more naturally and powerfully. A successful STEM unit attends to activities, questions, technology, and passions. It also entails a careful detailed image of how each activity will play out in the classroom. Lesson Imaging in Math and Science presents teachers with A process of thinking through the structure and implementation of a lesson A pathway to discovering ways to elicit student thinking and foster collaboration An opportunity to become adept at techniques to avoid shutting down the discussion--either by prematurely giving or acknowledging the "right" answer or by casting aside a "wrong" answer Packed with classroom examples, lesson imaging templates, and tips on how to start the process, this book is sure to help teachers anticipate students' ideas and questions and stimulate deeper learning in science, math, engineering, and technology.
Active Learning Strategies in Higher Education by
In the era of the 21st century knowledge society, higher education can play an important role as a driver for innovation, leadership and creativity, as it helps develop not only well informed and knowledgeable citizens but also responsible and creative individuals. The challenges of globalization, tightly linked with rapid developments in Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) and the need to address issues of quality and inclusiveness for a better quality of life and a sustainable future, have become drivers of change in higher education institutions. We are experiencing a shift towards more interdisciplinary curricula and a more integrated and student-centred approach to teaching. Instructors increasingly use active learning and other pedagogies of engagement as a means to increase learning and improve student attitudes. This book explores best practices for effective active learning in higher education. Experienced instructors from different disciplines and countries share their experiences and reflect on best practices, as well as on the theoretical underpinnings of active learning. Contributors share their thinking on strategies based on different active learning methods such as the use of ICTs, collaborative learning and experiential learning, as well as their implications for teaching, assessment, curriculum design and higher education administration. Active learning provides skills for real life problem solving and prepares students to become responsible and active citizens. This book will be a very significant resource for educators who are interested in making a difference in students' lives.
Culture and Values : a Survey of the Humanities Volume I and II by
CULTURE AND VALUES: A SURVEY OF THE HUMANITIES, NINTH EDITION, takes you on a tour of some of the world's most interesting and significant examples of art, music, philosophy, and literature, from the beginnings of civilization to today. Chapter previews, timelines, glossaries of key terms, Compare + Contrast, new Connections and Culture & Society features, and "Big Picture" reviews all help make it easy for you to learn the material and study more effectively. Links to full readings and playlists of the music selections discussed in your text are available online in MindTap, where you will also find study resources and such tools as image flashcards, guides to research and writing, practice quizzes and exercises, and more.
The Idea of a Social Studies Education by
Offering a fresh take on the purpose of social studies today, James A. Duplass positions philosophical counseling as a way for teachers to engage students in thinking deeply about what it means to be a citizen in a democratic society. The Idea of a Social Studies Education takes a uniquely humanistic approach to the idea of a social studies education to show how teachers can act as philosophical counselors in preparing students for active civic engagement. Duplass reminds the reader of the needs of students in modern society who seek to develop an identity worth living and the role social studies can play in students achieving that process. By focusing on the cultivation of students' autonomy, authenticity, efficacy, and agency, Duplass' approach avoids political biases and instead encourages critical thinking to decipher what a democratic ideology truly is.
Powerful Social Studies for Elementary Students by
Ideal whether you're a pre-service or in-service teacher, POWERFUL SOCIAL STUDIES FOR ELEMENTARY STUDENTS outlines ways to select content and teach history, geography, and social sciences meaningfully. It combines theory and research with examples from classroom practice. The fourth edition emphasizes the importance of using developmentally appropriate content and methods when helping students to develop social understanding and prepare for civic life. It also includes a solid research base, uses additional visuals to display content, provides examples of curriculum and design, and reflects principles emphasized in the new College, Career, and Civic Life Framework for Social Studies State Standards.
Universal Design for Learning in the Early Childhood Classroom by
Universal Design for Learning in the Early Childhood Classroom focuses on proactively designing PreK through Grade 3 classroom environments, instruction, and assessments that are flexible enough to ensure that teachers can accommodate the needs of all the students in their classrooms. Typically developing students, gifted students, students who are impacted by poverty, children who speak multiple languages or have a home language that is different than the classroom language, and students with identified or potential developmental or learning disabilities are all covered within this highly practical, easy-to-use guide to UDL in the early years.
180 Days of Social Studies for Kindergarten by
Supplement your social studies curriculum with 180 days of daily practice! This essential classroom resource provides teachers with weekly social studies units that build students' content-area literacy, and are easy to incorporate into the classroom. Students will analyze primary sources, answer text-dependent questions, and improve their grade-level social studies knowledge. Each week covers a particular topic within one of the four social studies disciplines: history, economics, civics, and geography. Aligned to the National Council for the Social Studies (NCSS) and state standards, this social studies workbook includes digital materials.
180 Days of Social Studies for Second Grade by
Supplement your social studies curriculum with 180 days of daily practice! This essential classroom resource provides teachers with weekly social studies units that build students' content-area literacy, and are easy to incorporate into the classroom. Students will analyze primary sources, answer text-dependent questions, and improve their grade-level social studies knowledge. Each week covers a particular topic within one of the four social studies disciplines: history, economics, civics, and geography. Aligned to the National Council for the Social Studies (NCSS) and state standards, this social studies workbook includes digital materials.
Teaching Social Studies Today by
This second edition of Teaching Social Studies Today has been updated to reflect the latest research and today's best practices in social studies instruction. This invaluable resource focuses on implementing social studies instruction with a language arts instructional lens. It addresses effective research-supported ways to differentiate instruction, as well as how curriculum can be extended, accelerated, and enriched for the C3 framework. Packed with various teaching methods and techniques, up-to-date research-based theory and practical applications, and easy-to-implement strategies and techniques, this book is essential reading for both novice and seasoned teachers.
Leveled Text-Dependent Question Stems by
Help develop kindergarten through twelfth grade students' critical-thinking and comprehension skills with Leveled Text-Dependent Question Stems: Social Studies. This book includes a variety of high-interest social studies texts as well as specific text-dependent questions that are provided at four different levels to meet the needs of all students. With this easy-to-use resource, teachers will learn strategies to effectively guide students in analyzing informational text to build their comprehension skills and use evidence to justify their responses.
Mathematics in Early Years Education by
This fourth edition of the bestselling Mathematics in Early Years Education provides an accessible introduction to the teaching of mathematics in the early years. Covering all areas of mathematics - number and counting, calculation, pattern, shape, measures and data handling - it provides a wide range of practical activities and guidance on how to support young children's mathematical development. There is also guidance on managing the transition to KS1 and a strong emphasis throughout on creating home links and working in partnership with parents. This new edition has been fully updated to incorporate the latest research and thinking in this area and includes: why mathematics is important as a way of making sense of the world how attitudes to mathematics can influence teaching and learning how children learn mathematics and what they are capable of learning how technology can support maths teaching maths phobia and the impact society has on maths teaching material on sorting, matching and handling data the importance of educating about finance in today's world ideas for observation and questioning to assess children's understanding examples of planned activities suggestions for language development assessment criteria. This textbook is ideal for those training to be teachers through an undergraduate or PGCE route, those training for Early Years Professional Status and those studying early childhood on foundation or honours degrees, as well as parents looking to explore how their young children learn mathematics. This will be an essential text for any early years practitioner looking to make mathematics interesting, exciting and engaging in their classroom.
Primary Mathematics: Knowledge and Understanding by
Secure subject knowledge and understanding is the foundation of confident, creative and effective teaching. To help your students master this, the 8thedition of this established text now comes with a range of online resources: Interactive Maths subject knowledge audit: to assess your students′ overall performance and ensure they have an accurate picture of their ability. Reflective self-assessment questions: to help consolidate students' understanding of each chapter topic and monitor their learning as they work through the book. Glossary: building students′ knowledge of tricky terminology. Covering the whole primary curriculum, this edition also includes updated interactive activities throughout the book to engage students in their learning and enable discussion. Using this book in conjunction with the free online resources really makes this the complete package for developing Mathematics subject knowledge.
Mathematical Knowledge for Primary Teachers by
Now in its fifth edition, the best-selling text Mathematical Knowledge for Primary Teachers provides trainee teachers with clear information about the fundamental mathematical ideas taught in primary schools. With rigorous and comprehensive coverage of all the mathematical knowledge primary teachers need, the text goes beyond rules and routines to help readers deepen their understanding of mathematical ideas and increase their confidence in teaching these ideas. The book has been updated to incorporate changes in the National Curriculum and the associated tests. In addition, Chapter 1 has been expanded to discuss mathematical understanding in the light of the challenges posed by the current changes. These include the re-introduction of traditional calculation methods for multiplication and division, the early coverage of abstract fractions calculations and much more. Features include: ■ 'Check' questions to test the reader's understanding ■ 'Challenges' to increase teachers' confidence and stretch their mathematical abilities ■ 'Links with the classroom' to emphasise the relevance of ideas to the classroom context ■ Straightforward coverage from theory to practice for all aspects of the Mathematics Framework. The book is accompanied by eResources which contains further visual activities and support, designed to scaffold and support the reader's own understanding. Essential reading for all practising and trainee primary teachers, this book is ideal for those who wish to increase their mathematical understanding and confidence in presenting mathematics in the classroom.
The Dyscalculia Toolkit by
The new edition of the bestselling Dyscalculia Toolkit continues to meet the needs of specialist and non-specialist teachers working with learners aged 6 to 14 years, who have difficulty with maths and number. Now with over 200 activities and 50 games, new and improved illustrations, and an expanded list of recommended readings, useful websites & resources, the new edition also includes exclusive access to a brand new companion website which features; - 10 videos with over 45 minutes of material demonstrating a selection of games from every section - Editable pupil tracking sheets organised by teaching point and section - Over 70 pages of downloadable and printable teaching materials including activity sheets, game boards, teaching resources & summary tables. Packed full of practical, creative and innovative ideas and strategies this is the complete toolkit to help teachers and parents support learners with dyscalculia or those struggling with mathematics.
21C Performance tasks in Math : assessment of 21st century skills and literacies. Math.
Mathematical Knowledge for Primary Teachers by
Now in its fourth edition, the bestselling text Mathematical Knowledge for Primary Teachersprovides trainee teachers with clear information about the fundamental mathematical ideas taught in primary schools. With rigorous and comprehensive coverage of all the mathematical knowledge primary teachers need, the text goes beyond rules and routines to help readers deepen their understanding of mathematical ideas and increase their confidence in teaching these ideas. Fully updated to incorporate recommendations of the Williams review, new sections are included covering talk for learning in mathematics, with an emphasis placed on the language and vocabulary used in arithmetic contexts. Throughout the book, knowledge is linked to the TDA standards for Qualified Teacher Status, and features include: 'Check' questions to test the reader's understanding 'Challenges', to increase teachers' confidence and stretch their mathematical abilities 'Links with the classroom' to emphasise the relevance of ideas to the classroom context Straightforward coverage from theory to practice for all aspects of the Mathematics framework. The book is accompanied by e-resources, which contain further visual activities and support, designed to scaffold and support the reader's own understanding. Essential reading for all practising and trainee primary teachers, this book is ideal for those who wish to increase their mathematical understanding and confidence in presenting mathematics in the classroom.
Making Sense of Mathematics for Teaching the Small Group : (Small-Group Instruction Strategies to Differentiate Math Lessons in Elementary Classrooms) by 
Successfully Implementing Problem-Based Learning in Classrooms by
Problem-based learning (PBL) represents a widely recommended best practice that facilitates both student engagement with challenging content and students' ability to utilize that content in a more flexible manner to support problem-solving. This edited volume includes research that focuses on examples of successful models and strategies for facilitating preservice and practicing teachers in implementing PBL practices in their current and future classrooms in a variety of K-12 settings and in content areas ranging from the humanities to the STEM disciplines. This collection grew out of a special issue of the Interdisciplinary Journal of Problem-Based Learning. It includes additional research and models of successful PBL implementation in K-12 teacher education and classroom settings.
Mathematics Unit Planning in a PLC at Work®, Grades 3--5 : (a Guide to Collaborative Teaching and Mathematics Lesson Planning to Increase Student Understanding and Expected Learning Outcomes. ) by
Build collaborative teacher teams committed to fostering student self-efficacy and increasing achievement in mathematics. Part of the Every Student Can Learn Mathematics series, this practical resource provides a framework for collectively planning a unit of study in grades 3-5. Grade-level teams will learn how to work together to perform key tasks--from unwrapping standards and creating team unit calendars to determining academic vocabulary and designing robust fraction units. Help your team identify what students need to know by the end of each unit and build student self-efficacy: Understand how to collaboratively plan thematic units in grades 3-5. Study the seven unit-planning elements and learn how to incorporate each in essential unit design. Review the role of the PLC at Work® process in enhancing collaborative student learning and teacher collaboration. Observe three model fraction units, one for each grade level. Receive tools and templates for effective unit planning. Contents: Introduction by Timothy D. Kanold Part 1: Mathematics Unit Planning and Design Elements Chapter 1: Planning for Student Learning of Mathematics in Grades 3-5 Chapter 2: Unit Planning as a Collaborative Mathematics Team Part 2: Fraction Unit Examples, Grades 3-5 Chapter 3: Grade 3 Unit--Fraction Understanding Chapter 4: Grade 4 Unit--Fraction Equivalence, Addition, and Subtraction Chapter 5: Grade 5 Unit--Fraction Addition and Subtraction Epilogue: Mathematics Team Organization Appendix A: Create a Proficiency Map Appendix B: Checklist and Questions for Mathematics Unit Planning References and Resources
21C Performance tasks in Math : assessment of 21st century skills and literacies. Math
Guiding Children's Learning of Mathematics by
Trust this market-leading text to give you a thorough introduction to mathematics methods and concepts and provide you with a practical resource guide to teaching grade K-6 mathematics. The text contains over 275 detailed lesson activities for easy-to-implement classroom use. Each activity is also linked to related Common Core Content Standards and Mathematical Practice. Other useful features highlight common student misconceptions about math operations and concepts, tips for being inclusive of students from various cultural backgrounds, and excellent math-related children's literature to use in the classroom. The text is available with MindTap, an online learning experience that guides you to learn concepts and skills critical to becoming a great teacher, and includes useful apps and an eportfolio.
Basic Math and Pre-Algebra Workbook for Dummies by
Master the fundamentals first for a smoother ride through math Basic Math & Pre-Algebra Workbook For Dummies is your ticket to finally getting a handle on math! Designed to help you strengthen your weak spots and pinpoint problem areas, this book provides hundreds of practice problems to help you get over the hump. Each section includes a brief review of key concepts and full explanations for every practice problem, so you'll always know exactly where you went wrong. The companion website gives you access to quizzes for each chapter, so you can test your understanding and identify your sticking points before moving on to the next topic. You'll brush up on the rules of basic operations, and then learn what to do when the numbers just won't behave--negative numbers, inequalities, algebraic expressions, scientific notation, and other tricky situations will become second nature as you refresh what you know and learn what you missed. Each math class you take builds on the ones that came before; if you got lost somewhere around fractions, you'll have a difficult time keeping up in Algebra, Geometry, Trigonometry, and Calculus--so don't fall behind! This book provides plenty of practice and patient guidance to help you slay the math monster once and for all. Make sense of fractions, decimals, and percentages Learn how to handle inequalities, exponents, square roots, and absolute values Simplify expressions and solve simple algebraic equations Find your way around a triangle, circle, trapezoid, and more Once you get comfortable with the rules and operations, math takes on a whole new dimension. Curiosity replaces anxiety, and problems start feeling like puzzles rather than hurdles. All it takes is practice. Basic Math & Pre-Algebra Workbook For Dummies is your ultimate math coach, with hundreds of guided practice practice problems to help you break through the math barrier.
Elementary Geometry for College Students by
Building on the success of its first five editions, the Sixth Edition of the market-leading text explores the important principles and real-world applications of plane, coordinate, and solid geometry. Strongly influenced by both NCTM and AMATYC standards, the text includes intuitive, inductive, and deductive experiences in its explorations. Goals of the authors for the students include a comprehensive development of the vocabulary of geometry, an intuitive and inductive approach to development of principles, and the strengthening of deductive skills that leads to both verification of geometric theories and the solution of geometry-based real world applications. Updates in this edition include the addition of 150 new problems, new applications, new Discover! activities and examples and additional material on select topics such as parabolas and a Three-Dimensional Coordinate System.
Geometry: 1,001 Practice Problems for Dummies (+ Free Online Practice) by
Practice makes perfect! Get perfect with a thousand and one practice problems! 1,001 Geometry Practice Problems For Dummies gives you 1,001 opportunities to practice solving problems that deal with core geometry topics, such as points, lines, angles, and planes, as well as area and volume of shapes. You'll also find practice problems on more advanced topics, such as proofs, theorems, and postulates. The companion website gives you free online access to 500 practice problems and solutions. You can track your progress and ID where you should focus your study time. The online component works in conjunction with the book to help you polish your skills and build confidence. As the perfect companion to Geometry For Dummies or a stand-alone practice tool for students, this book & website will help you put your geometry skills into practice, encouraging deeper understanding and retention. The companion website includes: Hundreds of practice problems Customizable practice sets for self-directed study Problems ranked as easy, medium, and hard Free one-year access to the online questions bank With 1,001 Geometry Practice Problems For Dummies, you'll get the practice you need to master geometry and gain confidence in the classroom.
Making Sense of Mathematics for Teaching Girls in Grades K - 5 : (Addressing Gender Bias and Stereotypes in Elementary Education) by
Close the gender gap in mathematics across K-5 classrooms. In Making Sense of Mathematics for Teaching Girls in Grades K-5, a team of acclaimed experts presents their research and recommendations for teaching math to girls in four succinct, results-focused chapters. Included are a variety of tools, tips, short exercises, and reflection questions, as well as videos demonstrating how real classroom teachers strengthen girls' experiences as learners of mathematics. Use this book to better understand gender biases related to mathematics and improve girls' education: Understand the environmental barriers and gender stereotypes that create gender differences in mathematics performance and prevent many girls from learning mathematics at high levels. Learn how to foster a safe learning environment that encourages girls to take risks when they learn math. Focus on the mathematics gender achievement gap through three lenses: (1) perceptions, (2) possibilities, and (3) priorities. Apply the tasks, questions, and evidence (TQE) process to successfully plan and implement inclusive lessons that engage all students. Watch short videos of girls engaging meaningfully in mathematics learning. Contents: About the Authors Introduction Chapter 1: Mathematics Gender Achievement Gap Chapter 2: Perceptions About Girls in Mathematics Chapter 3: Possibilities for Girls in Mathematics Chapter 4: Priorities for Teaching Girls Mathematics Epilogue: Encouragement for Girls in Mathematics References and Resources Index
Successfully Implementing Problem-Based Learning in Classrooms by
Problem-based learning (PBL) represents a widely recommended best practice that facilitates both student engagement with challenging content and students' ability to utilize that content in a more flexible manner to support problem-solving. This edited volume includes research that focuses on examples of successful models and strategies for facilitating preservice and practicing teachers in implementing PBL practices in their current and future classrooms in a variety of K-12 settings and in content areas ranging from the humanities to the STEM disciplines. This collection grew out of a special issue of the Interdisciplinary Journal of Problem-Based Learning. It includes additional research and models of successful PBL implementation in K-12 teacher education and classroom settings.
Mathematics Unit Planning in a PLC at Work®, Grades 3--5 : (a Guide to Collaborative Teaching and Mathematics Lesson Planning to Increase Student Understanding and Expected Learning Outcomes. ) by
Build collaborative teacher teams committed to fostering student self-efficacy and increasing achievement in mathematics. Part of the Every Student Can Learn Mathematics series, this practical resource provides a framework for collectively planning a unit of study in grades 3-5. Grade-level teams will learn how to work together to perform key tasks--from unwrapping standards and creating team unit calendars to determining academic vocabulary and designing robust fraction units. Help your team identify what students need to know by the end of each unit and build student self-efficacy: Understand how to collaboratively plan thematic units in grades 3-5. Study the seven unit-planning elements and learn how to incorporate each in essential unit design. Review the role of the PLC at Work® process in enhancing collaborative student learning and teacher collaboration. Observe three model fraction units, one for each grade level. Receive tools and templates for effective unit planning. Contents: Introduction by Timothy D. Kanold Part 1: Mathematics Unit Planning and Design Elements Chapter 1: Planning for Student Learning of Mathematics in Grades 3-5 Chapter 2: Unit Planning as a Collaborative Mathematics Team Part 2: Fraction Unit Examples, Grades 3-5 Chapter 3: Grade 3 Unit--Fraction Understanding Chapter 4: Grade 4 Unit--Fraction Equivalence, Addition, and Subtraction Chapter 5: Grade 5 Unit--Fraction Addition and Subtraction Epilogue: Mathematics Team Organization Appendix A: Create a Proficiency Map Appendix B: Checklist and Questions for Mathematics Unit Planning References and Resources
Universal Design for Learning in the Early Childhood Classroom by
Universal Design for Learning in the Early Childhood Classroom focuses on proactively designing PreK through Grade 3 classroom environments, instruction, and assessments that are flexible enough to ensure that teachers can accommodate the needs of all the students in their classrooms. Typically developing students, gifted students, students who are impacted by poverty, children who speak multiple languages or have a home language that is different than the classroom language, and students with identified or potential developmental or learning disabilities are all covered within this highly practical, easy-to-use guide to UDL in the early years.
Integrating Intensive Interaction by
This unique book features a collection of lively stories on the integration of Intensive Interaction practice into schools and adult service settings. It addresses communication development, both from a micro and macro level across a variety of service settings, with each chapter written by a different practitioner. These personal accounts cover individual practice and reflection with a single case-study person, as well as influencing organisational change. The authors assert that within adult services and educational settings, Intensive Interaction can be used as a way to develop communication and confidence and to work with the principles of inclusion and person-centred acceptance and support. The book develops an understanding of issues that can be addressed within training and mentoring other staff, and uses case studies throughout as a powerful training tool. Filled with practical advice and techniques to develop communication with people who find it hard to communicate, as well as guidance on ensuring the sustainable extension of the use of Intensive Interaction by embedding the approach within organisational ways of working, this book will be of value to anyone working within children and adult services for people with communication impairments.
Exploring English Language Teaching by
Routledge Introductions to Applied Linguistics is a series of introductory level textbooks covering the core topics in Applied Linguistics, primarily designed for those entering postgraduate studies and language professionals returning to academic study. The books take an innovative 'practice to theory' approach, with a 'back-to-front' structure. This leads the reader from real-world problems and issues, through a discussion of intervention and how to engage with these concerns, before finally relating these practical issues to theoretical foundations. Additional features include tasks with commentaries, a glossary of key terms, and an annotated further reading section. Exploring English Language Teaching provides a single volume introduction to the field of ELT from an applied linguistics perspective. The book addresses four central themes within English language teaching: 'Classroom interaction and management'; 'Method, Postmethod and methodology'; 'Learners'; and the 'Institutional frameworks and social contexts' of ELT. For each, the book identifies key dilemmas and practices, examines how teachers and other language teaching professionals might intervene and deal with these concerns, and explores how such issues link to and inform applied linguistic theory. This second edition has been extensively revised and updated to explore the latest practical developments and theoretical insights in the field of ELT. With new material, including expanded discussions of CLIL, the role of new technologies in ELT, and the teaching of large classes in difficult circumstances, and with an updated glossary and suggestions for additional reading, this is an indispensable textbook for language teachers and students studying in the areas of Applied Linguistics, Language Teacher Education, and ELT/TESOL.
Universal Design for Learning in the Early Childhood Classroom by
Universal Design for Learning in the Early Childhood Classroom focuses on proactively designing PreK through Grade 3 classroom environments, instruction, and assessments that are flexible enough to ensure that teachers can accommodate the needs of all the students in their classrooms. Typically developing students, gifted students, students who are impacted by poverty, children who speak multiple languages or have a home language that is different than the classroom language, and students with identified or potential developmental or learning disabilities are all covered within this highly practical, easy-to-use guide to UDL in the early years.
Communicate! by
Become a successful communicator in all your personal and professional endeavors--whether they're face-to-face or virtual--with COMMUNICATE! 15th Edition. This book will engage you in active learning with theory, application and tools for practicing and assessing specific communication skills in interpersonal, intercultural, group, and public speaking settings. Skill-building exercises, including speech-plan action step activities, guide students through the speech preparation process. COMMUNICATE! provides lively contemporary examples and sample student speeches that ground theory, increase comprehension, and help students become skillful communicators. The role of ethics in communication is integrated throughout the text, as is the role of technology and social media. The chapters on listening (Ch. 6) and presentational aids (Ch. 13) have been significantly revised.
Supporting Children's Creativity Through Music, Dance, Drama and Art by
An essential part of children's development in the early years involves creative engagement through language, gestures, body movements, drawing, music, and creating shared meanings in playful contexts. Supporting Children's Creativity through Music, Dance, Drama and Art brings together contributions from a range of early years practitioners and professionals, sharing their 'creative conversations' and helping readers to implement the themes of the Early Years Foundation Stage framework in a creative way. Including a new chapter to explore the relationships between music and movement, this second edition has been fully updated and covers: How to incorporate music-making and storytelling in the classroom How to use stories of practice to inspire reflection and change How to extend, challenge and sustain children's interests How to make use of the 'Talking Table' and 'Helicopter' approaches How to become an effective play-partner How to improve practice with interactive strategies and music for well-being How to use observation to inspire planning and learning projects. Appealing to all with an interest in early years practice, this new edition demonstrates how parents, carers and practitioners can put excitement and inspiration back into the learning process, guiding them to encourage and support the creative capacities of young children.
Teaching Primary Art and Design by
Trainee and beginning teachers often find it hard to plan for and teach good art lessons as there is little guidance on subject knowledge and outstanding practice. This key text will provide primary trainee teachers with subject knowledge, expert advice, and guidance along with practical solutions that are necessary to offer children the best possible experiences in art, craft, and design to ensure that they have access to a broad and balanced curriculum. Through guidance and support, it will enable them to develop an understanding of the principles and values that underpin high standards and high expectations, and show good progress in the subject.
Arts Management by
Arts Management is designed as an upper division undergraduate and graduate level text that covers the principles of arts management. It is the most comprehensive, up to date, and technologically advanced textbook on arts management on the market. While the book does include the background necessary for understanding the global arts marketplace, it assumes that cultural fine arts come to fruition through entrepreneurial processes, and that cultural fine arts organizations have to be entrepreneurial to thrive. Many cases and examples of successful arts organizations from the Unites States and abroad appear in every chapter. A singular strength of Arts Management is the author's skilful use of in-text tools to facilitate reader interest and engagement. These include learning objectives, chapter summaries, discussion questions and exercises, case studies, and numerous examples and cultural spotlights. Online instructor's materials with PowerPoints are available to adopters.
Art appreciation : new general education curriculum compliant by 
The Art of Drawing Folds by
From Renaissance fresco painters to contemporary graphic novel artists, the ability to draw clothed figures from one's imagination has always been crucial to artists - and exceptionally difficult to attain. With over 220 illustrations, The Art of Drawing Folds: An Illustrator's Guide to Drawing the Clothed Figure reveals the logic and patterns in folds, enabling the reader to more easily predict the behavior of cloth when creating folds in their own drawings and paintings. Addressing folds in clothing systematically, the author provides a clear, concise approach to the analysis, classification and visualization of convincingly naturalistic folds. Starting with the nature of fabric and its geometry, this book methodically explores the reasons for fold behavior based on the construction of clothing and the shapes and actions of the human figure. An essential guide and reference for animators, illustrators, storyboard artists, comic-book artists, 3D modelers, sculptors, fashion designers and students, The Art of Drawing Folds simplifies one of the most complex and important aspects of drawing the clothed figure.
Teaching Primary Art and Design by
Trainee and beginning teachers often find it hard to plan for and teach good art lessons as there is little guidance on subject knowledge and outstanding practice. This key text will provide primary trainee teachers with subject knowledge, expert advice, and guidance along with practical solutions that are necessary to offer children the best possible experiences in art, craft, and design to ensure that they have access to a broad and balanced curriculum. Through guidance and support, it will enable them to develop an understanding of the principles and values that underpin high standards and high expectations, and show good progress in the subject.
A Staff Guide to Addressing Disruptive and Dangerous Behavior on Campus by
There is an increasing population of students coming to college who challenge and frustrate staff. Students struggle with complex mental health problems, environmental stress, anger difficulties, and the potential for explosively acting out with threats or violence. This practical guide provides college and university staff with direction when working with these students in a variety of college environments, including community colleges, four-year institutions, and online learning environments. Coverage includes how to identify and assess students who are at risk, calm and de-escalate a crisis, motivate and inspire change, and how to manage and maintain change in a positive direction over time. Grounded in theory and research, this book offers practical and tangible advice and guidance to make it easier to assist students in need.
Culture and Values by
CULTURE AND VALUES: A SURVEY OF THE HUMANITIES, NINTH EDITION, takes you on a tour of some of the world's most interesting and significant examples of art, music, philosophy, and literature, from the beginnings of civilization to today. Chapter previews, timelines, glossaries of key terms, Compare + Contrast, new Connections and Culture & Society features, and "Big Picture" reviews all help make it easy for you to learn the material and study more effectively. Links to full readings and playlists of the music selections discussed in your text are available online in MindTap, where you will also find study resources and such tools as image flashcards, guides to research and writing, practice quizzes and exercises, and more.
New Perspectives on Moral Development by
This volume presents a selection of some of the most exciting new perspectives on moral development that have emerged over the last decade and have transformed our understanding of the field. The contributors to this book cut across traditional boundaries to provide an innovative and integrative approach to fundamental questions dealing with the nature and acquisition of morality. In addressing these questions, the chapters draw on new work on the origins of morality in infancy and the early years, comparative approaches examining morality in primates, new perspectives on moral emotions such as guilt and empathy, and new perspectives on the emerging moral self in childhood and moral identity in adolescence. The book also examines the roles of parenting and culture in children's and adolescents' moral development. Each chapter is framed in theory and methodology and provides illustrative examples of new research to address important questions in the field. This book is essential reading for researchers and advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students studying moral development and developmental psychology. It will also be of interest to academics and professionals in related fields such as education and public policy.
Learning to Teach Religious Education in the Secondary School by
The third edition of Learning to Teach Religious Education in the Secondary School draws together insights from current educational theory and the best contemporary classroom teaching and learning, and suggests tasks, activities and further reading designed to enhance the quality of initial school experience for the student teacher. This third edition has all new content and contributors, which take account of recent developments in the subject. Key themes addressed include: the aims and place of religious education in the curriculum; recent policy developments; developing lesson plans and schemes of work; the role of language and talk in religious education; spirituality and spiritual development; assessment in religious education; religious education at both Key Stage 4 and at A Level; religion education in relation to moral education; the role of computers; inclusion; professional development. Learning to Teach Religious Education in the Secondary School is designed to provide student teachers with a comprehensive and accessible introduction to teaching religious education in the secondary school.
Values education : legal and ethical perspectives by 
Social Statistics by
With a clear and engaging writing style and strong examples from the real world, this text covers current statistical techniques at an introductory level and emphasizes the clear presentation of results to a variety of audiences, making the course more useful to students and their careers. Interconnection features among chapters help students understand how all of the techniques fit together. Using varied data sets, the text features a highly rated companion website that includes videos of the author offering step-by-step explanations of how to carry out the techniques, interpret the results, and present them to varied audiences. NEW TO THIS EDITION More inter-chapter connections have been added to improve students' conceptual learning. Several examples (on immigration, health, and civil rights) now permeate the text for easy comparison of techniques across chapters. The section on managing data is considerably expanded to cover topics such as finding new sources of data, dealing with missing data, and how to combine data reliably. Very current examples from the scholarly literature from criminology, education, and health show how researchers use each chapter's techniques to tell compelling stories. Instructors can choose from a variety of greatly expanded materials to enhance their lectures: engaging animations of key concepts; dynamic demonstrations of how statistics change in line with the data; short lectures on difficult-to-explain topics; and in-class exercises that will help students learn how to make sense of statistical results.
Research Methods in Education by
This thoroughly updated and extended eighth edition of the long-running bestseller Research Methods in Education covers the whole range of methods employed by educational research at all stages. Its five main parts cover: the context of educational research; research design; methodologies for educational research; methods of data collection; and data analysis and reporting. It continues to be the go-to text for students, academics and researchers who are undertaking, understanding and using educational research, and has been translated into several languages. It offers plentiful and rich practical advice, underpinned by clear theoretical foundations, research evidence and up-to-date references, and it raises key issues and questions for researchers planning, conducting, reporting and evaluating research. This edition contains new chapters on: Mixed methods research The role of theory in educational research Ethics in Internet research Research questions and hypotheses Internet surveys Virtual worlds, social network software and netography in educational research Using secondary data in educational research Statistical significance, effect size and statistical power Beyond mixed methods: using Qualitative Comparative Analysis (QCA) to integrate cross-case and within-case analyses. Research Methods in Education is essential reading for both the professional researcher and anyone involved in educational and social research. The book is supported by a wealth of online materials, including PowerPoint slides, useful weblinks, practice data sets, downloadable tables and figures from the book, and a virtual, interactive, self-paced training programme in research methods. These resources can be found at: www.routledge.com/cw/cohen.
A Guide to Supervising Non-Native English Writers of Theses and Dissertations by
Focused on the writing process, A Guide to Supervising Non-native English Writers of Theses and Dissertations presents approaches that can be employed by supervisors to help address the writing issues or difficulties that may emerge during the provisional and confirmation phases of the thesis/dissertation journey. Pre-writing advice and post-writing feedback that can be given to students are explained and illustrated. A growing number of students who are non-native speakers of English are enrolled in Masters and PhD programmes at universities across the world where English is the language of communication. These students often encounter difficulties when writing a thesis or dissertation in English - primarily, understanding the requirements and expectations of the new academic context and the conventions of academic writing. Designed for easy use by supervisors, this concise guide focuses specifically on the relationship between reading for and preparing to write the various part-genres or chapters; the creation of argument; making and evaluating claims, judgements and conclusions; writing coherent and cohesive text; meeting the generic and discipline-specific writing conventions; designing conference abstracts and PowerPoint presentations; and writing journal articles.
Documentation and Inquiry in the Early Childhood Classroom by
Documentation and Inquiry in the Early Childhood Classroom explores teacher inquiry, reflection, and research and the documentation of these processes within a variety of school sites and models. Compiling underrepresented inquiry stories from practicing teachers and administrators in early childhood (0-5) classrooms in the San Francisco Bay Area, this book highlights the power of the community in supporting professional development for early childhood educators and the education of young children. Important elements addressed include teacher learning, children's curricula, parent and community communication, and equity and social justice for teachers, children, and families.
Connecting Research and Practice for Educational Improvement by
Connecting Research and Practice for Educational Improvement presents powerful arguments and richly illustrated cases for how more collaborative relationships between researchers and educators can yield more relevant research that impacts practice. This book can be useful for anyone teaching or learning about research-practice partnerships, in both school and out-of-school settings. The chapters highlight the different dispositions and skills needed to cultivate ethical relationships and promote equity through partnerships and provide rich frameworks for guiding future work.　
Methodological Thinking by
Focused on the underlying logic behind social research, Methodological Thinking: Basic Principles of Social Research Design encourages readers to understand research methods as a way of thinking. The book provides a concise overview of the basic principles of social research, including the characteristics of research questions, the importance of literature reviews, variations in data generation techniques, and sampling. The Second Edition includes a revised chapter on research foundations, with focus on the philosophy of science and ethics; an emphasis on critical thinking; additional attention to evaluating research; and a new selection of briefer, multidisciplinary journal articles designed to be accessible to a wide variety of readers.
Technologies education for the primary years by Teaching Early Years by
This textbook focuses on the main areas of teaching young children, covering the 3-7 years age range that spans the early years and primary phases. The majority of chapters are written by both an academic and practitioner, reflecting a genuine theory and practice approach, and this helps the reader to set theoretical discussion in the context of real practice. Key themes explored within the book include: - Play and playfulness in the curriculum - Child development in practice - Literacy development and subject pedagogy - Creativity and outdoor learning Packed full of learning features such as case studies, reflective questions and lesson plans, Teaching Early Years is an essential resource for both students and practitioners, and will enhance your knowledge of how young children think and learn.
Learning to Teach in the Primary School by
How do you become an effective primary school teacher? What do you need to be able to do? What do you need to know? Flexible, effective and creative primary school teachers require subject knowledge, an understanding of their pupils and how they learn, a range of strategies for managing behaviour and organising environments for learning, and the ability to respond to dynamic classroom situations. The fourth edition of this bestselling textbook has been fully updated with the latest research and initiatives in the field, as well as the most recent changes to the National Curriculum across the UK. Twenty four new authors have contributed, sharing their expertise and experience as practitioners. Ten brand new units have been included on: Becoming a professional in the current context Building inclusive communities of engaged learners Understanding schools' aims and enacting your own Teaching for social justice Reading Grammar and punctuation Mastery in mathematics The value of outdoor learning Primary education in a digital age A selection of extra tasks have been woven throughout, with an emphasis on innovative, reflective practice, and new 'vivid examples' bring each chapter's argument to life in a classroom context. In addition, each chapter contains M-level tasks and further reading to assist with research assignments, and differences in the National Curriculum and policy in Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland are highlighted. Providing a comprehensive but accessible introduction to teaching and learning in the primary school, covering everything a trainee needs to know in order to gain QTS, this accessible and engaging textbook is essential reading for all students training to be primary school teachers. This textbook is supported by a free companion website with additional resources for instructors and students (www.routledge.com/cw/Cremin) and an accompanying series of books on Teaching Creatively across the curriculum.
Teaching Design and Technology Creatively by
Packed full of practical ideas, Teaching Design and Technology Creatively is a stimulating source of guidance for busy trainee and practising teachers. Grounded in the latest research, it offers a wealth of suggestions to foster creative development in D&T and supports teachers in providing their students with more authentic, enjoyable experiences. Providing a wealth of ready-to-use ideas for creative lessons, key topics covered include: Understanding links between D&T and creativity Creating a foundation for D&T in the early years Using objects, books and real-life contexts as imaginative starting points Developing designerly thinking Making the most of construction kits Helping children draw to develop their ideas Encouraging dialogic talk in D&T to drive learning Exploring food as a creative resource Practical approaches to embedding IT and programming in the curriculum Taking learning outside the classroom. Teaching Design and Technology Creatively provides practical teaching suggestions to ensure teachers of all levels understand how to teach for creativity. It shows how learning experiences in D&T have the potential to extend children's technological knowledge, and to promote problem-solving and evaluation skills. Drawing on examples from real-world projects, this text is invaluable for all those who wish to engage students in D&T and encourage creative classroom practice.
Programming in the Primary Grades by
Programming in the Primary Grades demystifies teaching core content through programming. Without becoming a step by step guide, the text helps teachers visualize and implement learning activities that build on the engagement and excitement students' experience when they are programming. While the focus of the book is programming, it isn't about the technology. Dr. Patterson helps teachers visualize and plan engaging and empowering lessons that use programming as a way for students to share their developing understanding of a subject. Whether you have no tech or a full one to one program, Programming in the Primary Grades will get you programming with your kids in no time.
Classroom Management for Elementary Teachers by
This best-selling text helps teachers plan, implement, and develop the most basic classroom management tasks to build a smoothly running classroom that encourages learning. Written for the prospective or new elementary-level teacher, the text's content is ready to be applied in a classroom setting. The text addresses the planning decisions teachers must make, including arranging the physical space; creating a positive climate; establishing expectations, rules, and procedures; planning and conducting instruction; encouraging appropriate behavi∨ addressing problem behavi∨ and using good communication skills, with particular attention paid to the growth of diverse and inclusive classrooms. All examples, checklists, case studies, and group activities are designed for the elementary level.
Multilevel Analysis by
Applauded for its clarity, this accessible introduction helps readers apply multilevel techniques to their research. The book also includes advanced extensions, making it useful as both an introduction for students and as a reference for researchers. Basic models and examples are discussed in nontechnical terms with an emphasis on understanding the methodological and statistical issues involved in using these models. The estimation and interpretation of multilevel models is demonstrated using realistic examples from various disciplines including psychology, education, public health, and sociology. Readers are introduced to a general framework on multilevel modeling which covers both observed and latent variables in the same model, while most other books focus on observed variables. In addition, Bayesian estimation is introduced and applied using accessible software.
The Passion-Driven Classroom by
Turn your classroom into a thriving community of learners! In The Passion-Driven Classroom, bestselling authors Angela Maiers and Amy Sandvold show you how to spark and sustain your students' energy, excitement, and love of learning. This updated edition offers a new framework for changing your mindset and implementing a passion-driven classroom, where passion meets practice every day as students learn new skills and explore their talents. You'll come away with specific examples of how to set up your classroom, how to manage it, and how to assign passion projects where students take the lead. With this book, you'll be able to move away from prescription-driven learning toward Passion-Driven Learning, so you can make a real difference in the lives of your students.
Guiding Children's Social Development and Learning by
Updated throughout and featuring an emphasis on NAEYC and other standards, GUIDING CHILDREN'S SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT AND LEARNING: THEORY AND SKILLS, Ninth Edition, focuses on ways professionals can help children develop both positive feelings about themselves and social competence. You'll find practical, developmentally appropriate strategies for how to work with children and families from many different backgrounds and circumstances, and in a variety of group settings. With the help of this text, you'll avoid much of the guesswork and frustration that can hinder practitioners' efforts to influence children's social development and behavior. And, you'll obtain a unified framework for decision-making and professional practice that incorporates sound principles of children's development, relationship enhancement, and behavior management. This is a book you'll want to keep and refer to long after you leave the course.
The Flexible ELA Classroom by
Find out how to differentiate your middle school ELA instruction so that all students can become better readers, writers, and critical thinkers. Author Amber Chandler invites you into her classroom and shows how you can adjust your lessons to suit different learning needs while still meeting state standards and keeping your students accountable. She provides a wide variety of helpful tools and strategies, ranging from easy options that you can try out immediately to deeper-integration ideas that will reshape your classroom as a flexible, personalized learning environment. Topics include: Using choice boards and menus to teach vocabulary, reading, and presentation skills in fun and interactive ways; Grouping students strategically to maximize learning outcomes and encourage collaboration; Making vocabulary learning interesting and memorable with visual aids, tiered lists, and personalized word studies; Designing your own Project Based Learning lessons to unleash your students' creativity; Assessing students' progress without the use of one-size-fits-all testing; And more! Bonus: downloadable versions of some of the rubrics and handouts in this book are available on the Routledge website at http://www.routledge.com/9781138681040. Also, check out the book's website, doyoudifferentiate.com, for additional articles and strategies.
Picture Inclusion! by
Picture one guidebook that gives you the fundamentals of inclusion, proven practices for teaching everyone, and dozens of student profiles and sample lesson plans. That's what you'll get in Picture Inclusion , your ultimate theory-to-practice guide to teaching every learner in a diverse inclusive classroom. You'll begin with a reader-friendly introduction to the why and how of inclusion in Grades K-5, including the theoretical foundations of inclusive education and general guidelines on key concepts: universal design for learning, response to intervention, alternate assessment, and more. Then you'll go inside three model classrooms--Grades 1, 3, and 5--for an in-depth look at how to support students with a wide range of learning needs. For each model classroom, you'll find Snapshots of 20 diverse students and their teacher. Each snapshot introduces you to a student, clarifies their support needs and goals, and shares a sample support schedule and concrete strategies for helping the student reach their goals.Eight sample lesson plans for teaching core academic areas (ELA, math, science, and social studies) and specials (art, physical education, music, and technology). Each plan gives you learning objectives, preparation steps, sample scripts, and step-by-step teaching guidelines.Dozens of specific inclusive practices, adaptable for any classroom, to support individual students and groups. (Also available in the appendix as a convenient Inclusive Practices Bank ) Brimming with the practical tools and wisdom you need to create lessons that support every learner, this hands-on, how-to resource will help you move inclusion from a lofty ideal to an everyday reality. INCLUDES: 60 student snapshots24 sample lesson plansDozens of adaptable inclusive practices Extensive list of resources for inclusion
HIST, Volume 2 (with HIST Online, 1 Term (6 Months) Printed Access Card) by
Learn American history YOUR Way with HIST! HIST's easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually-engaging chapters as well as Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, HIST Online allows easy exploration of HIST anywhere, anytime - including on your device! Collect your notes and create StudyBits(tm) from interactive content as you go to remember what's important. Then, either use preset study resources, or personalize the product through easy-to-use tags and filters to prioritize your study time. Make and review flashcards, review related content, and track your progress with Concept Tracker, all in one place and at an affordable price!
21C Performance tasks in Araling Panlipunan : assessment in 21st century skills and literacies. Araling Panlipunan.
Routledge Handbook of Contemporary Philippines by
The Philippines is a fascinating example of a "poor country democracy" where issues of economic development and poverty, political participation and stability, as well as ethnicity and migration are crucial. The Routledge Handbook of the Contemporary Philippines provides a comprehensive overview of the current political, economic, social, and cultural issues of the country. The Handbook is divided into the following four sections concentrating on a different aspect of the Philippines: domestic politics; foreign relations; economics and social policy; cultures and movements. In terms of domestic politics, chapters discuss clientelism, bossism, dynasties, pork barrel and corruption as well as institutions - the presidency, congress, the judiciary, the civil service, political parties, and civilian-military relations. The Philippines is confronted with many overseas challenges, with the foreign relations section focused on the country's relationship with China, Japan, and the USA as well as assessing the impact of the Filipino diaspora community around the world. Regarding economics and social policy, authors examine industrial policy, capital flight, microfinance, technocracy, economic nationalism, poverty, social welfare programs, and livelihoods. The final section on Philippine cultures and movements highlights issues of customs, gender, religion, and nationalism while also examining various social and political forces - the peasantry, the middle class, indigenous peoples, NGOs, the left, trade unionism, the women's movement, and major insurgencies. Written by leading experts in the field, the Handbook provides students, scholars, and policymakers of Southeast Asia with an interdisciplinary resource on the evolving politics, society, and economics of the Philippines.
The readings in Philippine history by Batis : sources in Philippine history by 
From Aquino II to Duterte (2010-2018) by
The Duterte administration is often considered a rupture in Philippines' politics. Yet, how different is Duterte's programme of change from the past governments, particularly from its predecessor, the Aquino II administration? Is there a shift in regime orientation and policy preferences from Aquino II to Duterte? What will this mean to the future direction of Philippine democracy, its economic development, peace and security, and relations with other countries?This volume focuses on four critical areas--politics and governance; economic governance; Mindanao peace process; and international relations--to illustrate continuities or discontinuities in policies and governance of institutions to explain the dynamics of change in the Philippines. It pays particular attention to the crucial period between Aquino II and the early years of Duterte. The reason is that Aquino II represents an important period for rebuilding and consolidating institutions of governance and accountability after two previous tumultuous administrations. Yet Aquino II also demonstrates the inherent flaws of Philippine democracy and unravels the contradictory forces vying for state power that sets the scene for Duterte's rise. Reflecting on the crucial transition period between the two presidencies, while also providing a much-needed update on the most noteworthy policy changes since Duterte's inauguration, the book fills an important scholarly gap in understanding Asia's oldest and most puzzling democracy.
Asian Place, Filipino Nation by
Nicole CuUnjieng Aboitiz reconnects the Philippine Revolution to the histories of Southeast and East Asia through an innovative consideration of its transnational political setting and regional intellectual foundations. She charts turn-of-the-twentieth-century Filipino thinkers’ and revolutionaries’ political organizing and proto-national thought.
21C Performance Tasks in Filipino : assessment of 21st century skills and literacies. Filipino.
Elementary Tagalog by
This is the leading beginner Tagalog textbook and language learning package. Elementary Tagalog's comprehensive approach will help students master Tagalog, the language of the Philippines, also known as Filipino or Pilipino. From learning to read Tagalog words and pronounce Tagalog sounds to using correct Tagalog grammar, communicating in Tagalog dialogues and building Tagalog vocabulary, learners will be surprised at how quickly their skills develop. The expert guidance in Elementary Tagalog is ideal both for true beginners and heritage learners who grew up in Filipino-speaking communities or families. The accompanying online audio improves listening comprehension and ensures correct pronunciation. Covering a range of topics, the lessons center on themes of the family, the home, and the community to food, travel, health, leisure time, festivals and popular culture. There are plenty of exercises, activities and practice drills to help learners acquire and master the language fundamentals, while culture notes explore the diversity, heritage and history of the Philippines. This is a complete language system and no prior knowledge of Tagalog is needed to begin and is the most comprehensive way to learn Tagalog. Elementary Tagalog is composed of twenty-four lessons in eight units. Each Lesson contains: Cultural Notes at the beginning of each unit offering explanations of social, economic and historical aspects of Filipino society. A Vocabulary List in each lesson ties into the theme of the unit and both the Tagalog reading text and the aural activities presented in the specific lesson. Reading and Reading Comprehension which are presented mostly in the form of Tagalog language dialogues, are designed to expose the students to real-life conversations as might be had by native Filipino speakers. Three Active Learning Activities follow the dialogue and dialogue comprehension in each lesson and ask students to employ the lesson's new Tagalog vocabulary. The Grammar Section is divided into four parts: definitions of terms, examining form, grammar presentation and grammar notes. Practice exercises or activities target student's speaking Tagalog, reading Tagalog, writing Tagalog and Tagalog listening skills. An accompanying online audio for listening activities to reinforce Tagalog learning is also included with the book. Available separately is the companion Elementary Tagalog Workbook. This helpful workbook will assist you in practicing and polishing your Filipino language skills. Each lesson supplements the corresponding lesson in the textbook. There are ten activities per lesson, offering a range of exercises and practice opportunities to enable you to achieve proficiency in everyday, conversational Tagalog. All disc content is alternatively accessible on tuttlepublishing.com/downloadable-content.
Makabuluhang Filipino sa iba't ibang pagkakataon : batayang aklat sa pagbasa, pagsulat, at pananaliksik sa antas pangkolehiyo by Panitikang pambata by Palihan : hikayat sa panitikan at malikhaing pagsulat by Panitikan sa Pilipinas : alinsunod sa talakay sa OBE by Philippine literature today by 
Cooking Basics for Dummies by
Get started cooking now with Cooking Basics For Dummies, 5th Edition! Are you looking to dig yourself out of microwave dinners and learn the ropes of home cooking? Cooking Basics For Dummies, 5th Edition takes the intimidation out of cooking and helps you start cultivating your culinary prowess in no time. From learning fundamental cooking techniques like dicing, chopping, and saut'ing to creating delicious, easy-to-follow recipes, you'll discover how to cook up crowd-pleasing meals the whole family will enjoy--all without breaking a sweat! Even if you've never cracked an egg, this friendly, practical guide gives you all the ingredients to become a superior home cook. In plain English, it explains step-by-step how to master popular cooking techniques, such as dicing vegetables, hard boiling an egg, making quick and delicious sauces, planning menus, stocking your pantry, and so much more. Packed with more than 150 easy-to-follow recipes for every meal of the day, from mouth-watering mains to sumptuous sides to delectable desserts Helps you master grilling, slow cooking, baking, roasting, pressure cooking, and more Includes tips on adapting meals to meet the latest dietary trends, such as low-sugar, low-sodium, low-fat, plant-based, and vegetarian diets Covers shopping at farmer's markets and buying organic foods Cooking Basics For Dummies, 5th edition is for every beginner cook or polished chef looking for a refresher on breathing new life into home-cooked meals.
Cooking Basics for Dummies by
Get started cooking now with Cooking Basics For Dummies, 5th Edition! Are you looking to dig yourself out of microwave dinners and learn the ropes of home cooking? Cooking Basics For Dummies, 5th Edition takes the intimidation out of cooking and helps you start cultivating your culinary prowess in no time. From learning fundamental cooking techniques like dicing, chopping, and saut'ing to creating delicious, easy-to-follow recipes, you'll discover how to cook up crowd-pleasing meals the whole family will enjoy--all without breaking a sweat! Even if you've never cracked an egg, this friendly, practical guide gives you all the ingredients to become a superior home cook. In plain English, it explains step-by-step how to master popular cooking techniques, such as dicing vegetables, hard boiling an egg, making quick and delicious sauces, planning menus, stocking your pantry, and so much more. Packed with more than 150 easy-to-follow recipes for every meal of the day, from mouth-watering mains to sumptuous sides to delectable desserts Helps you master grilling, slow cooking, baking, roasting, pressure cooking, and more Includes tips on adapting meals to meet the latest dietary trends, such as low-sugar, low-sodium, low-fat, plant-based, and vegetarian diets Covers shopping at farmer's markets and buying organic foods Cooking Basics For Dummies, 5th edition is for every beginner cook or polished chef looking for a refresher on breathing new life into home-cooked meals.
Entrepreneurship : the art, science, and process for success by 
The SAGE Handbook of Small Business and Entrepreneurship by
The SAGE Handbook of Small Business and Entrepreneurship offers state-of-the-art chapters on all aspects of this rapidly-evolving discipline. Original contributions from the best international scholars map the development of Entrepreneurship as an academic field, explore its key current debates and research methods, and also consider its future directions. Part One: The People and the Entrepreneurial Processes Part Two: Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management and Organization Part Three: Entrepreneurial Milieu Part Four: Researching Small Business Entrepreneurship This handbook will be the leading reference book for Entrepreneurship academics and researchers, as well as those from other associated disciplines including business and management, psychology, marketing, sociology and anthropology.
Capitalism and Inequality by
Capitalism and Inequality rejects the popular view that attributes the recent surge in inequality to a failure of market institutions. Bringing together new and original research from established scholars, it analyzes the inequality inherent in a free market from an economic and historical perspective. In the process, the question of whether the recent increase in inequality is the result of crony capitalism and government intervention is explored in depth. The book features sections on theoretical perspectives on inequality, the political economy of inequality, and the measurement of inequality. Chapters explore several key questions such as the difference between the effects of market-driven inequality and the inequality caused by government intervention; how the inequality created by regulation affects those who are less well-off; and whether the economic growth that accompanies market-driven inequality always benefits an elite minority while leaving the vast majority behind. The main policy conclusions that emerge from this analysis depart from those that are currently popular. The authors in this book argue that increasing the role of markets and reducing the extent of regulation is the best way to lower inequality while ensuring greater material well-being for all sections of society. This key text makes an invaluable contribution to the literature on inequality and markets and is essential reading for students, scholars, and policymakers.
Global Street Economy and Micro Entrepreneurship by
Throughout the history of capitalism, street economy has found a space in the failures and externalities of the open market economy, but it has been derided or ignored in the mainstream media and academy. However, street economies are a solution, not a problem: popping up as a spontaneous solution to the failures of capitalism, these economies are an opportunity to learn, explore and grow away from the mainstream. Even though discussion of street economy and vendors is on the rise in recent years, the subject is still dealt with on the basis of sectors, cities and countries, not on a global scale. With the increase in the volume, types and functions of street activities, is has become more appealing for the wider population by including a wide variety of sectors. The studies in this volume of Contemporary Studies in Economic and Financial Analysisinvestigate the causes and effects of new street-focused formations, such as NASVI in India, and SWG in ILO, established in response to the new legal regulation and organizational needs that have emerged with increasing employment volume in the street economy. For researchers and students of contemporary economics, interested in a global view on a rising industry, this is a key exploration of how micro businesses play on the global level.
Entrepreneurship for Deprived Communities by
This study investigates barriers to developing enterprise in deprived communities, highlights trade-offs local authorities face and offers guidance that contributes to a model for developing a community-centered enterprise culture that is critical for reinvigorating disadvantaged groups. Alex Avramenko and Nikolai Mouraviev focus on deprived communities where entrepreneurship traditionally was extremely difficult to conceive and offer insights on under-researched issues, such as enablers of entrepreneurship by local government's integrated approach that blends opportunity generation with capacity and skill building, complemented by support services. They also focus on the formation of an enterprise culture that should become a foundation of policy, enablers and tools for revitalizing deprived communities.Chapters explore range of issues and examples, including rethinking the dynamics of micro enterprise, rural entrepreneurship, senior entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship in a cosmopolitan city, civic/community-centered entrepreneurship and lifestyle entrepreneurship.
Supporting Children's Creativity Through Music, Dance, Drama and Art by
An essential part of children's development in the early years involves creative engagement through language, gestures, body movements, drawing, music, and creating shared meanings in playful contexts. Supporting Children's Creativity through Music, Dance, Drama and Art brings together contributions from a range of early years practitioners and professionals, sharing their 'creative conversations' and helping readers to implement the themes of the Early Years Foundation Stage framework in a creative way. Including a new chapter to explore the relationships between music and movement, this second edition has been fully updated and covers: How to incorporate music-making and storytelling in the classroom How to use stories of practice to inspire reflection and change How to extend, challenge and sustain children's interests How to make use of the 'Talking Table' and 'Helicopter' approaches How to become an effective play-partner How to improve practice with interactive strategies and music for well-being How to use observation to inspire planning and learning projects. Appealing to all with an interest in early years practice, this new edition demonstrates how parents, carers and practitioners can put excitement and inspiration back into the learning process, guiding them to encourage and support the creative capacities of young children.
Introduction to Music Education by
The streamlined Fourth Edition of this widely adopted text introduces prospective school music teachers to the profession of music education by one of the field's respected senior practitioners. In a warm, approachable style, Hoffer presents a working repertoire of concepts and general information, gets readers thinking about music teaching, and encourages them to examine themselves in terms of their future roles as educators in the field.Introduction to Music Education, 4/E provides a comprehensive, straightforward overview of the field, including its opportunities and its challenges. The text is written for a general music education course that precedes methods courses in which prospective teachers learn techniques for teaching various aspects of music. In addition to Hoffer's uncluttered discussions of the nature of teaching, teachers, and music, useful chapter components such as questions for discussion and projects are included.
Music and Camp by
This collection of essays provides the first in-depth examination of camp as it relates to a wide variety of twentieth and twenty-first century music and musical performances. Located at the convergence of popular and queer musicology, the book provides new research into camp's presence, techniques, discourses, and potential meanings across a broad spectrum of musical genres, including: musical theatre, classical music, film music, opera, instrumental music, the Broadway musical, rock, pop, hip-hop, and Christmas carols. This significant contribution to the field of camp studies investigates why and how music has served as an expressive and political vehicle for both the aesthetic characteristics and the receptive modes that have been associated with camp throughout twentieth and twenty-first-century culture. Hardcover is un-jacketed.
K-Pop Live : Fans, Idols, and Multimedia Performance by
1990s South Korea saw the transition from a military dictatorship to a civilian government, from a manufacturing economy to a postindustrial hub, and from a cloistered society to a more dynamic transnational juncture. These seismic shifts had a profound impact on the media industry and the rise of K-pop. In K-pop Live, Suk-Young Kim investigates the meteoric ascent of Korean popular music in relation to the rise of personal technology and social media, situating a feverish cross-media partnership within the Korean historical context and broader questions about what it means to be "live" and "alive." Based on in-depth interviews with K-pop industry personnel, media experts, critics, and fans, as well as archival research, K-pop Live explores how the industry has managed the tough sell of live music in a marketplace in which virtually everything is available online. Teasing out digital media's courtship of "liveness" in the production and consumption of K-pop, Kim investigates the nuances of the affective mode in which human subjects interact with one another in the digital age. Observing performances online, in concert, and even through the use of holographic performers, Kim offers readers a step-by-step guide through the K-pop industry's variegated efforts to diversify media platforms as a way of reaching a wider global network of music consumers. In an era when digital technology inserts itself into nearly all social relationships, Kim reveals how "what is live" becomes a question of how we exist as increasingly mediated subjects, fragmented and isolated by technological wonders while also longing for a sense of belonging and being alive through an interactive mode of exchange we often call "live."
Picture Inclusion! by
Picture one guidebook that gives you the fundamentals of inclusion, proven practices for teaching everyone, and dozens of student profiles and sample lesson plans. That's what you'll get in Picture Inclusion , your ultimate theory-to-practice guide to teaching every learner in a diverse inclusive classroom. You'll begin with a reader-friendly introduction to the why and how of inclusion in Grades K-5, including the theoretical foundations of inclusive education and general guidelines on key concepts: universal design for learning, response to intervention, alternate assessment, and more. Then you'll go inside three model classrooms--Grades 1, 3, and 5--for an in-depth look at how to support students with a wide range of learning needs. For each model classroom, you'll find Snapshots of 20 diverse students and their teacher. Each snapshot introduces you to a student, clarifies their support needs and goals, and shares a sample support schedule and concrete strategies for helping the student reach their goals.Eight sample lesson plans for teaching core academic areas (ELA, math, science, and social studies) and specials (art, physical education, music, and technology). Each plan gives you learning objectives, preparation steps, sample scripts, and step-by-step teaching guidelines.Dozens of specific inclusive practices, adaptable for any classroom, to support individual students and groups. (Also available in the appendix as a convenient Inclusive Practices Bank ) Brimming with the practical tools and wisdom you need to create lessons that support every learner, this hands-on, how-to resource will help you move inclusion from a lofty ideal to an everyday reality. INCLUDES: 60 student snapshots24 sample lesson plansDozens of adaptable inclusive practices Extensive list of resources for inclusion
Physical education 1 : movement enhancement : college textbook by 
Teaching quality health & physical education by Physical education and health by 
Improving Health Professional Education and Practice Through Technology by
A pressing challenge in the modern health care system is the gap between education and clinical practice. Emerging technologies have the potential to bridge this gap by creating the kind of team-based learning environments and clinical approaches that are increasingly necessary in the modern health care system both in the United States and around the world. To explore these technologies and their potential for improving education and practice, the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine hosted a workshop in November 2017. Participants explored effective use of technologies as tools for bridging identified gaps within and between health professions education and practice in order to optimize learning, performance and access in high-, middle-, and low-income areas while ensuring the well-being of the formal and informal health workforce. This publication summarizes the presentations and discussions from the workshop.
Square Eyes by
This book looks at the fun and pleasure children get out of television. It presents an entirely different angle on kids and television to that shared widely in the media. Rather than a focus on the dangers of the ubiquitous screens that are `taking over¿ our children¿s lives, its focus is on the fun these screens offer children ¿ and how this is both an important and valuable part of their lives. If you talk to children themselves about their favourite television shows, `fun¿ and `funny¿ are the words that come most readily to their lips. And yet, parents and adults feel compelled to police this pleasure and are often critical of their children¿s obvious attraction to a wide variety of shows. The book would examine the history of just how we have arrived at this place ¿ where we condemn the pleasures our children enjoy and seek to protect them from the lurking violence and sexual threats of the ubiquitous screens. And most importantly it examines what children themselves say about their own reactions to television ¿ arguably filling in a significant gap in the debate. The contrast between these opposing views is a fascinating part of the book.To support its rather controversial stand on this topic, the book draws on significant research to suggest that we should celebrate rather than condemn the pleasure that television brings children. It argues that encouraging such pleasure in entertainment is perhaps even more imperative in an age where children¿s time is increasingly programmed and regulated. Television offers a space for children to have fun ¿ to `goof off¿ as one 8-year-old boy said to me, or to disappear into an imaginative world. As an 8-year-old girl told me during my research: `it means that I can have a little world of monsters or anything¿. And as the book points out, this essential value of entertainment was celebrated by one of the greatest entertainers of all time - Shakespeare himself.
Handbook of Research on Teaching the English Language Arts by
Now in its fourth edition, the Handbook of Research on Teaching the English Language Arts - sponsored by the International Literacy Association and the National Council of Teachers of English - remains at the forefront in bringing together prominent scholars, researchers, and professional leaders to offer an integrated perspective on teaching the English language arts and a comprehensive overview of research in the field. Reflecting important developments since the publication of the third edition in 2010, this new edition is streamlined and completely restructured around "big ideas" in the field related to theoretical and research foundations, learners in context, and new literacies. A Companion Website extends and enhances the Handbook with a wealth of additional resources. The Handbook of Research on Teaching the English Language Arts, Fourth Edition: Addresses all of the language arts within a holistic perspective (speaking/listening, language, writing, reading). Is well grounded and balanced in theory and research while promoting validated practice. Features authors who are known for their expertise and who represent diversity in culture, years in the profession, and geographic location. Gives attention to special populations and instructional contexts. Includes new media literacies. Has the authority of a research handbook while remaining practical for students in masters and doctoral classes.
Exploring English Language Teaching by
Routledge Introductions to Applied Linguistics is a series of introductory level textbooks covering the core topics in Applied Linguistics, primarily designed for those entering postgraduate studies and language professionals returning to academic study. The books take an innovative 'practice to theory' approach, with a 'back-to-front' structure. This leads the reader from real-world problems and issues, through a discussion of intervention and how to engage with these concerns, before finally relating these practical issues to theoretical foundations. Additional features include tasks with commentaries, a glossary of key terms, and an annotated further reading section. Exploring English Language Teaching provides a single volume introduction to the field of ELT from an applied linguistics perspective. The book addresses four central themes within English language teaching: 'Classroom interaction and management'; 'Method, Postmethod and methodology'; 'Learners'; and the 'Institutional frameworks and social contexts' of ELT. For each, the book identifies key dilemmas and practices, examines how teachers and other language teaching professionals might intervene and deal with these concerns, and explores how such issues link to and inform applied linguistic theory. This second edition has been extensively revised and updated to explore the latest practical developments and theoretical insights in the field of ELT. With new material, including expanded discussions of CLIL, the role of new technologies in ELT, and the teaching of large classes in difficult circumstances, and with an updated glossary and suggestions for additional reading, this is an indispensable textbook for language teachers and students studying in the areas of Applied Linguistics, Language Teacher Education, and ELT/TESOL.
Preparing Teachers to Teach English As an International Language by
This book explores ways to prepare teachers to teach English as an International Language (EIL) and provides theoretically-grounded models for EIL-informed teacher education. The volume includes two chapters that present a theoretical approach and principles in EIL teacher education, followed by a collection of descriptions of field-tested teacher education programs, courses, units in a course, and activities from diverse geographical and institutional contexts, which together demonstrate a variety of possible approaches to preparing teachers to teach EIL. The book helps create a space for the exploration of EIL teacher education that cuts across English as a Lingua Franca, World Englishes and other relevant scholarly communities.
Handbook of Research on Teaching the English Language Arts, Second Edition by
The Handbook of Research on Teaching the English Language Arts, Second Edition--co-sponsored by the International Reading Association and the National Council of Teachers of English--offers a comprehensive overview of research in the field. This thoroughly updated second edition reflects developments in educational research and new information within the areas of language learning and instruction since the publication of the first edition in 1991. It assesses the significance of research, evaluates new developments, and examines current conflicts, controversies, and issues, while linking the work in one area to related work in others. Coverage includes the theoretical bases for English language arts teaching; different methodological perspectives; the early years of language acquisition; the multiple aspects of the language arts; teaching specific aspects of the English language arts curriculum; oral and written discourse; computer applications to language learning; and current approaches to studying the many ways and contexts in which people learn language. This Handbook is an essential resource for all professional educators, particularly curriculum designers at all school levels, researchers, policy planners, and practicing teachers of the English language arts.
Preparing Teachers to Teach English As an International Language by
This book explores ways to prepare teachers to teach English as an International Language, and provides theoretically-grounded models for EIL-informed teacher education. It includes two chapters that present a theoretical approach to EIL teacher education, followed by descriptions of field-tested teacher education programs, courses and activities.
Mother tongue-based multilingual education : guide for teacher educators and students by 
White Space by
Sometime in her twenties, Jennifer De Leon asked herself, "What would you do if you just gave yourself permission?" While her parents had fled Guatemala over three decades earlier when the country was in the grips of genocide and civil war, she hadn't been back since she was a child. She gave herself permission to return--to relearn the Spanish that she had forgotten, unpack her family's history, and begin to make her own way. Alternately honest, funny, and visceral, this powerful collection follows De Leon as she comes of age as a Guatemalan-American woman and learns to navigate the space between two worlds. Never rich or white enough for her posh college, she finds herself equally adrift in her first weeks in her parents' home country. During the years to follow, she would return to Guatemala again and again, meet ex-guerrillera and genocide survivors, get married in the old cobblestoned capital of Antigua, and teach her newborn son about his roots.
Modernizing Educational Practice by
Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL) is an innovative approach referring to educational settings where a language different from the learners' mother tongue is used as a medium of instruction. This other language is found to be used from kindergarten to the tertiary level, and the extent of its use may range from occasional foreign language texts in individual subjects to covering the whole curriculum. The changes in the technological, economic and social realities of the modern world have led, and still lead, to more frequent contact between people of different linguistic and cultural backgrounds. Globalisation has made the world interconnected; the world is rapidly becoming a mixed global village where the role of languages is extremely important. In such an integrated world, integrated learning is viewed as a modern form of educational delivery. CLIL represents an increasingly popular approach to language teaching and learning not only in Europe, but also in other countries such as Japan, Malaysia, China, and the United Arab Emirates. Even though CLIL is not of a uniform nature and varies across the world, one of the main arguments for its introduction is that it creates conditions for naturalistic language learning. This books represents selected presentations given at the Ustro? CLIL 2013 conference, which brought together academicians, researchers, teachers and educational authorities from all over the world, and provided them with the opportunity to exchange an interdisciplinary dialogue on CLIL methodologies, as well as the purely practical consequences of implementing such pedagogies in institutional educational practices at the primary, secondary or tertiary level. As such, collection embraces original contributions across a range of areas of CLIL.
Usage-Based Approaches to Language Acquisition and Language Teaching by
Although usage-based approaches have been successfully applied to the study of both first and second language acquisition, to monolingual and bilingual development, and to naturalistic and instructed settings, it is not common to consider these different kinds of acquisition in tandem. The present volume takes an integrative approach and shows that usage-based theories provide a much needed unified framework for the study of first, second and foreign language acquisition, in monolingual and bilingual contexts. The contributions target the acquisition of a wide range of linguistic phenomena and critically assess the applicability and explanatory power of the usage-based paradigm. The book also systematically examines a range of cognitive and linguistic factors involved in the process of language development and relates relevant findings to language teaching. Finally, this volume contributes to the assessment and refinement of empirical methods currently employed in usage-based acquisition research. This book is of interest to scholars of language acquisition, language pedagogy, developmental psychology, as well as Cognitive Linguistics and Construction Grammar.
A Humanizing Dual Language Immersion Education by
In every corner of the world, children are learning languages at home that differ from the dominant language used in their broader social world. These children arrive at school with a precious resource: their mother tongue. In the face of this resource and the possibility for biliteracy, majority language educational programs do nothing to support primary language competence. To counter monolingual education, there are significant albeit few initiatives around the world that provide formal support for children to continue to develop competence in their mother tongue, while also learning an additional language or languages. One such initiative is dual language immersion education (DLI). Interestingly, most (if not all) research on DLI programs focus on the effectiveness of bilingual education vis- -vis academic access and achievement. The ideologies embedded in the research and guidelines for DLI education, albeit necessary and critical during the early days of DLI schooling, are disconnected from the present realities, epistemologies, and humanness of our bilingual youth. A Humanizing Dual Language Immersion Education envisions a framework informed by bilingual teachers and students who support biliteracy as a human right. Positioning bilingual education under a human rights framework addresses the basic right of our bi/multilingual youth to human dignity. Respect for the languages of persons belonging to different linguistic communities is essential for a just and democratic society. Given the centrality of language to our sense of who we are and where we fit in the broader world, a connection between linguistic human rights and bilingual education is essential.
An Introduction to linguistics by 
Communicative Functions and Linguistic Forms in Speech Interaction: Volume 156 by
Prosody is generally studied at a separate linguistic level from syntax and semantics. It analyses phonetic properties of utterances such as pitch and prominence, and orders them into phonological categories such as pitch accent, boundary tone, and metrical grid. The goal is to define distinctive formal differentiators of meanings in utterances. But what these meanings are is either excluded or a secondary concern. This book takes the opposite approach, asking what are the basic categories of meaning that speakers want to transmit to listeners? And what formal means do they use to achieve it? It places linguistic form in functions of speech communication, and takes into account all the formal exponents - sounds, words, syntax, prosodies - for specific functional coding. Basic communicative functions such as 'questioning' may be universally assumed, but their coding by linguistic bundles varies between languages. A comparison of function-form systems in English, German and Mandarin Chinese shows this formal diversity for universal functions.
Corpus Linguistics for Vocabulary by
Corpus Linguistics for Vocabulary provides a practical introduction to using corpus linguistics in vocabulary studies. Using freely available corpus tools, the author provides a step-by-step guide on how corpora can be used to explore key vocabulary-related research questions and topics such as: The frequency of English words and how to choose which ones should be taught to learners; How spoken vocabulary differs from written vocabulary, and how academic vocabulary differs from general vocabulary; How vocabulary contributes to the structure of discourse, and the pragmatic functions it fulfils. Featuring case studies and tasks throughout, Corpus Linguistics for Vocabulary provides a clear and accessible guide and is essential reading for students and teachers wanting to understand, appreciate and conduct corpus-based research in vocabulary studies.
Linguistics, Seventh Edition by
The latest edition of a popular introductory linguistics text, now including a section on computational linguistics, new non-English examples, quizzes for each chapter, and additional special topics.This popular introductory linguistics text is unique for its integration of themes. Rather than treat morphology, phonetics, phonology, syntax, and semantics as completely separate fields, the book shows how they interact. The authors provide a sound introduction to linguistic methodology, focusing on a set of linguistic concepts that are among the most fundamental within the field. By studying the topics in detail, students can get a feeling for how work in different areas of linguistics is done.As in the last edition, part I covers the structural and interpretive parts of language-morphology, phonetics, phonology, syntax, semantics, variation, and change. Part II covers use and context of language and includes chapters on pragmatics, psychology of language, language acquisition, and language and the brain. This seventh edition has been extensively revised and updated; new material includes a chapter on computational linguistics (available in digital form and updated regularly to reflect the latest research in a rapidly developing field), more non-English examples, and a wide range of exercises, quizzes, and special topics. The seventh edition of Linguistics includes access to a new, web-based eCourse and enhanced eTextbook. The content from the former print supplement A Linguistics Workbook is now available in this online eCourse as interactive exercises. The eCourse is available via the Rent eTextbook link at http-//mitpress.mit.edu/linguistics7, and may be used on its own for self-study or integrated with instructor-led learning management systems.The eCourse is a comprehensive, web-based eLearning solution. There is nothing to download or install; it is accessible through any modern web browser and most mobile devices. It features a singular new tool for building syntax trees, an IPA keyboard, a combination of auto-graded and essay questions, and classroom management tools. The enhanced eTextbook includes videos and flashcards and allows bookmarking, note-taking, highlighting, and annotation sharing.Access to the eCourse is free with the purchase of a new textbook or e-book. New print copies of this book include a card affixed to the inside back cover with a unique access code for the eTextbook. If you purchased an e-book, you may obtain a unique access code by emailing digitalproducts-cs@mit.edu or calling 617-253-2889 or 800-207-8354 (toll-free in the U.S. and Canada). If you have a used copy of this book, you may purchase a digitally delivered access code separately via the Rent eTextbook link at http-//mitpress.mit.edu/linguistics7.
A concise introduction to linguistics by An Introduction to linguistics by Introduction to corpus linguistics by Introduction to experimental linguistics by Introduction to linguistics by 
Introduction to Semitic Comparative Linguistics by
Although it is a discipline with a venerable heritage, comparative Semitic linguistics has long suffered from the difficulty of finding an introduction that does not already require a specialists' knowledge of the field. The primary languages Gray selected were Hebrew, the language most Semitic readers begin with, and Arabic, the most widely known Semitic language. The result is this user-friendly introduction.
Introduction to Experimental Linguistics by
The use of experimental methodology in the field of linguistics has boomed in recent decades. However, implementation of such methods does require an understanding and mastery of specific theoretical and methodological principles. Introduction to Experimental Linguistics presents the key concepts of experimental linguistics in an accessible way, addressing, in turn: the application of experimentation in linguistics; the techniques most frequently used for the study of language; the methodological and practical aspects useful for the implementation of an experiment; and an introduction to the analysis of quantitative data derived from experiments. This didactic book combines the elements presented with examples drawn from the various fields of linguistics. It also includes a number of resources available for people who wish to implement an experimental study, more advanced reading suggestions, and revision questions along with their answer key.
Introduction to Knowledge Organization by
This book provides a complete introduction to the rapidly expanding field of Knowledge organization (KO), presenting historical precedents and theoretical foundations in a discursive, intelligible form, covering the philosophical, linguistic and technical aspects. In the contemporary context of global information exchange through linked data, Knowledge organization systems (KOS) need to be represented in standard inter-operable formats. Different formats for KOS representation including MARC, Dublin Core, SKOS and OWL are introduced as well as the application of Knowledge organization to a variety of activities and contexts: education, encyclopedic knowledge, the Internet, libraries, archives, museums, galleries and other institutions collecting and providing access to recorded knowledge. Key coverage includes: • ontology and epistemology in KO • KO structures: lists, hierarchies, facets... • KO types: tagging, taxonomies, thesauri, classifications... • conceptual analysis of documents • applications in the digital age. Covering theoretical and practical aspects of KO and using real-life examples to illustrate its application, this book will be a valuable resource for students, researchers and practitioners of Knowledge organization, information organization, cataloguing and classification.
Integrating Intensive Interaction by
This unique book features a collection of lively stories on the integration of Intensive Interaction practice into schools and adult service settings. It addresses communication development, both from a micro and macro level across a variety of service settings, with each chapter written by a different practitioner. These personal accounts cover individual practice and reflection with a single case-study person, as well as influencing organisational change. The authors assert that within adult services and educational settings, Intensive Interaction can be used as a way to develop communication and confidence and to work with the principles of inclusion and person-centred acceptance and support. The book develops an understanding of issues that can be addressed within training and mentoring other staff, and uses case studies throughout as a powerful training tool. Filled with practical advice and techniques to develop communication with people who find it hard to communicate, as well as guidance on ensuring the sustainable extension of the use of Intensive Interaction by embedding the approach within organisational ways of working, this book will be of value to anyone working within children and adult services for people with communication impairments.
Exploring English Language Teaching by
Routledge Introductions to Applied Linguistics is a series of introductory level textbooks covering the core topics in Applied Linguistics, primarily designed for those entering postgraduate studies and language professionals returning to academic study. The books take an innovative 'practice to theory' approach, with a 'back-to-front' structure. This leads the reader from real-world problems and issues, through a discussion of intervention and how to engage with these concerns, before finally relating these practical issues to theoretical foundations. Additional features include tasks with commentaries, a glossary of key terms, and an annotated further reading section. Exploring English Language Teaching provides a single volume introduction to the field of ELT from an applied linguistics perspective. The book addresses four central themes within English language teaching: 'Classroom interaction and management'; 'Method, Postmethod and methodology'; 'Learners'; and the 'Institutional frameworks and social contexts' of ELT. For each, the book identifies key dilemmas and practices, examines how teachers and other language teaching professionals might intervene and deal with these concerns, and explores how such issues link to and inform applied linguistic theory. This second edition has been extensively revised and updated to explore the latest practical developments and theoretical insights in the field of ELT. With new material, including expanded discussions of CLIL, the role of new technologies in ELT, and the teaching of large classes in difficult circumstances, and with an updated glossary and suggestions for additional reading, this is an indispensable textbook for language teachers and students studying in the areas of Applied Linguistics, Language Teacher Education, and ELT/TESOL.
Salience in Second Language Acquisition by
Salience in Second Language Acquisition brings together contributions from top scholars of second language acquisition (SLA) in a comprehensive volume of the existing literature and current research on salience. In the first book to focus exclusively on this integral topic, the editors and contributors define and explore what makes a linguistic feature salient in sections on theory, perpetual salience, and constructed salience. They also provide a history of SLA theory and discussion on its contemporary use in research. An approachable introduction to the topic, this book is an ideal supplement to courses in SLA, and a valuable resource for researchers and scholars looking for a better understanding of the subject.
Communicate! by
Become a successful communicator in all your personal and professional endeavors--whether they're face-to-face or virtual--with COMMUNICATE! 15th Edition. This book will engage you in active learning with theory, application and tools for practicing and assessing specific communication skills in interpersonal, intercultural, group, and public speaking settings. Skill-building exercises, including speech-plan action step activities, guide students through the speech preparation process. COMMUNICATE! provides lively contemporary examples and sample student speeches that ground theory, increase comprehension, and help students become skillful communicators. The role of ethics in communication is integrated throughout the text, as is the role of technology and social media. The chapters on listening (Ch. 6) and presentational aids (Ch. 13) have been significantly revised.
Semantics in language acquisition by Current perspectives on child language acquisition: how children use their environment to learn by Development of modality in first kanguage acquisition: a cross-linguistic perspective by The Routledge handbook of second language acquisition and technology by Language acquisition by children: a linguistic introduction by 
Foundational Principles of Task-Based Language Teaching by
This book is available Open Access. This book introduces readers to the concept of task-based language teaching (TBLT), a learner-centred and experiential approach to language teaching and learning. Based on the premise that language learners can enhance their second language acquisition (SLA) through engagement in communicative tasks that compel them to use language for themselves, TBLT stands in contrast to more traditional approaches. Accessible and comprehensive, this book provides a foundational overview of the principles and practice of TBLT and demystifies what TBLT looks like in the classroom. Complete with questions for reflection, pedagogical extensions for application in real classrooms and further reading suggestions in every chapter, this valuable and informative text is vital for anyone interested in TBLT, whether as students, researchers or teachers.
20 Formative Assessment Strategies That Work by
This book provides teachers and school leaders with practical, effective, and proven assessment strategies that are immediately implementable in classrooms. You'll learn about 20 high-impact formative assessment strategies, with details on how they can be applied to a variety of content areas and grade levels, including mathematics, science, language arts, social studies, and various electives. In this accessible book, these experienced authors demonstrate the how and why, along with a framework for folding these new ideas into job-embedded professional development. 20 Formative Assessment Strategies that Work provides the full toolkit for implementing, managing, and modifying these assessment strategies in your school and classrooms today.
Vocabulary and English for Specific Purposes Research by
This volume provides an important contribution to the study of vocabulary and its relationship to English for Specific Purposes (ESP) research and teaching. Focussing on quantitative and qualitative approaches, this book draws on a wide range of literature to explores key issues that include: how to identify and categorise specialised vocabulary; and the role and value of word list research in English for Academic Purposes (EAP) and ESP. This book features: An analysis of material in a range of different contexts that include secondary school education, pre-university and university-based education, professional and occupational ESP, and the trades. inclusion of many examples of specialised vocabulary from research in Aotearoa/New Zealand and from many other areas in the world. a review of the application of vocabulary research to professional and pedagogical practice suggestions for future directions for research. Written by a leading researcher, Vocabulary and English for Specific Purposes Research provides key reading for those working in this area.
Teaching and Assessment of the Macroskills by Vocabulary theory, patterning and teaching: studies in honor of Norbert Schmitt by I’m listening: how teacher-student relationships improve reading, writing, speaking and listening by Word by word: 101 ways to inspire and engage students by building vocabulary, improving spelling and enriching reading, writing and learning by Communication skills for your education degree by 
Functional Grammatics by
This book provides a re-conceptualization of grammar in a period of change in the communication landscape and widening disciplinary knowledge. Drawing on resources in systemic functional linguistics, the book envisions a 'functional grammatics' relevant to disciplinary domains such as literary study, rhetoric and multimodality. It re-imagines the possibilities of grammar for school English through Halliday's notion of grammatics.　 Functional Grammatics is founded on decades of research inspired by systemic functional linguistics, and includes studies of grammatical tools useful to teachers of English, research into visual and multimodal literacies and studies of the genre-grammar connection. It aims to be useful to the interpretation and composition of texts in school English, portable in design across texts and contexts and beneficial for language development.　 The book will be of interest to researchers and teacher educators, as well as undergraduate and postgraduate students and practicing teachers committed to evidence-based professional development.
A Modular Approach to Teaching Grammar by Directions for pedagogical construction grammar: learning and teaching (with) constructions by The Teaching and Assessment of Grammar by The history of grammar In foreign language teaching by Teaching grammar, revised by 
Grammar of the Edit by
Tell more effective visual stories by learning the "grammar" of cinematic language with this elegant, accessible reference. The fourth edition of Grammar of the Edit gives you the answers to the all-important questions of when to cut and why, and teaches readers the principles behind transitions, editing for continuity, selecting the best shots, editing sound, color correction, and more. Designed as an easy-to-use guide, Grammar of the Edit presents each topic succinctly with clear photographs and diagrams illustrating key concepts, practical exercises and quiz questions, and is a staple of any filmmaker's library. New to the fourth edition: An expanded companion website offering downloadable and editable raw footage so that students can practice the techniques described in the book, and instructional videos showcasing examples of different editing choices and types of shot transitions. New and expanded quiz questions and practical exercises at the end of each chapter help test readers on their knowledge using real-world scenarios. Updated topic discussions, explanations, illustrations and visual examples. An all-new chapter on Sound resources in filmmaking and Audio Editing guidelines. Together with its companion volume, Grammar of the Shot, the core concepts discussed in these books offer concise and practical resources for both experienced and aspiring filmmakers.
Grammar Smart, 4th Edition by
THE KNOWLEDGE YOU NEED TO BE A GRAMMAR GURU. How you speak and write can say a lot about you. Grammar makes a lasting impression, but learning it can seem like a never-ending parade of complicated and contradictory rules! That's why we at The Princeton Review created Grammar Smart--instead of boring you with countless rules and confusing grammatical terms, this book takes a fun approach to showing the logic behind each correct sentence. This updated fourth edition of Grammar Smart brings you: * In-depth reviews of the basic parts of speech * Tips on how to avoid misplaced modifiers and dangling participles * A glossary of key grammar terms * Quick quizzes throughout the book to help you check your progress * Detailed sentence diagrams to help you identify word classes * Comprehensive summaries of each major grammar topic
Functional Grammatics by
This book provides a re-conceptualization of grammar in a period of change in the communication landscape and widening disciplinary knowledge. Drawing on resources in systemic functional linguistics, the book envisions a 'functional grammatics' relevant to disciplinary domains such as literary study, rhetoric and multimodality. It re-imagines the possibilities of grammar for school English through Halliday's notion of grammatics.　 Functional Grammatics is founded on decades of research inspired by systemic functional linguistics, and includes studies of grammatical tools useful to teachers of English, research into visual and multimodal literacies and studies of the genre-grammar connection. It aims to be useful to the interpretation and composition of texts in school English, portable in design across texts and contexts and beneficial for language development.　 The book will be of interest to researchers and teacher educators, as well as undergraduate and postgraduate students and practicing teachers committed to evidence-based professional development.
The Routledge Handbook of Stylistics by
The Routledge Handbook of Stylistics provides a comprehensive introduction and reference point to key areas in the field of stylistics. The four sections of the volume encompass a wide range of approaches from classical rhetoric to cognitive neuroscience and cover core issues that include: historical perspectives centring on rhetoric, formalism and functionalism the elements of stylistic analysis that include the linguistic levels of foregrounding, relevance theory, conversation analysis, narrative, metaphor, speech acts, speech and thought presentation　 and point of view current areas of 'hot topic' research, such as cognitive poetics, corpus stylistics and feminist/critical stylistics emerging and future trends including the stylistics of multimodality, creative writing, hypertext fiction and neuroscience Each of the thirty-two chapters provides: an introduction to the subject; an overview of the history of the topic; an analysis of the main current and critical issues; a section with recommendations for practice, and a discussion of possible future trajectory of the subject. This handbook includes chapters written by some of the leading stylistics scholars in the world today, including Jean Boase-Beier, Joe Bray, Michael Burke, Beatrix Busse, Ronald Carter, Billy Clark, Barbara Dancygier, Catherine Emmott, Charles Forceville, Margaret Freeman, Christiana Gregoriou, Geoff Hall, Patrick Colm Hogan, Lesley Jeffries, Marina Lambrou, Michaela Mahlberg, Rocio Montoro, Nina Nørgaard, Dan Shen, Michael Toolan and Sonia Zyngier. The Routledge Handbook of Stylistics is essential reading for researchers, postgraduates and undergraduate students working in this area.
Translation: the Basics by
Translation: The Basics is an accessible and comprehensive introduction to the study of translation. Combining traditional text-based views with the context of translation in its widest sense, it presents an integrated approach to methodology in order to critically address influences such as power and gender, as well as cultural, ethical, political and ideological issues. Answering such questions as: How can translations be approached? Do social issues and culture play a part in translations? How does a translation relate to the original work? What effect has globalization had on translation? What are the core concerns of professional translators? Key theoretical issues are explained with reference to a range of case studies, suggestions for further reading and a detailed glossary of terms, making this the essential guide for anyone studying translation and translation studies.
A dependency grammar of English: an introduction and beyond by Semantic structures for the syntax and complements and auxiliaries in English by Structures of English by The syntax and morphology of English verbs: patterns that matter by A grammar of English: the consequences of a substance-based view of language: structures by Teaching profession by Stewardship as teacher leadership portraits from the profession by Teaching profession by The teaching profession by The teaching profession by 
Research Methods in Education by
This thoroughly updated and extended eighth edition of the long-running bestseller Research Methods in Education covers the whole range of methods employed by educational research at all stages. Its five main parts cover: the context of educational research; research design; methodologies for educational research; methods of data collection; and data analysis and reporting. It continues to be the go-to text for students, academics and researchers who are undertaking, understanding and using educational research, and has been translated into several languages. It offers plentiful and rich practical advice, underpinned by clear theoretical foundations, research evidence and up-to-date references, and it raises key issues and questions for researchers planning, conducting, reporting and evaluating research. This edition contains new chapters on: Mixed methods research The role of theory in educational research Ethics in Internet research Research questions and hypotheses Internet surveys Virtual worlds, social network software and netography in educational research Using secondary data in educational research Statistical significance, effect size and statistical power Beyond mixed methods: using Qualitative Comparative Analysis (QCA) to integrate cross-case and within-case analyses. Research Methods in Education is essential reading for both the professional researcher and anyone involved in educational and social research. The book is supported by a wealth of online materials, including PowerPoint slides, useful weblinks, practice data sets, downloadable tables and figures from the book, and a virtual, interactive, self-paced training programme in research methods. These resources can be found at: www.routledge.com/cw/cohen.
Handbook of Research on Teaching the English Language Arts by
Now in its fourth edition, the Handbook of Research on Teaching the English Language Arts - sponsored by the International Literacy Association and the National Council of Teachers of English - remains at the forefront in bringing together prominent scholars, researchers, and professional leaders to offer an integrated perspective on teaching the English language arts and a comprehensive overview of research in the field. Reflecting important developments since the publication of the third edition in 2010, this new edition is streamlined and completely restructured around "big ideas" in the field related to theoretical and research foundations, learners in context, and new literacies. A Companion Website extends and enhances the Handbook with a wealth of additional resources. The Handbook of Research on Teaching the English Language Arts, Fourth Edition: Addresses all of the language arts within a holistic perspective (speaking/listening, language, writing, reading). Is well grounded and balanced in theory and research while promoting validated practice. Features authors who are known for their expertise and who represent diversity in culture, years in the profession, and geographic location. Gives attention to special populations and instructional contexts. Includes new media literacies. Has the authority of a research handbook while remaining practical for students in masters and doctoral classes.
A Guide to Supervising Non-Native English Writers of Theses and Dissertations by
Focused on the writing process, A Guide to Supervising Non-native English Writers of Theses and Dissertations presents approaches that can be employed by supervisors to help address the writing issues or difficulties that may emerge during the provisional and confirmation phases of the thesis/dissertation journey. Pre-writing advice and post-writing feedback that can be given to students are explained and illustrated. A growing number of students who are non-native speakers of English are enrolled in Masters and PhD programmes at universities across the world where English is the language of communication. These students often encounter difficulties when writing a thesis or dissertation in English - primarily, understanding the requirements and expectations of the new academic context and the conventions of academic writing. Designed for easy use by supervisors, this concise guide focuses specifically on the relationship between reading for and preparing to write the various part-genres or chapters; the creation of argument; making and evaluating claims, judgements and conclusions; writing coherent and cohesive text; meeting the generic and discipline-specific writing conventions; designing conference abstracts and PowerPoint presentations; and writing journal articles.
New Directions for Research in Foreign Language Education by
New Directions for Research in Foreign Language Education brings together contributions by reputed scholars that examine the challenges, opportunities, and benefits of teaching and learning foreign languages. With a particular focus on languages other than English, the book looks at the socio-political dimension of language learning and teaching and the need to re-theorize multilingualism for our age. The volume includes a range of perspectives, from language teaching as an act of reconciliation to language learning across the lifespan, from innovations in assessment and curriculum to critical appraisals of pedagogy and textbook materials. Each chapter presents a clear case study drawn from diverse contexts to illustrate the different concerns of the contributors. The book is a valuable resource for all students, teachers, teacher educators and researchers who share an interest in researching multilingualism and the different facets of teaching and learning foreign languages.
Composing Research, Communicating Results by
Composing Research, Communicating Results: Writing the Communication Research Paper provides communication students with the knowledge and necessary tools to compose a variety of course-required papers that are scholarly, accessible, and well-written. The first work of its kind to take students from brainstorming to outlining to sentence and paragraph construction to paper presentation, drawing on student-written examples Easy-to-understand explanations of passive voice, point of view, commonly accepted citation styles, and more, with current and relatable student-written examples Covers common writing assignments in communication and related courses, including the literature review, application paper, and empirical research paper Four pedagogical features enhance comprehension and support learning: "Write Away" quick exercises, integratable "Building Blocks" assignments, "Engaging Ethics" tips, and "Student Spotlight" examples
Quantitative Research Methods for Linguists by
Quantitative Research Methods for Linguistics provides an accessible introduction to research methods for undergraduates undertaking research for the first time. Employing a task-based approach, the authors demonstrate key methods through a series of worked examples, allowing students to take a learn-by-doing approach and making quantitative methods less daunting for the novice researcher. Key features include: Chapters framed around real research questions, walking the student step-by-step through the various methods; Guidance on how to design your own research project; Basic questions and answers that every new researcher needs to know; A comprehensive glossary that makes the most technical of terms clear to readers; Coverage of different statistical packages including R and SPSS. Quantitative Research Methods for Linguistics is essential reading for all students undertaking degrees in linguistics and English language studies.
How to design and evaluate research in education by Research design and methods: a process approach by Writing and language learning: advancing research agendas by From data to evidence in English language research by Practical research methods in education: an early researcher’s critical guide by 
From Reading-Writing Research to Practice by
Teachers regularly seek to update their practice with newly-developed tools from the realm of research, with the aim of applying them directly in the classroom, particularly for teaching reading and writing. Thus, teachers' continuing education is dependent on the effective dissemination and appropriation of research results. This book explores this problem from multiple angles, presenting research projects from France and Quebec, Canada. Using a variety of methods, including creating teaching materials and engaging classroom teachers in the research process, the authors demonstrate the importance of ownership and dissemination of research results in schools. Although this necessity sometimes complicates the work of researchers, it is vital to develop and maintain the relationship between reading-writing research and its practical applications.
Culture and Values by
CULTURE AND VALUES: A SURVEY OF THE HUMANITIES, NINTH EDITION, takes you on a tour of some of the world's most interesting and significant examples of art, music, philosophy, and literature, from the beginnings of civilization to today. Chapter previews, timelines, glossaries of key terms, Compare + Contrast, new Connections and Culture & Society features, and "Big Picture" reviews all help make it easy for you to learn the material and study more effectively. Links to full readings and playlists of the music selections discussed in your text are available online in MindTap, where you will also find study resources and such tools as image flashcards, guides to research and writing, practice quizzes and exercises, and more.
Introducing Discourse Analysis by
Introducing Discourse Analysis: From Grammar to Society is a concise and accessible introduction by bestselling author, James Paul Gee, to the fundamental ideas behind different specific approaches to discourse analysis, or the analysis of language in use. The book stresses how grammar sets up choices for speakers and writers to make, choices which express, not unvarnished truth, but perspectives or viewpoints on reality. In turn, these perspectives are the material from which social interactions, social relations, identity, and politics make and remake society and culture. The book also offers an approach to how discourse analysis can contribute to lessening the ideological divides and echo chambers that so bedevil our world today. Organized in a user-friendly way with short numbered sections and recommended readings, Introducing Discourse Analysis is an essential primer for all students of discourse analysis within linguistics, education, communication studies, and related areas.
Communication Between Cultures by
Emphasizing the roles that family, religion, and history play in intercultural communication, COMMUNICATION BETWEEN CULTURES, 9E helps you increase your understanding and appreciation of different cultures while developing practical skills for improving your communication with people from other cultures. Bringing chapter concepts to life, the text is packed with the latest research and compelling examples that help you take a look at your own assumptions, perceptions, and cultural biases so you can see the subtle and profound ways culture affects communication. The ninth edition also includes insightful discussions of the impact of globalization, a new chapter on intercultural communication competence, and extensive coverage of new technology.
Communication and Social Change by
How do the communication practices of governments, NGOs and social movements enhance opportunities for citizen-led change? In this incisive book, Thomas Tufte makes a call for a fundamental rethinking of what it takes to enable citizens' voices, participation and power in processes of social change. Drawing on examples ranging from the Indignados movement in Spain to media activists in Brazil, from rural community workers in Malawi to UNICEF's global outreach programmes, he presents cutting-edge debates about the role of media and communication in enhancing social change. He offers both new and contested ideas of approaching social change from below, and highlights the need for institutions - governments and civil society organizations alike - to be in sync with their constituencies. Communication and Social Change provides essential insights to students and scholars of media and communications, as well as anyone concerned with the practices and processes that lead to citizenship, democracy and social justice.
Culture & values :a survey of the humanities / by Restaging the past: historical pageants, culture and society in modern Britain by Language, culture and society by Reassessing communism: concepts, culture and society in Poland by Exploring the ecology of world Englishes in the twenty-first century: Language, society and culture by Getting high on English : an English plus worktext by Creating visually effective materials for English learners by Learning that sticks: a brain-based model for K-12 instructional design and delivery by Language Learning Materials Development by Materials development for TESOL by Linguistic landscapes and educational spaces by 
Teaching Naked Techniques by
Put Teaching Naked to work in your classroom with clear examples and step-by-step guidance Teaching Naked Techniques (TNT) is a practical guide of proven quick ideas for improving classes and essential information for designing anything from one lesson or a group of lessons to an entire course. TNT is both a design guide and a 'sourcebook' of ideas: a great companion to the award-winning Teaching Naked book. Teaching Naked Techniques helps higher education faculty design more effective and engaging classrooms. The book focuses on each step of class preparation from the entry point and first encounter with content to the classroom 'surprise.' There is a chapter on each step in the cycle with an abundance of discipline-specific examples, plus the latest research on cognition and technology, quick lists of ideas, and additional resources. By rethinking the how, when, and why of technology, faculty are able to create exponentially more opportunities for practical student engagement. Student-centered, activity-driven, and proven again and again, these techniques can revolutionize your classroom. Create more effective, engaging lessons for higher education Utilize technology outside of the classroom to better engage during class time Examine discipline-specific examples of Teaching Naked Techniques Prepare for each class step by step from the student's perspective Teaching Naked flips the classroom by placing the student's first contact with the material outside of class. This places the burden of learning on the learner, ensures student preparation, and frees up class time for active engagement with the material for more effective learning and retention. Teaching Naked Techniques is the practical guide for bringing better learning to your classroom.
Introducing Genre and English for Specific Purposes by
Genre analysis has become a key approach within the field of English for Specific Purposes and helps students understand particular language use patterns in target contexts. Introducing Genre and English for Specific Purposes provides an overview of how genre has been conceptualized and applied in ESP, as well as the features that distinguish ESP genre research and teaching from those of other genre schools. The macro and micro aspects of ESP genre-based pedagogy are also analysed and include: different possibilities for planning and designing an ESP genre-based course; the concrete, micro aspects of materials creation; and how genres can be learned through play. Introducing Genre and English for Specific Purposes is essential reading for students and pre-service teachers who are studying Genre, English for Specific Purposes or language teaching methodologies.
Preparing Teachers to Teach English As an International Language by
This book explores ways to prepare teachers to teach English as an International Language (EIL) and provides theoretically-grounded models for EIL-informed teacher education. The volume includes two chapters that present a theoretical approach and principles in EIL teacher education, followed by a collection of descriptions of field-tested teacher education programs, courses, units in a course, and activities from diverse geographical and institutional contexts, which together demonstrate a variety of possible approaches to preparing teachers to teach EIL. The book helps create a space for the exploration of EIL teacher education that cuts across English as a Lingua Franca, World Englishes and other relevant scholarly communities.
Purposive communication : using english in multilingual contexts by New Directions for Research in Foreign Language Education by
New Directions for Research in Foreign Language Education brings together contributions by reputed scholars that examine the challenges, opportunities, and benefits of teaching and learning foreign languages. With a particular focus on languages other than English, the book looks at the socio-political dimension of language learning and teaching and the need to re-theorize multilingualism for our age. The volume includes a range of perspectives, from language teaching as an act of reconciliation to language learning across the lifespan, from innovations in assessment and curriculum to critical appraisals of pedagogy and textbook materials. Each chapter presents a clear case study drawn from diverse contexts to illustrate the different concerns of the contributors. The book is a valuable resource for all students, teachers, teacher educators and researchers who share an interest in researching multilingualism and the different facets of teaching and learning foreign languages.
Language learning and teaching in a multilingual world by Studies on multilingual lexicography by Urban multilingualism in Europe: bridging the gap between language policies and language practices by The handbook of Asian Englishes by Speaking subjects in multilingualism research: biographical and speaker-centered approaches by 
Ways of Re-Thinking Literature by
Ways of Re-Thinking Literature creates a unique platform where leading literary thinkers and practitioners provide a multiplicity of views into what literature is today. The texts gathered in this extraordinary collection range from philosophy to poetry, to theater, to cognitive sciences, to art criticism, to fiction, and their authors rank amongst the most significant figures in their fields, in France, the United States, and the United Kingdom. Topics covered include an assessment of the role of literary narratives in contemporary writing, new considerations on the novel, a redefinition of the "poetic" factor in poetry and life, and a discussion of how literature engages with contemporary forms of individuality. Under the auspices of literary luminaries Hélène Cixous and the late John Ashbery, these new pieces of writing bring to light contributions by innovative and well-established authors from the English-speaking sphere, as well as never-before translated prominent new voices in French theory. Featuring original work from some of today's most influential authors, Ways of Re-Thinking Literature is an indispensable tool for anybody interested in the future and possibilities of literature as an endeavor for life, thought, and creativity. With special cover artwork by Rita Ackermann, the volume includes contributions from Emily Apter, Philippe Artières, John Ashbery, Paul Audi, Dodie Bellamy, Tom Bishop, Hélène Cixous, Laurent Dubreuil, Tristan Garcia, Stathis Gourgouris, Donatien Grau, Boris Groys, Shelley Jackson, Wayne Koestenbaum, Camille Laurens, Vanessa Place, Maël Renouard, Peter Schjeldahl, Adam Thirlwell, and Camille de Toledo.
Teaching Space, Place, and Literature by
Space, place and mapping have become key concepts in literary and cultural studies. The transformational effects of postcolonialism, globalization, and the rise of ever more advanced information technologies helped to push space and spatiality into the foreground, as traditional spatial or geographic limits are erased or redrawn. Teaching Space, Place and Literature surveys a broad expanse of literary critical, theoretical, historical territories, as it presents both an introduction to teaching spatial literary studies and an essential guide to scholarly research. Divided into sections on key concepts and issues; teaching strategies; urban spaces; place, race and gender and spatiality, periods and genres, this comprehensive book is the ideal way to approach the teaching of space and place in the humanities classroom.
Teaching Global Literature in Elementary Classrooms by
Demonstrating the power of teaching global literature from a critical literacy perspective, this book explores the ways that K-6 educators can infuse diverse texts into their classrooms and find support for their endeavours in teacher inquiry communities. Through carefully analyzed, ethnographically informed portraits of classroom life alternating with teachers' own accounts of their teaching and learning experiences, it demonstrates how students are moved to question, debate, and take action in response to global texts. This multi-vocal work both emerges from and responds to tensions and debates related to the purpose and practice of literature education in a time of Common Core State Standards.
Teaching Young Adult Literature Today by
Teaching Young Adult Literature Today introduces the reader to what is current and relevant in the plethora of good books available for adolescents. More importantly, literary experts illustrate how teachers everywhere can help their students become lifelong readers by simply introducing them to great reads--smart, insightful, and engaging books that are specifically written for adolescents. Hayn, Kaplan, and their contributors address a wide range of topics: how to avoid common obstacles to using YAL; selecting quality YAL for classrooms while balancing these with curriculum requirements; engaging disenfranchised readers; pairing YAL with technology as an innovative way to teach curriculum standards across all content areas. Contributors also discuss more theoretical subjects, such as the absence of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and questioning (LGBTQ) young adult literature in secondary classrooms; and contemporary YAL that responds to the changing expectations of digital generation readers who want to blur the boundaries between page and screen. This book has been updated to reflect the wealth of new YA literature that has been published since the first edition appeared in March 2012, and to reflect new trends in technology that influences how adolescents are reading and responding to literature.
The Teaching and Assessment of Literature Studies by Children and Adolescent Literature by Teaching literature in a second language by The lives of literature reading, teaching, knowing by Teaching Western American Literature by 
Teaching and Learning Strategies for Sustainable Development by
The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals challenges us all to promote sustainable development. Higher education is a key arena for educating students in sustainability and sustainable developments, and for producing research on these key issues.. This timely book explores the sustainable development goals, how well universities have been able to integrate them into their curriculum, and how universities can institutionalize the goals and sustainable development into their strategic plans and institutional culture. Authors from Nigeria, sub Saharan Africa, Italy and the Middle East explore how to achieve these targets in the face of shifting expectations.
Public Speaking by
Public Speaking: A Meta-Communicative Approach provides an innovative approach to acquiring public speaking skills, stressing both the theoretical underpinnings as well as the practical tools one needs to structure and deliver meaningful, dynamic presentations. It offers alternative ways of looking at public speaking: the significance of passion; a prismatic-way-of-thinking; the pervasiveness of persuasion; the assumption that teaching is taking place in every presentation; the power of meta-messages; and overarching ways to look at the public speaking enterprise. This one-of-a-kind textbook also offers real-world scenarios to equip students for speaking engagements they may face in professional contexts.
Performance: a Critical Introduction by
Since its original publication in 1996, Marvin Carlson's Performance: A Critical Introduction has remained the definitive guide to understanding performance as a theatrical activity. It is an unparalleled exploration of the myriad ways in which performance has been interpreted, its importance to disciplines from anthropology to linguistics, and how it underpins essential concepts of human society. In this comprehensively revised and updated third edition, Carlson tackles the pressing themes and theories of our age, with expanded coverage of : the growth and importance of racial and ethnic performance; the emergence of performance concerned with age and disability; the popularity and significance of participatory and immersive theatre; the crucial relevance of identity politics and cultural performance in the twenty-first century. Also including a fully updated bibliography and glossary, this classic text is an invaluable touchstone for any student of performance studies, theatre history, and the performing and visual arts.
Hate speech: linguistic perspectives by Speech and Theater Arts by Storytelling in opera and musical theater by Fundamentals of the speech and language sciences by Emerging affinities: possible futures of performative arts by 
Public Speaking Skills for Dummies by
Project self-assurance when speaking--even if you don't feel confident! When you speak in public, your reputation is at stake. Whether you're speaking at a conference, pitching for new business, or presenting to your Executive Board, the ability to connect with, influence, and inspire your audience is a critically important skill. Public Speaking Skills For Dummies introduces you to simple, practical, and real-world techniques and insights that will transform your ability to achieve impact through the spoken word. In this book, champion of public speaking Alyson Connolly takes you step by step through the process of conceiving, crafting, and delivering a high-impact presentation. You'll discover how to overcome your nerves, engage your audience, and convey gravitas--all while getting your message across clearly and concisely. * Bring ideas to life through business storytelling * Use space and achieve an even greater sense of poise * Get your message across with greater clarity, concision, and impact * Deal more effectively with awkward questions Get ready to win over hearts and minds --and deliver the talk of your life!
Literature and the Child by
LITERATURE AND THE CHILD, 9th Edition, offers thorough, concise coverage of the formats and genres of children�s literature and principles for the use of children�s literature in the classroom. Beautifully written and illustrated discussions illuminate specific aspects of each format or genre, supported by information on the latest quality works appropriate for children in nursery school through middle school. A stunning design includes interior illustrations by Lauren Stringer, an award-winning children�s book author and illustrator. Each genre chapter contains criteria for evaluating literary quality, equipping you with a resource to guide text selection in the classroom. Practical, research-based information about teaching appears throughout, including ideas you can apply to your own classroom and an emphasis on the importance of selecting complex texts. This book will help you better understand how to select texts that best serve your curriculum goals and the needs and interests of your students.
Children and Adolescent Literature by The Edinburgh companion to children’s literature by Reading in the Holocaust: principles of post memory in recent Polish literature for children and young adult by No kids allowed: children’s literature for adults by Children’s literature in translation: texts and contexts by 
Teaching Young Adult Literature by
This middle and secondary school methods text introduces pre-service teachers in teacher credential programs and in-service teachers pursuing a Masters degree in Education to the field of young adult literature for use in contemporary contexts. The text introduces teachers to current research on adolescent life and literacy; the new and expanding genres of young adult literature; teaching approaches and practical strategies for using young adult literature in English and Language Arts secondary classrooms and in Content Area Subjects (e.g. History); and ongoing social, political and pedagogical issues of English and Language Arts classrooms in relation to contemporary young adult literature.This text will prepare teachers to engage with student populations that exhibit greater social, cultural, and linguistic diversity than ever before. Teachers will learn to create effective learning environments using activity-based teaching approaches and strategies for diverse student groups. They will also learn how to incorporate discussions and strategies related to dynamic new literacies, including the digitally mediated texts and multimedia compositions that are so prevalent in young adult literature and in students' creative and critical responses to this genre.
The Celtic Myths by
The Celtic Myths is accessible for readers new to Celtic mythology, but satisfyingly detailed in its analysis of contexts, cultures and archaeology for those well versed in the stories. Written down in medieval Wales and Ireland, the legends derive from oral poetry composed many centuries earlier. The Celts who shared these myths left behind treasures and monuments that predate the written texts but are closely connected with them. Miranda Aldhouse-Green skilfully weaves together evidence from manuscripts, artefacts and inscriptions to explore the world of the Celts and their mythology. You will meet the supernatural cast of Celtic lore: the Irish warrior, Cú Chulainn, whose prodigious strength as a child foreshadowed his heroic life; the Welsh lovers Culhwch and Olwen whose long and happy marriage was won only by Culhwch's Herculean feats; the tragic Lleu who was betrayed by his wife and lover; and King Arthur and his knights' quest for the Holy Grail. First discussing how myths are transmitted, the book recounts the Irish and Welsh myths and their key actors and motifs, before considering themes such as heroes, animals, women, environment and the Otherworld. In the Finale, Miranda Aldhouse-Green asks how the myths survived the Christianization of Europe and looks at the influence of monastic chroniclers on the tales, which they preserved and adapted.
A Companion to Greek Mythology by
A Companion to Greek Mythology presents a series of essays that explore the phenomenon of Greek myth from its origins in shared Indo-European story patterns and the Greeks' contacts with their Eastern Mediterranean neighbours through its development as a shared language and thought-system for the Greco-Roman world. Features essays from a prestigious international team of literary experts Includes coverage of Greek myth's intersection with history, philosophy and religion Introduces readers to topics in mythology that are often inaccessible to non-specialists Addresses the Hellenistic and Roman periods as well as Archaic and Classical Greece
Foundation Myths in Ancient Societies by
Throughout the ancient world, origin stories were told across the ancient world in many different ways: through poetry, prose, monumental and decorative arts, and performance in civic and religious rituals. Foundation myths, particularly those about the beginnings of cities and societies, played an important role in the dynamics of identity construction and in the negotiation of diplomatic relationships between communities. Yet many ancient communities had not one but several foundation myths, offering alternative visions and interpretations of their collective origins. Seeking to explain this plurality, Foundation Myths in Ancient Societies explores origin stories from a range of classical and ancient societies, covering both a broad chronological span (from Greek colonies to the high Roman empire) and a wide geographical area (from the central Mediterranean to central Asia). Contributors explore the reasons several different, sometimes contradictory myths might coexist or even coevolve. Collectively, the chapters suggest that the ambiguity and dissonance of multiple foundation myths can sometimes be more meaningful than a single coherent origin narrative. Foundation Myths in Ancient Societies argues for a both/and approach to foundation myths, laying a framework for understanding them in dialogue with each other and within a wider mythic context, as part of a wider discourse of origins. Contributors: Lieve Donnellan, Alfred Hirt, Naoíse Mac Sweeney, Rachel Mairs, Irad Malkin, Daniel Ogden, Robin Osborne, Michael Squire, Susanne Turner.
Myth and history: close encounters by Classical Caledonia: Roman history and myth in eighteenth century Scotland by What folklorists do: professional possibilities in folklore studies by Greek myth by Greek myth and religion: collected papers by Chinese folklore studies today: discourse and practiceFoundation Myths in Ancient Societies by
Throughout the ancient world, origin stories were told across the ancient world in many different ways: through poetry, prose, monumental and decorative arts, and performance in civic and religious rituals. Foundation myths, particularly those about the beginnings of cities and societies, played an important role in the dynamics of identity construction and in the negotiation of diplomatic relationships between communities. Yet many ancient communities had not one but several foundation myths, offering alternative visions and interpretations of their collective origins. Seeking to explain this plurality, Foundation Myths in Ancient Societies explores origin stories from a range of classical and ancient societies, covering both a broad chronological span (from Greek colonies to the high Roman empire) and a wide geographical area (from the central Mediterranean to central Asia). Contributors explore the reasons several different, sometimes contradictory myths might coexist or even coevolve. Collectively, the chapters suggest that the ambiguity and dissonance of multiple foundation myths can sometimes be more meaningful than a single coherent origin narrative. Foundation Myths in Ancient Societies argues for a both/and approach to foundation myths, laying a framework for understanding them in dialogue with each other and within a wider mythic context, as part of a wider discourse of origins. Contributors: Lieve Donnellan, Alfred Hirt, Naoíse Mac Sweeney, Rachel Mairs, Irad Malkin, Daniel Ogden, Robin Osborne, Michael Squire, Susanne Turner.
Interpreting Greek Tragedy by
This generous selection of published essays by the distinguished classicist Charles Segal represents over twenty years of critical inquiry into the questions of what Greek tragedy is and what it means for modern-day readers. Taken together, the essays reflect profound changes in the study of Greek tragedy in the United States during this period-in particular, the increasing emphasis on myth, psychoanalytic interpretation, structuralism, and semiotics.
Greek Mythology by
Who is Nyx? What is Gaia? Why are myths so important in our lives? Myths are a rich source of history. People use them to make sense of our world. Even before myths were written down, people told and retold the stories of the gods and goddesses of their homeland. Readers of Greek Mythology will learn the history of myths, as well as their deeper meaning. From the powerful Zeus to the beautiful Persephone, this book helps kids understand the myths that shape and direct people's lives. Abdo & Daughters is an imprint of Abdo Publishing, a division of ABDO.
The Literatures of the Philippines by Philippine literature today by Between empire and insurgency : the Philippines in the new millennium : essays in history, comparative literature, and cultural politics by The postcolonial perverse : critiques of contemporary Philippine culture by Bright sign, bright age” critical essays in Philippine studies by Liberalism and the postcolony: thinking the state in 20th century Philippines by Philippine literature today by Philippine literature by Philippine literature for today’s generation: a thematic approach by 
Philippine English by
The study of English in the Philippines provides insights into issues such as colonial and postcolonial languages and literatures, languages in contact, language and education, intercultural communication, etc.
Asian American Literature and the Environment by
This book is a ground-breaking transnational study of representations of the environment in Asian American literature. Extending and renewing Asian American studies and ecocriticism by drawing the two fields into deeper dialogue, it brings Asian American writers to the center of ecocritical studies. This collection demonstrates the distinctiveness of Asian American writers¿ positions on topics of major concern today: environmental justice, identity and the land, war environments, consumption, urban environments, and the environment and creativity. Represented authors include Amy Tan, Maxine Hong Kingston, Ruth Ozeki, Ha Jin, Fae Myenne Ng, Le Ly Hayslip, Lan Cao, Mitsuye Yamada, Lawson Fusao Inada, Jeanne Wakatsuki Houston, Milton Murayama, Don Lee, and Hisaye Yamamoto. These writers provide a range of perspectives on the historical, social, psychological, economic, philosophical, and aesthetic responses of Asian Americans to the environment conceived in relation to labor, racism, immigration, domesticity, global capitalism, relocation, pollution, violence, and religion. Contributors apply a diversity of critical frameworks, including critical radical race studies, counter-memory studies, ecofeminism, and geomantic criticism. The book presents a compelling and timely "green" perspective through which to understand key works of Asian American literature and leads the field of ecocriticism into neglected terrain.
Postmodern Literature and Race by
Postmodernism Literature and Race explores the question of how dramatic shifts in conceptions of race in the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries have been addressed by writers at the cutting edge of equally dramatic transformations of literary form. An opening section engages with the broad question of how the geographical and political positioning of experimental writing informs its contribution to racial discourses, while later segments focus on central critical domains within this field: race and performativity, race and the contemporary nation, and postracial futures. With essays on a wide range of contemporary writers, including Bernadine Evaristo, Alasdair Gray, Jhumpa Lahiri, Andrea Levy, and Don DeLillo, this volume makes an important contribution to our understanding of the politics and aesthetics of contemporary writing.
Literature and Politics Today by
Focusing on the intersection of literature and politics since the beginning of the 20th century, this book examines authors, historical figures, major literary and political works, national literatures, and literary movements to reveal the intrinsic links between literature and history. Literary works have often engaged political issues, and many political writings give close attention to literary concerns. This encyclopedia explores the complex relationship between literature and politics through detailed entries written by expert contributors on authors, historical figures, major literary and political works, national literatures, and literary movements, covering specific themes, concepts, and genres related to literature and politics from the 20th century to the present. The work covers cover authors that include Margaret Atwood, James Baldwin, Philip K. Dick, W.E.B. Du Bois, William Faulkner, Ernest Hemingway, Jack London, Toni Morrison, George Orwell, John Steinbeck, and Virginia Woolf, just to mention a few. International in scope, Literature and Politics Today: The Political Nature of Modern Fiction, Poetry, and Drama covers writing ranging from the beginning of the 20th century to the present, with special emphasis on works written in English. The content of the some 150 alphabetically arranged entries is ideal for high school students working on assignments involving literature to explore such current yet historically ongoing social issues as censorship and propaganda. This book is appropriate for public libraries where it will serve to support student research and to help general readers learn more about enduring political concerns through literary works. Academic libraries will find this reference a valuable guide for undergraduates studying literature, history, political science, law, and other disciplines. Covers numerous authors from around the world ranging from the beginning of the 20th century to the modern era Enables students to better understand literary works central to the curriculum by considering them in their political contexts Helps readers to use literature in order to learn about modern political and social issues across cultures and better appreciate the political significance of contemporary writings Contains a number of "gateway" entries that survey entire national literatures, thereby giving readers an introduction to the authors who are important within those literatures Assists students in evaluating rhetorical strategies and political views, thus fostering critical thinking in support of the Common Core State Standards
Asian American Literary studies by To make Negro literature: writing, literary practice and African American authorship by The literary history of the Igbo novel: African literature in African languages by Read till it shatters: nationalism and identity in modern Thai literature by Idly scribbling rhymers: poetry, print and community in nineteenth century Japan by Reading East Asian writing: the limits of literary theory by Routledge handbook of African literature by 
Invisibility in African American and Asian American Literature by
The book presents a comparative study of the invisibility trope in African American and Asian American literature, distinguishing between various kinds of invisibility and offering the genealogy of the term, while also providing a theoretical dissection of the invisibility trope itself. Apart from investigating the very concept of invisibility and various ways of striving for visibility, the author develops such critical terms as 'performativity', 'mimicry', 'slippage', and identity politics, placing special emphasis on the need for transformational identity politics consisting in cooperation between various racial groups.While the book explores invisibility in a variety of African American and Asian American literary texts, the main focus is on four novels: Ralph Ellison's ""Invisible Man"", Sam Greenlee's ""The Spook Who Sat by the Door"", Maxine Hong Kingston's ""Tripmaster Monkey"" and Chang-rae Lee's ""Native Speaker"". The book not only sheds light on the oppressed but also exposes the structures of oppression and the apparatus of power, which often renders itself invisible. Throughout the study the author emphasizes that power is multi-directional, never flowing only in one direction. The book brings to light mechanisms of oppression within the dominant society as well as within and between marginalized racial groups.
A History of American Literature by
A HISTORY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE 1950 TO THE PRESENT Featuring works from notable authors as varied as Salinger and the Beats to Vonnegut, Capote, Morrison, Rich, Walker, Eggers, and DeLillo, A History of American Literature: 1950 to the Present offers a comprehensive analysis of the wide range of literary works produced in the United States over the last six decades and a fascinating survey of the dramatic changes during America's transition from the innocence of the fifties to the harsh realities of the first decade of the new millennium. Author Linda Wagner-Martin - a highly acclaimed authority on all facets of modern American literature - covers major works of drama, poetry, fiction, non- fiction, memoirs, and popular genres such as science fiction and detective novels. Viewing works produced during this fertile literary period from a wide-ranging perspective, Wagner-Martin considers literature in relation to such issues as the politics of civil rights, feminism, sexual preferences, and race- and gender-based marketing. She also places a special emphasis on works produced during the twenty-first century, and writings influenced by recent historic events such as the 9/11 terrorist attacks, Hurricane Katrina, and the global financial crisis. With its careful balance of scholarly precision and accessibility, A History of American Literature: 1950 to the Present provides readers of all levels with rich and revealing insights into the diversity of literary forms and influences that characterize postmodern America. "A monumental distillation of an enormous range of material, Wagner-Martin's rich book should be required reading for anyone grappling with making sense of the prolific, broad-spectrum, and diverse writing in the US since 1950." Thadious M. Davis, University of Pennsylvania "Linda Wagner-Martin's history impressively and judiciously surveys all fields of American writing over the past sixty years, taking full account of significant cultural and historical contexts and the major critical commentaries that have helped shape our understanding of developments in the second half of the last century and the dozen years following the millennium. Balanced, informative, and always highly readable there is much here for general readers, students, and specialists alike." Christopher MacGowan, the College of William and Mary
Handbook of Anglophone world literatures by Teaching the literature survey course: new strategies for college faculty by Essays on English and American Literature by English criticism in Japan: essays by younger Japanese scholars on English and American Literature by Translantic romanticism: British and American art and literature by 
American Literature and the Culture Wars by
Gregory S. Jay boldly challenges the future of American literary studies. Why pursue the study and teaching of a distinctly American literature? What is the appropriate purpose and scope of such pursuits? Is the notion of a traditional canon of great books out of date? Where does American literature leave off and Mexican or Caribbean or Canadian or postcolonial literature begin? Are today's campus conflicts fueled more by economics or ideology? Jay addresses these questions and others relating to American literary studies to explain why this once arcane academic discipline found itself so often in the news during the culture wars of the 1990s. While asking some skeptical questions about new directions and practices, Jay argues forcefully in favor of opening the borders of American literary and cultural analysis. He relates the struggle for representation in literary theory to a larger cultural clash over the meaning and justice of representation, then shows how this struggle might expand both the contents and the teaching of American literature. In an account of the vexed legacy of the Declaration of Independence, he provides a historical context for the current quarrels over literature and politics. Prominent among these debates are those over multiculturalism, which Jay takes up in an essay on the impasses of identity politics. In closing, he considers how the field of comparative American cultural studies might be constructed.
Transatlantic Romanticism by
That the Romantic movement was an international phenomenon is a commonplace, yet to date, historical study of the movement has tended to focus primarily on its national manifestations. This volume offers a new perspective. In thirteen chapters devoted to artists and writers of the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries, leading scholars of the period examine the international exchanges that were crucial for the rise of Romanticism in England and the United States. In the book's introduction, Andrew Hemingway?building on the theoretical work of Michael Lowy and Robert Sayre?proposes that we need to remobilize the concept of Weltanschauung, or comprehensive worldview, in order to develop the kind of synthetic history of arts and ideas the phenomenon of Romanticism demands. The essays that follow focus on the London and New York art worlds and such key figures as Benjamin West, Thomas Bewick, John Vanderlyn, Washington Allston, John Martin, J. M. W. Turner, Thomas Cole, James Fenimore Cooper, George Catlin, Edgar Allan Poe, Harriet Beecher Stowe, and Herman Melville. Taken together, these essays plot the rise of a romantic anti-capitalist Weltanschauung as well as the dialectic between Romanticism's national and international manifestations. In addition to the volume editors, contributors include Matthew Beaumont, David Bindman, Leo Costello, Nicholas Grindle, Wayne Franklin, Janet Koenig, William Pressly, Robert Sayre, William Truettner, Dell Upton, and William Vaughan.
A Companion to Modernist Poetry by
Offering a comprehensive and up-to-date survey of the field, A Companion to Modernist Poetry provides readers with detailed discussions of individual poets, 'schools' and 'movements' within modernist poetry, and the cultural and historical context of the modernist period. Provides an in-depth and accessible summary of the latest trends in the study of modernist poetry Balances discussion of individual poets, 'schools', and 'movements' with in-depth literary and historical context Brings recent scholarship to bear on the subject of modernist poetry while also providing guidance on poets who are historically important Edited by highly respected and notable critics in the field who have a broad knowledge of current debates and of rising and senior scholars in the field
American Literature Before 1880 by
American Literature Before 1880 attempts to place its subject in the broadest possible international perspective. It begins with Homer looking westward, and ends with Henry James crossing the Atlantic eastwards. In between, the book examines the projection of images of the East onto an as-yet unrecognised West; the cultural consequences of Viking, Colombian, and then English migration to America; the growth and independence of the British American colonies; the key writers of the new Republic; and the development of the culture of the United States before and after the Civil War. It is intended both as an introduction for undergraduates to the richness and variety of American Literature, and as a contribution to the debate about its distinctive nature. The book therefore begins with a lengthy survey of earlier histories of American Literature.
Ways of Re-Thinking Literature by
Ways of Re-Thinking Literature creates a unique platform where leading literary thinkers and practitioners provide a multiplicity of views into what literature is today. The texts gathered in this extraordinary collection range from philosophy to poetry, to theater, to cognitive sciences, to art criticism, to fiction, and their authors rank amongst the most significant figures in their fields, in France, the United States, and the United Kingdom. Topics covered include an assessment of the role of literary narratives in contemporary writing, new considerations on the novel, a redefinition of the "poetic" factor in poetry and life, and a discussion of how literature engages with contemporary forms of individuality. Under the auspices of literary luminaries Hélène Cixous and the late John Ashbery, these new pieces of writing bring to light contributions by innovative and well-established authors from the English-speaking sphere, as well as never-before translated prominent new voices in French theory. Featuring original work from some of today's most influential authors, Ways of Re-Thinking Literature is an indispensable tool for anybody interested in the future and possibilities of literature as an endeavor for life, thought, and creativity. With special cover artwork by Rita Ackermann, the volume includes contributions from Emily Apter, Philippe Artières, John Ashbery, Paul Audi, Dodie Bellamy, Tom Bishop, Hélène Cixous, Laurent Dubreuil, Tristan Garcia, Stathis Gourgouris, Donatien Grau, Boris Groys, Shelley Jackson, Wayne Koestenbaum, Camille Laurens, Vanessa Place, Maël Renouard, Peter Schjeldahl, Adam Thirlwell, and Camille de Toledo.
Hell in contemporary literature: western descent narratives since 1945 by The man of wiles in popular Arabic literature: a study of a medieval Arab hero by Terrorizing images: trauma and Ekphrasis in contemporary literature by Geographies of affect in contemporary literature and visual culture Central Europe and the West by Contemporary Nordic literature and spatiality by Make we merry more and less: an anthology of medieval English popular literature by 
Literature Against Criticism by
This is a book about the power game currently being played out between two symbiotic cultural institutions: the university and the novel. As the number of hyper-knowledgeable literary fans grows, students and researchers in English departments waiver between dismissing and harnessing voices outside the academy. Meanwhile, the role that the university plays in contemporary literary fiction is becoming increasingly complex and metafictional, moving far beyond the 'campus novel' of the mid-twentieth century. Martin Paul Eve's engaging and far-reaching study explores the novel's contribution to the ongoing displacement of cultural authority away from university English. Spanning the works of Jennifer Egan, Ishmael Reed, Tom McCarthy, Sarah Waters, Percival Everett, Roberto Bola o and many others, Literature Against Criticism forces us to re-think our previous notions about the relationship between those who write literary fiction and those who critique it.
Perspectives on Contemporary Literature by
Today's music, painting, and film share with literature in the development of a new aesthetic, even as these other arts influence (and are influenced by) literary themes and structures. And at the same time the music and art of the past continue to re-echo in twentieth-century letters. The thirteen essays gathered here open a fine and varied view of the ways in which contemporary literature interacts with the other arts. Surrealism in French painting and literature, collage theory and the cutups of William Burroughs, texts of Butor as shaped by works of Duchamp--this volume offers a rich harvest of perceptive studies on these and other aspects of a fascinating topic.
Aesthetics and Ideology in Contemporary Literature and Drama by
The conviction that the development and promotion of the arts, humanities and culture through the study of literature and the aesthetic are the fundamental constituents of any progress in society is at the heart of this volume. The essays gathered here explore the role of the imagination and aesthetic awareness in an age when the corporatization of knowledge is in the process of transforming literary studies, and political commitment is in danger of disappearing behind a supposedly post-ideological late-capitalist consensus. The main focus of the volume is the mutual implication of aesthetics and ideology and the status and value of different types of art within the political arena. Challenging issues in contemporary aesthetics are examined within the wider framework of current debates on the disappearance of the real, the crisis in representation, and the use of new media. The wide range of examples collected here, stretching from experimental poetry in post-war Germany, political commitment in twentieth-century French theatre, and countercultural Rumanian theatre under Ceausescu, to Neo-Victorian fiction, Verbatim theatre in the UK, and political theatre for the masses in Estonia, vouchsafe unique insights into the intersection of aesthetics and ideology and the practical consequences thereof. As such, the volume opens up a space for a meaningful engagement with authentic forms of art from inside and outside the Anglosphere, and, ultimately, uses these examples as a platform from which to imagine some form of aesthethics, representing an ideal union of aesthetics and ideology. This concept, first coined by the French philosopher Philippe Lacoue-Labarthe, will prove to be relevant both within the parameters of the examples discussed here, but also beyond, for the contributors to this volume are unanimous in refusing to believe that aesthetics and ideology can exist one without the other, and in recognizing the centrality of ethics in any discussion of these notions.
Contemporary Moral and Social Issues by
Contemporary Moral and Social Issues is a uniquely entertaining introduction that brings ethical thought to life. It makes innovative use of engaging, topically oriented original short fiction, together with classic and influential readings and editorial discussion as a means of helping students think philosophically about ethical theory and practical ethical problems. Introduces students to ethical theory and a range of practical moral issues through a combination of key primary texts, clear editorial commentary, and engaging, original fiction Includes discussion of topics such as world poverty, abortion, animals, the environment, and genetic engineering, containing "Facts and Factual Issues" for each topic to give students an up-to-date understanding of related factual issues. Uses immersive, original short works of fiction as a means to engage students to think philosophically about serious ethical issues Sample Course Framework available
Literary Criticism from Plato to Postmodernism by
This book offers a history of literary criticism from Plato to the present, arguing that this history can best be seen as a dialogue among three traditions - the Platonic, Neoplatonic, and the humanistic, originated by Aristotle. There are many histories of literary criticism, but this is the first to clarify our understanding of the many seemingly incommensurable approaches employed over the centuries by reference to the three traditions. Making its case by careful analyses of individual critics, the book argues for the relevance of the humanistic tradition in the twenty-first century and beyond.
Literary Criticism in the 21st Century by
For more than a decade literary criticism has been thought to be in a post-theory age. Despite this, the work of thinkers such as Derrida, Deleuze and Foucault and new writers such as Agamben and Ranciere continue to be central to literary studies. Literary Criticism in the 21st Century explores the explosion of new theoretical approaches that has seen a renaissance in theory and its importance in the institutional settings of the humanities today. Literary Criticism in the 21st Century covers such issues as: * The institutional history of theory in the academy * The case against theory, from the 1970s to today * Critical reading, theory and the wider world * Keystone works in contemporary theory * New directions and theory's many futures Written with an engagingly personal and accessible approach that brings theory vividly to life, this is a passionate defence of theory and its continuing relevance in the 21st century.
Doing Criticism: Across Literary & Screen Arts, by Introduction to Literary Analysis by Being of two minds: modernist literary criticism and early modern texts by Textual and literary criticism of the books of Kings: collected essays by The book of literary terms: the genres of fiction, drama, literary criticism, and scholarship by Marxist literary criticism today by 
Literary Theory by
The new edition of this bestselling literary theory anthology has been thoroughly updated to include influential texts from innovative new areas, including disability studies, eco-criticism, and ethics. Covers all the major schools and methods that make up the dynamic field of literary theory, from Formalism to Postcolonialism Expanded to include work from Stuart Hall, Sara Ahmed, and Lauren Berlant. Pedagogically enhanced with detailed editorial introductions and a comprehensive glossary of terms
Literary Writing in the 21st Century by
In Literary Writing in the 21st Century an incredible array of today's leading fiction writers, poets, critics, editors, publishers, and booksellers engage in no-holds-barred dialogue about the challenging issues facing writing and publishing today. Whether it's the impact of innovative technologies, proliferation of new modes of teaching and learning, changing economic dynamics for publishers, shifting criteria to judge quality writing in a global context, or redefinitions of authorship amidst larger cultural changes, this book provides a cornucopia of strongly articulated opinions. It also serves as a manual for students enrolled in formal programs of creative writing, as well as those pursuing writing independently. Deploying his signature wit and unconventional insights, these wide-ranging cultural conversations are mediated by one of our most thought-provoking literary critics and are sure to prompt spirited dialogue both inside and outside the classroom.
Literary theory : an historical introduction by
This textbook captures the fundamental moments in thinking about literature and art in English speaking countries in Renaissance, Neoclassicism, romanticism, Victorian era and in the first half of the 20th century (New Criticism) with references to the ancient era (Plato, Aristotle, Horace, Pseudo-Longinus) and to modern and contemporary theories in the Czech Lands and in France (structuralism, deconstruction, feminist criticism and gender studies). The historical overview is complemented with brief information on fundamental notions and terms in literary theory. This textbook is intended for students of humanities at universities.
Academic Writing by
Now in its fifth edition, Academic Writing helps international students succeed in writing essays and reports for their English-language academic courses. Thoroughly revised and updated, it is designed to let teachers and students easily find the topics they need, both in the classroom and for self-study. The book consists of five parts: The Writing Process Elements of Writing Language Issues Vocabulary for Writing Writing Models The first part explains and practises every stage of essay writing, from choosing the best sources, reading and note-making, through to referencing and proofreading. The four remaining parts, organised alphabetically, can be taught in conjunction with the first part or used on a remedial basis. A progress check at the end of each part allows students to assess their learning. All units are fully cross-referenced, and a complete set of answers to the practice exercises is included. New topics in this edition include Writing in Groups, Written British and American English, and Writing Letters and Emails. In addition, the new interactive website has a full set of teaching notes as well as more challenging exercises, revision material and links to other sources. Additional features of the book include: Models provided for writing tasks such as case studies and essays Use of authentic academic texts from a wide range of disciplines Designed for self-study as well as classroom use Useful at both undergraduate and postgraduate level Glossary to explain technical terms, plus index Written to deal with the specific language issues faced by international students, this practical, user-friendly book is an invaluable guide to academic writing in English.
Beginnings by
Give your story its best start! The best beginnings possess a magical quality that grabs readers from the first word and never lets them go. But beginnings aren't just the door into a fictional world. They are the gateway to the realm of publishing--one that could shut as quickly as it opens. In The Writer's Guide to Beginnings, author and literary agent Paula Munier shows you how to craft flawless beginnings that impress agents, engage editors, and captivate readers. You'll learn how to develop the big idea of your story and introduce it on page one, structure opening scenes that encompass their own story arc, kickstart your writing with effective brainstorming techniques, and introduce a compelling cast of characters that drive the plot. You'll also examine the best-selling novels from different genres to learn the secrets that experienced writers use to dive straight into a story. With thorough examinations of voice, point of view, setting, dialogue and conflict, The Writer's Guide to Beginnings is a must-have tool for luring your readers in with your opening pages--and convincing them to stick around for the ride. "Writing a book? Hard. Writing the beginning of a book? Rocket science! Strap on your spacesuit, because thanks to Munier's nuanced, actionable breakdown of every possible aspect of a gripping opening, authors everywhere can now take their books to the stars." --K.M. Weiland
Technical Writing: A Resource Guide to Writing Across Disciplines by Mindful technical writing: an introduction to the fundamentals by Technical writing by Technical Writing: A Resource Guide to Writing Across Disciplines by Technical writing for business people by 
Technical Writing for Environmental Engineers by
There are many kinds of writing required in the workplace, and a degree of mastery is necessary for effective and efficient communication between colleagues, clients, and managers. This book is meant to serve as a guide and tool for engineers navigating formal and informal writing in the workplace. Topics include the most common types of technical documents, the fundamentals of professional writing, the use of references and citations, and how and why engineers and other professionals should always proofread their work.
Communications Writing and Design by
Communications Writing and Design is an integrated, project-based introduction to effective writing and design across the persuasive domains of communication. Build a strong foundation of core writing and design skills using professionally-designed examples that illustrate and reinforce key principles Readers learn and analyze techniques by creating 15 projects in marketing, advertising, PR, and social media with the help of strategy suggestions, practical tips, and professional production techniques Written by an experienced professional and teacher, with a focus on the cross-disciplinary nature of contemporary communication work Learning is reinforced through a variety of pedagogical features: learning objectives, helpful mnemonics, real-life projects and applications, chapter references for further study, and end-of-chapter summaries and exercises A companion website with multimedia slides, exam questions, learning videos, and design guides provides additional learning tools for students and instructors
Academic Skills for Interdisciplinary Studies by
This handbook offers practical instructions, tips, and tricks that help undergraduate students to develop the skills needed for an interdisciplinary curriculum.
The Bloomberg Way by
Learn best practices from the most trusted name in business and financial reporting The Bloomberg Way is the journalist's guide to covering business, finance and the economy, with authoritative guidance from the editor-in-chief and senior editors of Bloomberg. As the lines between objectivity and opinion become increasingly blurred, the new edition of the Bloomberg Way shows you how to be the first to publish print and multimedia content with accuracy and journalistic integrity. The authors walk through the best-practice reporting, writing and editing processes followed by this elite, global journalistic organization. You'll learn how to work effectively in a highly competitive real-time news environment where every second matters. The book offers expert tips for taking a story from pitch to publication, along with discussion of journalistic principles including fairness, transparency, sourcing, libel, privacy and ethics. The Bloomberg Way describes essential guidelines for producing content for print, broadcast and web audiences. Topics include interviewing techniques, clarity and precision in writing and editing, compelling headlines and leads, the marriage of words and data in stories, effective charts and graphs, how to appear on television, writing for the web, and more. Each topic is accompanied by how-to examples and showcases useful functions from the Bloomberg Terminal. The Bloomberg Way also shows you how to collaborate with colleagues across platforms to report and present stories about: The stock, bond, commodity and currency markets. Companies, including earnings, mergers, debt, product strategy and managementms changes. Economies and their intersection with government and politics. The Bloomberg Way is the definitive book for any journalist or media specialist who needs to know how one of the world's leading news organizations covers news about business, finance and the economy.
Journalism and the Public by
The public, James Carey famously wrote, is the Âgod-term of journalism, Âthe term without which the entire enterprise fails to make sense. In the last thirty years, scholars have made great progress in understanding just what this means. In this much-needed new book, leading scholar David Ryfe takes readers on a journey through the literature that explores this most important of relationships. He discusses how and why journalism first emerged in the United States, and why journalism everywhere shares a family resemblance but is nowhere practised in precisely the same way. He goes on to explain why journalists have such difficulty talking about the business aspects of their profession, and explores the boundaries of the fieldÂs collective imagination. Ryfe looks at the nature of change in journalism, providing sketches of its possible futures. Ultimately, he argues that the public is a keyword for journalism because it is impossible to understand the practice without it. This rich and insightful guide will prove indispensable for anyone interested in understanding the practice of journalism.
What Journalism Could Be by
What Journalism Could Be asks readers to reimagine the news by embracing a conceptual prism long championed by one of journalismÂs leading contemporary scholars. A former reporter, media critic and academic, Barbie Zelizer charts a singular journey through journalismÂs complicated contours, prompting readers to rethink both how the news works and why it matters. Zelizer tackles longstanding givens in journalismÂs practice and study, offering alternative cues for assessing its contemporary environment. Highlighting journalismÂs intersection with interpretation, culture, emotion, contingency, collective memory, crisis and visuality, Zelizer brings new meaning to its engagement with events like the global refugee crisis, rise of Islamic State, ascent of digital media and twenty-first-century combat. Imagining what journalism could be involves stretching beyond the already-known. Zelizer enumerates journalismÂs considerable current challenges while suggesting bold and creative ways of engaging with them. This book powerfully demonstrates how and why journalism remains of paramount importance.
Campus journalism within your reach : a worktext for journalist wannabees in the campus by Journalism: principles and practice by Journalism writing techniques by What is digital journalism studies? by Ethics and journalism: principles for the 21st century by Journalism Design by SAGE Mixed Methods Research
For more than 50 years, SAGE has been one of the leading international publishers of works on research methods in the social sciences. This new collection, with six volumes organized by themes, provides readers with a representative sample of the best articles in mixed-methods research that have appeared in SAGE journals.
Digital Technologies and Change in Education by
Digital Technologies and Change in Education provides professionals and other leaders with a road map of the processes of change for teachers, schools, universities, and educational systems, including extensive case studies and evidence that clarify the benefits and challenges of digital technologies in education. To this end, Niki Davis offers a theoretical framework--the Arena--as a tool for exploration and analysis of our own experiences of teaching, leadership, and research. With a blend of local, regional, and global examples from all sectors of education, this book allows readers to move past the potentially misleading glitter of new technologies and into the co-evolving ecologies that make up education and training locally and globally.
Teaching Design and Technology Creatively by
Packed full of practical ideas, Teaching Design and Technology Creatively is a stimulating source of guidance for busy trainee and practising teachers. Grounded in the latest research, it offers a wealth of suggestions to foster creative development in D&T and supports teachers in providing their students with more authentic, enjoyable experiences. Providing a wealth of ready-to-use ideas for creative lessons, key topics covered include: Understanding links between D&T and creativity Creating a foundation for D&T in the early years Using objects, books and real-life contexts as imaginative starting points Developing designerly thinking Making the most of construction kits Helping children draw to develop their ideas Encouraging dialogic talk in D&T to drive learning Exploring food as a creative resource Practical approaches to embedding IT and programming in the curriculum Taking learning outside the classroom. Teaching Design and Technology Creatively provides practical teaching suggestions to ensure teachers of all levels understand how to teach for creativity. It shows how learning experiences in D&T have the potential to extend children's technological knowledge, and to promote problem-solving and evaluation skills. Drawing on examples from real-world projects, this text is invaluable for all those who wish to engage students in D&T and encourage creative classroom practice.
Enhancing Teaching and Learning by
Rapid change calls for informed leadership. The goal of Donham's text has always been to help school library professionals make a difference in the educational experience and academic attainment of students in their schools. With the addition of new co-author Sims, a junior high school librarian, this newly revised fourth edition rises to the challenge with updates and enhancements that confirm its value as an important resource for both LIS students and current school librarians. Covering all aspects of the school system, including students, curriculum and instruction, principals, district administration, and the community, it demonstrates how to interact and collaborate in order to integrate the school library program throughout these environments. Inside, readers will find myriad real-world examples of issues in school librarianship and evidence-based practice; discussion of such urgent topics as the educational needs of the iGen (those born between 1995 and 2012), changing reading habits, the influence of the media, and news literacy and other issues related to the proliferation of fake news; updates which touch upon the new AASL Standards, inquiry-based learning, assessment, and library program evaluation; specific tactics for establishing the library program as an active player in teaching and learning; an overview of education-related technology such as course management systems, the virtual library, makerspaces, information presentation and data representation tools like ScreenCast and Google Maps, online home-school communication, and online student safety and privacy; and end-of-chapter discussion scenarios that explore opportunities for the practical application of concepts. Reflecting changes--professional, theoretical, legal, and political--in both the library field and education, this new edition of a groundbreaking school library text will equip readers to be leaders at their schools and in their communities.
Teaching and Learning Strategies for Sustainable Development by
The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals challenges us all to promote sustainable development. Higher education is a key arena for educating students in sustainability and sustainable developments, and for producing research on these key issues.. This timely book explores the sustainable development goals, how well universities have been able to integrate them into their curriculum, and how universities can institutionalize the goals and sustainable development into their strategic plans and institutional culture. Authors from Nigeria, sub Saharan Africa, Italy and the Middle East explore how to achieve these targets in the face of shifting expectations.
Transparent Design in Higher Education Teaching and Leadership by
This book offers a comprehensive guide to the Transparency in Learning and Teaching (TILT) framework that has convincingly demonstrated that implementation increases retention and improved outcomes for all students. Its premise is simple: to make learning processes explicit and equitably accessible for all students. Transparent instruction involves faculty/student discussion about several important aspects of academic work before students undertake that work, making explicit the purpose of the work, the knowledge that will be gained and its utility in students' lives beyond college; explaining the tasks involved, the expected criteria, and providing multiple examples of real-world work applications of the specific academic discipline. The simple change of making objective and methods explicit - that faculty recognize as consistent with their teaching goals - creates substantial benefits for students and demonstrably increases such predictors of college students' success as academic confidence, sense of belonging in college, self-awareness of skill development, and persistence. This guide presents a brief history of TILT, summarizes both past and current research on its impact on learning, and describes the three-part Transparency Framework (of purposes, tasks and criteria). The three sections of the book in turn demonstrate why and how transparent instruction works suggesting strategies for instructors who wish to adopt it; describing how educational developers and teaching centers have adopted the Framework; and concluding with examples of how several institutions have used the Framework to connect the daily work of faculty with the learning goals that departments, programs and institutions aim to demonstrate.
A First Course in Differential Equations with Modeling Applications by
Straightforward and easy to read, A FIRST COURSE IN DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS WITH MODELING APPLICATIONS, 11th Edition, gives you a thorough overview of the topics typically taught in a first course in differential equations. Your study of differential equations and its applications will be supported by a bounty of pedagogical aids, including an abundance of examples, explanations, "Remarks" boxes, definitions, and MindTap Math - an available option which includes an online version of the book, lecture videos, a pre-course assessment, and more.
Essentials of Mathematical Thinking by
Essentials of Mathematical Thinking addresses the growing need to better comprehend mathematics today. Increasingly, our world is driven by mathematics in all aspects of life. The book is an excellent introduction to the world of mathematics for students not majoring in mathematical studies. The author has written this book in an enticing, rich manner that will engage students and introduce new paradigms of thought. Careful readers will develop critical thinking skills which will help them compete in today's world. The book explains: What goes behind a Google search algorithm How to calculate the odds in a lottery The value of Big Data How the nefarious Ponzi scheme operates Instructors will treasure the book for its ability to make the field of mathematics more accessible and alluring with relevant topics and helpful graphics. The author also encourages readers to see the beauty of mathematics and how it relates to their lives in meaningful ways.
Stochastic Differential Equations by
A beginner's guide to stochastic growth modeling The chief advantage of stochastic growth models over deterministic models is that they combine both deterministic and stochastic elements of dynamic behaviors, such as weather, natural disasters, market fluctuations, and epidemics. This makes stochastic modeling a powerful tool in the hands of practitioners in fields for which population growth is a critical determinant of outcomes. However, the background requirements for studying SDEs can be daunting for those who lack the rigorous course of study received by math majors. Designed to be accessible to readers who have had only a few courses in calculus and statistics, this book offers a comprehensive review of the mathematical essentials needed to understand and apply stochastic growth models. In addition, the book describes deterministic and stochastic applications of population growth models including logistic, generalized logistic, Gompertz, negative exponential, and linear. Ideal for students and professionals in an array of fields including economics, population studies, environmental sciences, epidemiology, engineering, finance, and the biological sciences, Stochastic Differential Equations: An Introduction with Applications in Population Dynamics Modeling: * Provides precise definitions of many important terms and concepts and provides many solved example problems * Highlights the interpretation of results and does not rely on a theorem-proof approach * Features comprehensive chapters addressing any background deficiencies readers may have and offers a comprehensive review for those who need a mathematics refresher * Emphasizes solution techniques for SDEs and their practical application to the development of stochastic population models An indispensable resource for students and practitioners with limited exposure to mathematics and statistics, Stochastic Differential Equations: An Introduction with Applications in Population Dynamics Modeling is an excellent fit for advanced undergraduates and beginning graduate students, as well as practitioners who need a gentle introduction to SDEs. Michael J. Panik, PhD, is Professor in the Department of Economics, Barney School of Business and Public Administration at the University of Hartford in Connecticut. He received his PhD in Economics from Boston College and is a member of the American Mathematical Society, The American Statistical Association, and The Econometric Society.
The art of problem solving by
Problems and exercises.
Problems, exercises, etc.
Stochastic Differential Equations by
A beginner's guide to stochastic growth modeling The chief advantage of stochastic growth models over deterministic models is that they combine both deterministic and stochastic elements of dynamic behaviors, such as weather, natural disasters, market fluctuations, and epidemics. This makes stochastic modeling a powerful tool in the hands of practitioners in fields for which population growth is a critical determinant of outcomes. However, the background requirements for studying SDEs can be daunting for those who lack the rigorous course of study received by math majors. Designed to be accessible to readers who have had only a few courses in calculus and statistics, this book offers a comprehensive review of the mathematical essentials needed to understand and apply stochastic growth models. In addition, the book describes deterministic and stochastic applications of population growth models including logistic, generalized logistic, Gompertz, negative exponential, and linear. Ideal for students and professionals in an array of fields including economics, population studies, environmental sciences, epidemiology, engineering, finance, and the biological sciences, Stochastic Differential Equations: An Introduction with Applications in Population Dynamics Modeling: * Provides precise definitions of many important terms and concepts and provides many solved example problems * Highlights the interpretation of results and does not rely on a theorem-proof approach * Features comprehensive chapters addressing any background deficiencies readers may have and offers a comprehensive review for those who need a mathematics refresher * Emphasizes solution techniques for SDEs and their practical application to the development of stochastic population models An indispensable resource for students and practitioners with limited exposure to mathematics and statistics, Stochastic Differential Equations: An Introduction with Applications in Population Dynamics Modeling is an excellent fit for advanced undergraduates and beginning graduate students, as well as practitioners who need a gentle introduction to SDEs. Michael J. Panik, PhD, is Professor in the Department of Economics, Barney School of Business and Public Administration at the University of Hartford in Connecticut. He received his PhD in Economics from Boston College and is a member of the American Mathematical Society, The American Statistical Association, and The Econometric Society.
A Staff Guide to Addressing Disruptive and Dangerous Behavior on Campus by
There is an increasing population of students coming to college who challenge and frustrate staff. Students struggle with complex mental health problems, environmental stress, anger difficulties, and the potential for explosively acting out with threats or violence. This practical guide provides college and university staff with direction when working with these students in a variety of college environments, including community colleges, four-year institutions, and online learning environments. Coverage includes how to identify and assess students who are at risk, calm and de-escalate a crisis, motivate and inspire change, and how to manage and maintain change in a positive direction over time. Grounded in theory and research, this book offers practical and tangible advice and guidance to make it easier to assist students in need.
The Passion-Driven Classroom by
Turn your classroom into a thriving community of learners! In The Passion-Driven Classroom, bestselling authors Angela Maiers and Amy Sandvold show you how to spark and sustain your students' energy, excitement, and love of learning. This updated edition offers a new framework for changing your mindset and implementing a passion-driven classroom, where passion meets practice every day as students learn new skills and explore their talents. You'll come away with specific examples of how to set up your classroom, how to manage it, and how to assign passion projects where students take the lead. With this book, you'll be able to move away from prescription-driven learning toward Passion-Driven Learning, so you can make a real difference in the lives of your students.
Principles of Mathematics by
Presents a uniquely balanced approach that bridges introductory and advanced topics in modern mathematics An accessible treatment of the fundamentals of modern mathematics, Principles of Mathematics: A Primer provides a unique approach to introductory andadvanced mathematical topics. The book features six main subjects, whichcan be studied independently or in conjunction with each other including: settheory; mathematical logic; proof theory; group theory; theory of functions; andlinear algebra. The author begins with comprehensive coverage of the necessary building blocks in mathematics and emphasizes the need to think abstractly and develop an appreciation for mathematical thinking. Maintaining a useful balance of introductory coverage and mathematical rigor, Principles of Mathematics: A Primer features: Detailed explanations of important theorems and their applications Hundreds of completely solved problems throughout each chapter Numerous exercises at the end of each chapter to encourage further exploration Discussions of interesting and provocative issues that spark readers' curiosity and facilitate a better understanding and appreciation of the field of mathematics Principles of Mathematics: A Primer is an ideal textbook for upper-undergraduate courses in the foundations of mathematics and mathematical logic as well as for graduate-level courses related to physics, engineering, and computer science. The book is also a useful reference for readers interested in pursuing careers in mathematics and the sciences.
Mathematical Mindsets by
Banish math anxiety and give students of all ages a clear roadmap to success Mathematical Mindsets provides practical strategies and activities to help teachers and parents show all children, even those who are convinced that they are bad at math, that they can enjoy and succeed in math. Jo Boaler--Stanford researcher, professor of math education, and expert on math learning--has studied why students don't like math and often fail in math classes. She's followed thousands of students through middle and high schools to study how they learn and to find the most effective ways to unleash the math potential in all students. There is a clear gap between what research has shown to work in teaching math and what happens in schools and at home. This book bridges that gap by turning research findings into practical activities and advice. Boaler translates Carol Dweck's concept of 'mindset' into math teaching and parenting strategies, showing how students can go from self-doubt to strong self-confidence, which is so important to math learning. Boaler reveals the steps that must be taken by schools and parents to improve math education for all. Mathematical Mindsets: Explains how the brain processes mathematics learning Reveals how to turn mistakes and struggles into valuable learning experiences Provides examples of rich mathematical activities to replace rote learning Explains ways to give students a positive math mindset Gives examples of how assessment and grading policies need to change to support real understanding Scores of students hate and fear math, so they end up leaving school without an understanding of basic mathematical concepts. Their evasion and departure hinders math-related pathways and STEM career opportunities. Research has shown very clear methods to change this phenomena, but the information has been confined to research journals--until now. Mathematical Mindsets provides a proven, practical roadmap to mathematics success for any student at any age.
Teaching Mathematics Visually and Actively by
This practical book provides teachers in primary and secondary schools with advice and resources to develop a visual and active approach to teaching mathematics. It includes, specific examples of teaching strategies and ideas for lesson activities to support teaching mathematics to learners who take information and ideas visually and actively. Accompanying this second edition is a companion website that includes a range of resources for teaching each topic including: - Dynamic PowerPoint animations which can be used to help learners to develop their understanding of key mathematical concepts - Posters of each conceptAnd in addition to all this, each chapter suggests even further links to other useful resources for every topic to enhance your teaching. With clear explanations and strong visual layout, this is an ideal resource for teachers, SENCOs (Special Educational Needs Co-ordinators) and teaching assistants who want to motivate their learners with different and exciting ways of teaching and learning maths.
Principles of Mathematics by
Presents a uniquely balanced approach that bridges introductory and advanced topics in modern mathematics An accessible treatment of the fundamentals of modern mathematics, Principles of Mathematics: A Primer provides a unique approach to introductory andadvanced mathematical topics. The book features six main subjects, whichcan be studied independently or in conjunction with each other including: settheory; mathematical logic; proof theory; group theory; theory of functions; andlinear algebra. The author begins with comprehensive coverage of the necessary building blocks in mathematics and emphasizes the need to think abstractly and develop an appreciation for mathematical thinking. Maintaining a useful balance of introductory coverage and mathematical rigor, Principles of Mathematics: A Primer features: Detailed explanations of important theorems and their applications Hundreds of completely solved problems throughout each chapter Numerous exercises at the end of each chapter to encourage further exploration Discussions of interesting and provocative issues that spark readers' curiosity and facilitate a better understanding and appreciation of the field of mathematics Principles of Mathematics: A Primer is an ideal textbook for upper-undergraduate courses in the foundations of mathematics and mathematical logic as well as for graduate-level courses related to physics, engineering, and computer science. The book is also a useful reference for readers interested in pursuing careers in mathematics and the sciences.
Mathematical Mindsets by
Banish math anxiety and give students of all ages a clear roadmap to success Mathematical Mindsets provides practical strategies and activities to help teachers and parents show all children, even those who are convinced that they are bad at math, that they can enjoy and succeed in math. Jo Boaler--Stanford researcher, professor of math education, and expert on math learning--has studied why students don't like math and often fail in math classes. She's followed thousands of students through middle and high schools to study how they learn and to find the most effective ways to unleash the math potential in all students. There is a clear gap between what research has shown to work in teaching math and what happens in schools and at home. This book bridges that gap by turning research findings into practical activities and advice. Boaler translates Carol Dweck's concept of 'mindset' into math teaching and parenting strategies, showing how students can go from self-doubt to strong self-confidence, which is so important to math learning. Boaler reveals the steps that must be taken by schools and parents to improve math education for all. Mathematical Mindsets: Explains how the brain processes mathematics learning Reveals how to turn mistakes and struggles into valuable learning experiences Provides examples of rich mathematical activities to replace rote learning Explains ways to give students a positive math mindset Gives examples of how assessment and grading policies need to change to support real understanding Scores of students hate and fear math, so they end up leaving school without an understanding of basic mathematical concepts. Their evasion and departure hinders math-related pathways and STEM career opportunities. Research has shown very clear methods to change this phenomena, but the information has been confined to research journals--until now. Mathematical Mindsets provides a proven, practical roadmap to mathematics success for any student at any age.
Social Statistics by
With a clear and engaging writing style and strong examples from the real world, this text covers current statistical techniques at an introductory level and emphasizes the clear presentation of results to a variety of audiences, making the course more useful to students and their careers. Interconnection features among chapters help students understand how all of the techniques fit together. Using varied data sets, the text features a highly rated companion website that includes videos of the author offering step-by-step explanations of how to carry out the techniques, interpret the results, and present them to varied audiences. NEW TO THIS EDITION More inter-chapter connections have been added to improve students' conceptual learning. Several examples (on immigration, health, and civil rights) now permeate the text for easy comparison of techniques across chapters. The section on managing data is considerably expanded to cover topics such as finding new sources of data, dealing with missing data, and how to combine data reliably. Very current examples from the scholarly literature from criminology, education, and health show how researchers use each chapter's techniques to tell compelling stories. Instructors can choose from a variety of greatly expanded materials to enhance their lectures: engaging animations of key concepts; dynamic demonstrations of how statistics change in line with the data; short lectures on difficult-to-explain topics; and in-class exercises that will help students learn how to make sense of statistical results.
Research Methods in Education by
This thoroughly updated and extended eighth edition of the long-running bestseller Research Methods in Education covers the whole range of methods employed by educational research at all stages. Its five main parts cover: the context of educational research; research design; methodologies for educational research; methods of data collection; and data analysis and reporting. It continues to be the go-to text for students, academics and researchers who are undertaking, understanding and using educational research, and has been translated into several languages. It offers plentiful and rich practical advice, underpinned by clear theoretical foundations, research evidence and up-to-date references, and it raises key issues and questions for researchers planning, conducting, reporting and evaluating research. This edition contains new chapters on: Mixed methods research The role of theory in educational research Ethics in Internet research Research questions and hypotheses Internet surveys Virtual worlds, social network software and netography in educational research Using secondary data in educational research Statistical significance, effect size and statistical power Beyond mixed methods: using Qualitative Comparative Analysis (QCA) to integrate cross-case and within-case analyses. Research Methods in Education is essential reading for both the professional researcher and anyone involved in educational and social research. The book is supported by a wealth of online materials, including PowerPoint slides, useful weblinks, practice data sets, downloadable tables and figures from the book, and a virtual, interactive, self-paced training programme in research methods. These resources can be found at: www.routledge.com/cw/cohen.
A Guide to Supervising Non-Native English Writers of Theses and Dissertations by
Focused on the writing process, A Guide to Supervising Non-native English Writers of Theses and Dissertations presents approaches that can be employed by supervisors to help address the writing issues or difficulties that may emerge during the provisional and confirmation phases of the thesis/dissertation journey. Pre-writing advice and post-writing feedback that can be given to students are explained and illustrated. A growing number of students who are non-native speakers of English are enrolled in Masters and PhD programmes at universities across the world where English is the language of communication. These students often encounter difficulties when writing a thesis or dissertation in English - primarily, understanding the requirements and expectations of the new academic context and the conventions of academic writing. Designed for easy use by supervisors, this concise guide focuses specifically on the relationship between reading for and preparing to write the various part-genres or chapters; the creation of argument; making and evaluating claims, judgements and conclusions; writing coherent and cohesive text; meeting the generic and discipline-specific writing conventions; designing conference abstracts and PowerPoint presentations; and writing journal articles.
Connecting Research and Practice for Educational Improvement by
Connecting Research and Practice for Educational Improvement presents powerful arguments and richly illustrated cases for how more collaborative relationships between researchers and educators can yield more relevant research that impacts practice. This book can be useful for anyone teaching or learning about research-practice partnerships, in both school and out-of-school settings. The chapters highlight the different dispositions and skills needed to cultivate ethical relationships and promote equity through partnerships and provide rich frameworks for guiding future work.　
Action research made easy : a practical guide to the preparation of action research in education by Research Methods in Education by
This thoroughly updated and extended eighth edition of the long-running bestseller Research Methods in Education covers the whole range of methods employed by educational research at all stages. Its five main parts cover: the context of educational research; research design; methodologies for educational research; methods of data collection; and data analysis and reporting. It continues to be the go-to text for students, academics and researchers who are undertaking, understanding and using educational research, and has been translated into several languages. It offers plentiful and rich practical advice, underpinned by clear theoretical foundations, research evidence and up-to-date references, and it raises key issues and questions for researchers planning, conducting, reporting and evaluating research. This edition contains new chapters on: Mixed methods research The role of theory in educational research Ethics in Internet research Research questions and hypotheses Internet surveys Virtual worlds, social network software and netography in educational research Using secondary data in educational research Statistical significance, effect size and statistical power Beyond mixed methods: using Qualitative Comparative Analysis (QCA) to integrate cross-case and within-case analyses. Research Methods in Education is essential reading for both the professional researcher and anyone involved in educational and social research. The book is supported by a wealth of online materials, including PowerPoint slides, useful weblinks, practice data sets, downloadable tables and figures from the book, and a virtual, interactive, self-paced training programme in research methods. These resources can be found at: www.routledge.com/cw/cohen.
Practice Makes Perfect Algebra I Review and Workbook, Second Edition by
The winning equation for success in algebra is practice, practice, practice! This book will help you develop skills in algebra. Inside are numerous lessons to help you better understand the subject. These lessons are accompanied by hundreds of exercises to practice what you've learned, along with a complete answer key to check your work. Throughout this book you will learn the terms to help you understand algebra, and you will expand your knowledge of the subject through dozens of sample problems and their solutions. With the lessons in this book, you will find it easier than ever to grasp concepts in algebra. And with a variety of exercises for practice, you will gain confidence using your growing algebra skills in your classwork and on exams. You'll be on your way to mastering these topics and more: * Handling decimals and fractions * Using variables * Graphing linear equations * Multiplying polynomials * Working with quadratic equations * Radical equations * Solving word problems
Practice Makes Perfect Algebra II Review and Workbook, Second Edition by
Build the skills, knowledge, and confidence you need to succeed in any advanced algebra class or exam Algebra II Review and Workbook is packed with review material that will help you grasp advanced algebra concepts, improve you study routines, or refresh long-lost algebra knowledge. You'll learn how to perform critical tasks like transforming functions, completing the square, and determining probability, while extensive practice exercises will increase your confidence in class, during study, and on test day. This book features: *Concise review material that clearly explains advanced algebra topics *More than 500 practice exercises *New Inferential Statistics chapter covering the Central Limit Theorem, Confidence Intervals, Hypothesis Testing, and Simulation
Basic Math and Pre-Algebra Workbook for Dummies by
Master the fundamentals first for a smoother ride through math Basic Math & Pre-Algebra Workbook For Dummies is your ticket to finally getting a handle on math! Designed to help you strengthen your weak spots and pinpoint problem areas, this book provides hundreds of practice problems to help you get over the hump. Each section includes a brief review of key concepts and full explanations for every practice problem, so you'll always know exactly where you went wrong. The companion website gives you access to quizzes for each chapter, so you can test your understanding and identify your sticking points before moving on to the next topic. You'll brush up on the rules of basic operations, and then learn what to do when the numbers just won't behave--negative numbers, inequalities, algebraic expressions, scientific notation, and other tricky situations will become second nature as you refresh what you know and learn what you missed. Each math class you take builds on the ones that came before; if you got lost somewhere around fractions, you'll have a difficult time keeping up in Algebra, Geometry, Trigonometry, and Calculus--so don't fall behind! This book provides plenty of practice and patient guidance to help you slay the math monster once and for all. Make sense of fractions, decimals, and percentages Learn how to handle inequalities, exponents, square roots, and absolute values Simplify expressions and solve simple algebraic equations Find your way around a triangle, circle, trapezoid, and more Once you get comfortable with the rules and operations, math takes on a whole new dimension. Curiosity replaces anxiety, and problems start feeling like puzzles rather than hurdles. All it takes is practice. Basic Math & Pre-Algebra Workbook For Dummies is your ultimate math coach, with hundreds of guided practice practice problems to help you break through the math barrier.
Algebra I Workbook for Dummies by
The grade-saving Algebra I companion, with hundreds of additional practice problems online Algebra I Workbook For Dummies is your solution to the Algebra brain-block. With hundreds of practice and example problems mapped to the typical high school Algebra class, you'll crack the code in no time! Each problem includes a full explanation so you can see where you went wrong--or right--every step of the way. From fractions to FOIL and everything in between, this guide will help you grasp the fundamental concepts you'll use in every other math class you'll ever take. This new third edition includes access to an online test bank, where you'll find bonus chapter quizzes to help you test your understanding and pinpoint areas in need of review. Whether you're preparing for an exam or seeking a start-to-finish study aid, this workbook is your ticket to acing algebra. Master basic operations and properties to solve any problem Simplify expressions with confidence Conquer factoring and wrestle equations into submission Reinforce learning with online chapter quizzes Algebra I is a fundamentally important class. What you learn here will follow you throughout Algebra II, Trigonometry, Calculus, and beyond, including Chemistry, Physics, Biology, and more. Practice really does make perfect--and this guide provides plenty of it. Study, practice, and score high!
Algebra II Essentials for Dummies by
Algebra II Essentials For Dummies (9781119590873) was previously published as Algebra II Essentials For Dummies (9780470618400). While this version features a new Dummies cover and design, the content is the same as the prior release and should not be considered a new or updated product. Passing grades in two years of algebra courses are required for high school graduation. Algebra II Essentials For Dummies covers key ideas from typical second-year Algebra coursework to help students get up to speed. Free of ramp-up material, Algebra II Essentials For Dummies sticks to the point, with content focused on key topics only. It provides discrete explanations of critical concepts taught in a typical Algebra II course, from polynomials, conics, and systems of equations to rational, exponential, and logarithmic functions. This guide is also a perfect reference for parents who need to review critical algebra concepts as they help students with homework assignments, as well as for adult learners headed back into the classroom who just need a refresher of the core concepts. The Essentials For Dummies Series Dummies is proud to present our new series, The Essentials For Dummies. Now students who are prepping for exams, preparing to study new material, or who just need a refresher can have a concise, easy-to-understand review guide that covers an entire course by concentrating solely on the most important concepts. From algebra and chemistry to grammar and Spanish, our expert authors focus on the skills students most need to succeed in a subject.
20 Formative Assessment Strategies That Work by
This book provides teachers and school leaders with practical, effective, and proven assessment strategies that are immediately implementable in classrooms. You'll learn about 20 high-impact formative assessment strategies, with details on how they can be applied to a variety of content areas and grade levels, including mathematics, science, language arts, social studies, and various electives. In this accessible book, these experienced authors demonstrate the how and why, along with a framework for folding these new ideas into job-embedded professional development. 20 Formative Assessment Strategies that Work provides the full toolkit for implementing, managing, and modifying these assessment strategies in your school and classrooms today.
The Learning Framework in Number by
This latest book in the bestselling Mathematics Recovery® series gives mathematics educators a complete research-based framework for assessment, instruction and intervention in whole number arithmetic across grades K to 5. The integrated set of classroom tools includes: Nine carefully designed schedules of assessment tasks Nine models of learning progressions Ten teaching maps that guide the instructional progressions across key topics The book offers guidance on innovative video-based assessment, and an overview of principles of intervention instruction, giving you an integrated resource for supporting the children you teach. The Learning Framework in Number will be a useful guide for all primary and elementary school classroom teachers and assistants, and specialist teachers, including experienced Mathematics Recovery® instructors. The book will also be of significant interest to teacher educators and researchers.
Advancing Evidence-Based Practice Through Program Evaluation by
Given the current climate of results-driven accountability, school-based professionals have a significant contribution to make in improving the impact of programs and initiatives through the application of program evaluation methods and tools to inform decision making within a multi-tier system of supports framework. And yet there is currently a dearth of practical resources dedicated to developing school psychologists' competencies in program evaluation. Advancing Evidence-Based Practice through Program Evaluation will meet the needs of school psychologists and other school-based professionals seeking to use program evaluation approaches to enhance data-based decision making and accountability at a program and systems-level. This practical guide provides the most cutting-edge evaluation frameworks, methods, and tools available, with particular emphasis on the rapidly-developing areas of implementation research, evidence-based professional learning, and innovative approaches to communicating evaluation findings. The book will support school professionals in daily practice by enhancing and extending their knowledge and skills in measurement, assessment, consultation for systems change and the use of evidence-based interventions for academic and social/behavioral concerns, with a focus on evaluating the implementation and outcomes of school-based programs. The book will also facilitate the professional development of those currently engaged in graduate preparation programs in education, educational leadership, school counseling, and school social work, as well as the university faculty who guide their professional preparation. Finally, school professionals may also use Advancing Evidence-Based Practice through Program Evaluation to develop their professional competencies in implementing new initiatives funded by grants with clear expectations for program evaluation.
Coaching Students in Secondary Schools by
This practical, evidence-based guide provides a comprehensive introduction to the coaching of secondary school students. Using a clear, step-by-step structure, the book explores how coaching can help students improve performance, enhance wellbeing, develop skills and achieve goals. The ultimate aim is to help the student become his or her own coach. Divided into six parts, Coaching Students in Secondary Schools explores all of the key aspects of coaching, from basic coaching skills to effective methods of evaluation. Having explained why coaching　benefits students, the book shows readers how　to adopt a 'coaching approach,' structure a formal session, launch a coaching programme and measure its success. Topics covered include: the uses and benefits of coaching the evidence for coaching core coaching skills conducting coaching sessions the practicalities of coaching evaluating the impact of coaching. With real-life scenarios and examples embedded throughout, Coaching Students in Secondary Schools will be essential reading for practising secondary school teachers, classroom assistants and student support staff.
Mine the Gap for Mathematical Understanding, Grades K-2 by
How good are you at embracing learners' mathematical mistakes? It's time to break our habit of re-teaching for correctness and instead get curious about the space between right and wrong answers. John SanGiovanni reminds us that mistakes are not random, and when we take the time to "mine the gap," we can dispel misunderstandings before they take root. Included are downloadable high-quality tasks, aligned to the standards of Grades K-2 mathematics.
Mathematics Homework and Grading in a PLC at Work(tm) by
Boost K-12 student achievement by enhancing your approach to mathematics homework and grading. This user-friendly resource is divided into two parts, each covering a key team action for mathematics in a PLC at Work™. First, you'll learn how to develop common independent practice assignments for formative student learning within a professional learning community. Then, discover how to work collaboratively to create quality equitable grading practices to help you evaluate independent practice effectiveness. The book features teacher team tools and activities to inspire student achievement and enhance grading routines as part of a formative student learning process. Learn collaborative homework and grading practices to grow your students' math skills: Discover how you and your colleagues can design and use mathematics homework and grading practices to produce significant improvement in student learning. Learn the value of common scoring agreements among educators. Understand and find solutions to common grading errors to ensure equity among all students Implement effective grading practices that provide meaningful and actionable formative feedback to students. Support student engagement and ensure students persevere in their learning of mathematics and problem solving.
The Handbook of TESOL in K-12 by
The first handbook to explore the field of Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages in elementary and secondary education (K-12) The number of students being educated in English has grown significantly in modern times -- globalization, immigration, and evolving educational policies have prompted an increased need for English language learner (ELL) education. The Handbook of TESOL in K-12 combines contemporary research and current practices to provide a comprehensive overview of the origins, evolution, and future direction of Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages at the elementary and secondary levels (K-12). Exploring the latest disciplinary and interdisciplinary issues in the field, this is a first-of-its-kind Handbook and contributions are offered from a team of internationally-renowned scholars. Comprehensive in scope, this essential Handbook covers topics ranging from bilingual language development and technology-enhanced language learning, to ESOL preparation methods for specialist and mainstream teachers and school administrators. Three sections organize the content to cover Key Issues in Teaching ESOL students in K-12, Pedagogical Issues and Practices in TESOL in K-12 Education, and School Personnel Preparation for TESOL in K-12. Satisfies a need for inclusive and in-depth research on TESOL in K-12 classrooms Presents a timely and interesting selection of topics that are highly relevant to working teachers and support staff Applies state-of-the-art research to real-world TESOL classroom settings Offers a balanced assessment of diverse theoretical foundations, concepts, and findings The Handbook of TESOL in K-12 is an indispensable resource for undergraduate and graduate students, researchers and scholars, and educators in the field of Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages in elementary and secondary education.
Social Statistics by
With a clear and engaging writing style and strong examples from the real world, this text covers current statistical techniques at an introductory level and emphasizes the clear presentation of results to a variety of audiences, making the course more useful to students and their careers. Interconnection features among chapters help students understand how all of the techniques fit together. Using varied data sets, the text features a highly rated companion website that includes videos of the author offering step-by-step explanations of how to carry out the techniques, interpret the results, and present them to varied audiences. NEW TO THIS EDITION More inter-chapter connections have been added to improve students' conceptual learning. Several examples (on immigration, health, and civil rights) now permeate the text for easy comparison of techniques across chapters. The section on managing data is considerably expanded to cover topics such as finding new sources of data, dealing with missing data, and how to combine data reliably. Very current examples from the scholarly literature from criminology, education, and health show how researchers use each chapter's techniques to tell compelling stories. Instructors can choose from a variety of greatly expanded materials to enhance their lectures: engaging animations of key concepts; dynamic demonstrations of how statistics change in line with the data; short lectures on difficult-to-explain topics; and in-class exercises that will help students learn how to make sense of statistical results.
Understandable Statistics by
UNDERSTANDABLE STATISTICS: CONCEPTS AND METHODS, Twelfth Edition, is thorough, accessible, and designed to help you overcome "statistics anxiety" and master the subject. Clear guidance and informal advice help show you the links between statistics and the real world. Making the material interesting as well as easier to understand, the book integrates real-life data from a variety of sources, including journals, newspapers, and the Internet. Special features and exercises throughout the text let you develop your critical-thinking and statistical literacy skills, and interactive online resources offer you extra study assistance and tutorial support--including step-by-step video solutions--outside of class. The use of graphing calculators, Excel®, Minitab®, Minitab Express(tm), and SPSS® is covered, although not required.
Interpreting Basic Statistics by
Interpreting Basic Statisticsgives students valuable practice in interpreting statistical reporting as it actually appears in peer-reviewed journals. New to the eighth edition:　 A broader array of basic statistical concepts is covered, especially to better reflect the New Statistics.　 Journal excerpts have been updated to reflect current styles in statistical reporting. A stronger emphasis on data visualizations has been added. The statistical exercises have been re-organized into units to facilitate ease of use and understanding. About this book Each of the 64 exercises gives a brief excerpt of statistical reporting from a published research article, and begins with guidelines for interpreting the statistics in the excerpt. The questions on the excerpts promote learning by requiring students to interpret information in tables and figures, perform simple calculations to further their interpretations, critique data-reporting techniques, and evaluate procedures used to collect data. Each exercise covers a limited number of statistics, making it easy to coordinate the exercises with lectures and a main textbook. The questions in each exercise are divided into two parts: (1) Factual Questions and (2) Questions for Discussion. The factual questions require careful reading for details, while the discussion questions show that interpreting statistics is more than a mathematical exercise. These questions require students to apply good judgment as well as statistical reasoning in arriving at appropriate interpretations.
Quantitative and Statistical Data in Education by
This book presents different data collection and representation techniques: elementary descriptive statistics, confirmatory statistics, multivariate approaches and statistical modeling. It exposes the possibility of giving more robustness to the classical methodologies of education sciences by adding a quantitative approach. The fundamentals of each approach and the reasons behind them are methodically analyzed, and both simple and advanced examples are given to demonstrate how to use them. Subsequently, this book can be used both as a course for the uninitiated and as an accompaniment for researchers who are already familiar with these concepts.
Practical Discrete Mathematics by
A practical guide simplifying discrete math for curious minds and demonstrating its application in solving problems related to software development, computer algorithms, and data scienceKey Features* Apply the math of countable objects to practical problems in computer science* Explore modern Python libraries such as scikit-learn, NumPy, and SciPy for performing mathematics* Learn complex statistical and mathematical concepts with the help of hands-on examples and expert guidanceBook DescriptionDiscrete mathematics deals with studying countable, distinct elements, and its principles are widely used in building algorithms for computer science and data science. The knowledge of discrete math concepts will help you understand the algorithms, binary, and general mathematics that sit at the core of data-driven tasks.Practical Discrete Mathematics is a comprehensive introduction for those who are new to the mathematics of countable objects. This book will help you get up to speed with using discrete math principles to take your computer science skills to a more advanced level.As you learn the language of discrete mathematics, you'll also cover methods crucial to studying and describing computer science and machine learning objects and algorithms. The chapters that follow will guide you through how memory and CPUs work. In addition to this, you'll understand how to analyze data for useful patterns, before finally exploring how to apply math concepts in network routing, web searching, and data science.By the end of this book, you'll have a deeper understanding of discrete math and its applications in computer science, and be ready to work on real-world algorithm development and machine learning.What you will learn* Understand the terminology and methods in discrete math and their usage in algorithms and data problems* Use Boolean algebra in formal logic and elementary control structures* Implement combinatorics to measure computational complexity and manage memory allocation* Use random variables, calculate descriptive statistics, and find average-case computational complexity* Solve graph problems involved in routing, pathfinding, and graph searches, such as depth-first search* Perform ML tasks such as data visualization, regression, and dimensionality reductionWho this book is forThis book is for computer scientists looking to expand their knowledge of discrete math, the core topic of their field. University students looking to get hands-on with computer science, mathematics, statistics, engineering, or related disciplines will also find this book useful. Basic Python programming skills and knowledge of elementary real-number algebra are required to get started with this book.
Schaum's Outline of Geometry, Sixth Edition by
Tough Test Questions? Missed Lectures? Not Enough Time? Textbook too pricey? Fortunately, there's Schaum's. This all-in-one-package includes more than 650 fully-solved problems, examples, and practice exercises to sharpen your problem-solving skills. Plus, you will have access to 25 detailed videos featuring math instructors who explain how to solve the most commonly tested problems--it's just like having your own virtual tutor! You'll find everything you need to build confidence, skills, and knowledge for the highest score possible. More than 40 million students have trusted Schaum's to help them succeed in the classroom and on exams. Schaum's is the key to faster learning and higher grades in every subject. Each Outline presents all the essential course information in an easy-to-follow, topic-by-topic format. Helpful tables and illustrations increase your understanding of the subject at hand. Schaum's Outline of Geometry, Sixth Edition features: * Updated content to matches the latest curriculum * Over 650 problems, solved step by step * An accessible format for quick and easy review * Clear explanations for all geometry concepts * Access to revised Schaums.com website with access to 25 problem-solving videos, and more
Geometry, Language and Strategy: the Dynamics of Decision Processes - Volume 2 by
The first volume, Geometry, Language and Strategy, extended the concepts of Game Theory, replacing static equilibrium with a deterministic dynamic theory. The first volume opened up many applications that were only briefly touched on. To study the consequences of the deterministic approach in contrast to standard Bayesian approaches, the richness of applications, requires an engineering foundation and discipline, which this volume supplies. It provides a richer list of applications, such as the Prisoner's Dilemma, which extends the resonant behavior of Vol. 1 to more general time-dependent and transient behaviors.
Elementary Geometry for College Students by
Building on the success of its first five editions, the Sixth Edition of the market-leading text explores the important principles and real-world applications of plane, coordinate, and solid geometry. Strongly influenced by both NCTM and AMATYC standards, the text includes intuitive, inductive, and deductive experiences in its explorations. Goals of the authors for the students include a comprehensive development of the vocabulary of geometry, an intuitive and inductive approach to development of principles, and the strengthening of deductive skills that leads to both verification of geometric theories and the solution of geometry-based real world applications. Updates in this edition include the addition of 150 new problems, new applications, new Discover! activities and examples and additional material on select topics such as parabolas and a Three-Dimensional Coordinate System.
Geometry Essentials for Dummies by
Geometry Essentials For Dummies (9781119590446) was previously published as Geometry Essentials For Dummies (9781118068755). While this version features a new Dummies cover and design, the content is the same as the prior release and should not be considered a new or updated product. Just the critical concepts you need to score high in geometry This practical, friendly guide focuses on critical concepts taught in a typical geometry course, from the properties of triangles, parallelograms, circles, and cylinders, to the skills and strategies you need to write geometry proofs. Geometry Essentials For Dummies is perfect for cramming or doing homework, or as a reference for parents helping kids study for exams. Get down to the basics -- get a handle on the basics of geometry, from lines, segments, and angles, to vertices, altitudes, and diagonals Conquer proofs with confidence -- follow easy-to-grasp instructions for understanding the components of a formal geometry proof Take triangles in strides -- learn how to take in a triangle's sides, analyze its angles, work through an SAS proof, and apply the Pythagorean Theorem Polish up on polygons -- get the lowdown on quadrilaterals and other polygons: their angles, areas, properties, perimeters, and much more
Geometry, Language and Strategy by
Geometry, Language and Strategy is a way of looking at game theory or strategic decision-making from a scientific perspective, using standard equations from the fields of engineering and physics. To better approximate reality, it extends game theory beyond the two-player set piece.The book begins where former game theory literature ends -- with multi-person games on a world stage. It encompasses many of the variables encountered in strategic planning, using mathematics borrowed from physics and engineering, rather than the economic models which have not proven to be good in predicting reality.
Geometry and Discrete Mathematics by
This two-volume set collects and presents many fundamentals of mathematics in an enjoyable and elaborating fashion. The idea behind the two books is to provide substantials for assessing more modern developments in mathematics and to present impressions which indicate that mathematics is a fascinating subject with many ties between the diverse mathematical disciplines. The present volume examines many of the most important basic results in geometry and discrete mathematics, along with their proofs, and also their history. Contents Geometry and geometric ideas Isometries in Euclidean vector spaces and their classification in ℝn The conic sections in the Euclidean plane Special groups of planar isometries Graph theory and platonic solids Linear fractional transformation and planar hyperbolic geometry Combinatorics and combinatorial problems Finite probability theory and Bayesian analysis Boolean lattices, Boolean algebras and Stone's theorem
Trigonometry by
Larson's TRIGONOMETRY incorporates real-world applications, ongoing review, and innovative technology. How Do You See It? exercises give you practice applying the concepts, and new Summarize features and Checkpoint problems reinforce understanding of the skill sets to help you better prepare for tests.
Schaum's Outline of Trigonometry, Sixth Edition by
Tough Test Questions? Missed Lectures? Not Enough Time? Textbook too pricey? Fortunately, there's Schaum's. This all-in-one-package includes more than 600 fully-solved problems, examples, and practice exercises to sharpen your problem-solving skills. Plus, you will have access to 20 detailed videos featuring math instructors who explain how to solve the most commonly tested problems--it's just like having your own virtual tutor! You'll find everything you need to build confidence, skills, and knowledge for the highest score possible. More than 40 million students have trusted Schaum's to help them succeed in the classroom and on exams. Schaum's is the key to faster learning and higher grades in every subject. Each Outline presents all the essential course information in an easy-to-follow, topic-by-topic format. Helpful tables and illustrations increase your understanding of the subject at hand. Schaum's Outline of Trigonometry, Sixth Edition features: * Updated content to match the latest curriculum * Over 600 problems with step-by-step solutions * An accessible outline format for quick and easy review * Clear explanations for all linear algebra concepts * Access to revised Schaums.com website with access to 20 problem-solving videos, and more
Trigonometry by
Gain a solid understanding of the principles of trigonometry and how these concepts apply to real life with McKeague/Turner's TRIGONOMETRY. The book presents contemporary concepts in brief, manageable sections using current, detailed examples and interesting applications. Captivating illustrations such as cycling, the Ferris wheel, and the human cannonball show trigonometry in action. Unique Historical Vignettes offer a fascinating glimpse at how many of the central ideas in trigonometry began. The text is easy to read, and important theorems and definitions are boxed so they can be quickly identified for study purposes.
Counterexamples on Uniform Convergence by
A comprehensive and thorough analysis of concepts and results on uniform convergence Counterexamples on Uniform Convergence: Sequences, Series, Functions, and Integrals presents counterexamples to false statements typically found within the study of mathematical analysis and calculus, all of which are related to uniform convergence. The book includes the convergence of sequences, series and families of functions, and proper and improper integrals depending on a parameter. The exposition is restricted to the main definitions and theorems in order to explore different versions (wrong and correct) of the fundamental concepts and results. The goal of the book is threefold. First, the authors provide a brief survey and discussion of principal results of the theory of uniform convergence in real analysis. Second, the book aims to help readers master the presented concepts and theorems, which are traditionally challenging and are sources of misunderstanding and confusion. Finally, this book illustrates how important mathematical tools such as counterexamples can be used in different situations. The features of the book include: An overview of important concepts and theorems on uniform convergence Well-organized coverage of the majority of the topics on uniform convergence studied in analysis courses An original approach to the analysis of important results on uniform convergence based\ on counterexamples Additional exercises at varying levels of complexity for each topic covered in the book A supplementary Instructor's Solutions Manual containing complete solutions to all exercises, which is available via a companion website Counterexamples on Uniform Convergence: Sequences, Series, Functions, and Integrals is an appropriate reference and/or supplementary reading for upper-undergraduate and graduate-level courses in mathematical analysis and advanced calculus for students majoring in mathematics, engineering, and other sciences. The book is also a valuable resource for instructors teaching mathematical analysis and calculus. ANDREI BOURCHTEIN, PhD, is Professor in the Department of Mathematics at Pelotas State University in Brazil. The author of more than 100 referred articles and five books, his research interests include numerical analysis, computational fluid dynamics, numerical weather prediction, and real analysis. Dr. Andrei Bourchtein received his PhD in Mathematics and Physics from the Hydrometeorological Center of Russia. LUDMILA BOURCHTEIN, PhD, is Senior Research Scientist at the Institute of Physics and Mathematics at Pelotas State University in Brazil. The author of more than 80 referred articles and three books, her research interests include real and complex analysis, conformal mappings, and numerical analysis. Dr. Ludmila Bourchtein received her PhD in Mathematics from Saint Petersburg State University in Russia.
A worktext in analytic geometry and calculus II by 
Analytic Methods in Arithmetic Geometry by
This volume contains the proceedings of the Arizona Winter School 2016, which was held from March 12-16, 2016, at The University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ. In the last decade or so, analytic methods have had great success in answering questions in arithmetic geometry and number theory. The School provided a unique opportunity to introduce graduate students to analytic methods in arithmetic geometry. The book contains four articles. Alina C. Cojocaru's article introduces sieving techniques to study the group structure of points of the reduction of an elliptic curve modulo a rational prime via its division fields. Harald A. Helfgott's article provides an introduction to the study of growth in groups of Lie type, with $\mathrm{{SL}}_2(\mathbb{{F}}_q)$ and some of its subgroups as the key examples. The article by Etienne Fouvry, Emmanuel Kowalski, Philippe Michel, and Will Sawin describes how a systematic use of the deep methods from $\ell$-adic cohomology pioneered by Grothendieck and Deligne and further developed by Katz and Laumon help make progress on various classical questions from analytic number theory. The last article, by Andrew V. Sutherland, introduces Sato-Tate groups and explores their relationship with Galois representations, motivic $L$-functions, and Mumford-Tate groups.
Calculus of a Single Variable by
Larson/Edwards� CALCULUS, 11th Edition, expertly combines the printed textbook and technology to deliver everything you need to master the material and pass the class. Stepped-out solution videos with instruction are available at CalcView.com for selected exercises throughout the text, and the website CalcChat.com presents free solutions to all of the odd-numbered exercises in the text. WebAssign is a flexible and fully customizable online instructional solution that puts powerful tools in your hands, enabling you to deploy assignments, add your own content, instantly assess individual student and class performance, and help your students master course concepts.
Schaum's Outline of Mathematical Handbook of Formulas and Tables, Fifth Edition by
Tough Test Questions? Missed Lectures? Not Enough Time? Textbook too pricey? Fortunately, there's Schaum's. This all-in-one-package includes more than 2,400 fully solved problems, examples, and practice exercises to sharpen your problem-solving skills. Plus, you will have access to the revised online Schaum's.com website-- it's just like having your own virtual tutor! You'll find everything you need to build confidence, skills, and knowledge for the highest score possible. More than 40 million students have trusted Schaum's to help them succeed in the classroom and on exams. Schaum's is the key to faster learning and higher grades in every subject. Each Outline presents all the essential course information in an easy-to-follow, topic-by-topic format. Helpful tables and illustrations increase your understanding of the subject at hand. Schaum's Outline of Mathematical Handbook of Formulas and Tables, Fifth Edition features: * More than 2,400 formulas and tables * Clear explanations for all mathematical formulas and procedures * Formulas and tables for elementary to advanced topics * A complete index to all topics * Access to revised Schaums.com website and new app
Essential mathematics for the modern world by 
Calculus Essentials for Dummies by
Calculus Essentials For Dummies (9781119591207) was previously published as Calculus Essentials For Dummies (9780470618356). While this version features a new Dummies cover and design, the content is the same as the prior release and should not be considered a new or updated product. Many colleges and universities require students to take at least one math course, and Calculus I is often the chosen option. Calculus Essentials For Dummies provides explanations of key concepts for students who may have taken calculus in high school and want to review the most important concepts as they gear up for a faster-paced college course. Free of review and ramp-up material, Calculus Essentials For Dummies sticks to the point with content focused on key topics only. It provides discrete explanations of critical concepts taught in a typical two-semester high school calculus class or a college level Calculus I course, from limits and differentiation to integration and infinite series. This guide is also a perfect reference for parents who need to review critical calculus concepts as they help high school students with homework assignments, as well as for adult learners headed back into the classroom who just need a refresher of the core concepts. The Essentials For Dummies Series Dummies is proud to present our new series, The Essentials For Dummies. Now students who are prepping for exams, preparing to study new material, or who just need a refresher can have a concise, easy-to-understand review guide that covers an entire course by concentrating solely on the most important concepts. From algebra and chemistry to grammar and Spanish, our expert authors focus on the skills students most need to succeed in a subject.
A First Course in Differential Equations with Modeling Applications by
Straightforward and easy to read, A FIRST COURSE IN DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS WITH MODELING APPLICATIONS, 11th Edition, gives you a thorough overview of the topics typically taught in a first course in differential equations. Your study of differential equations and its applications will be supported by a bounty of pedagogical aids, including an abundance of examples, explanations, "Remarks" boxes, definitions, and MindTap Math - an available option which includes an online version of the book, lecture videos, a pre-course assessment, and more.
Boyce's elementary differential equations and boundary value problems by
First order-differential equations -- Second-order linear equations -- Higher-order linear equations -- Series solutions of second-order linear equations -- The Laplace transform -- Systems of first-order linear equations -- Numerical methods -- Nonlinear differential equations and stability -- Partial differential equations and Fourier series -- Boundary value problems and Sturm-Liouville theory.
Differential Equations, Mathematical Physics, and Applications by
This is the second of two volumes dedicated to the centennial of the distinguished mathematician Selim Grigorievich Krein. The companion volume is Contemporary Mathematics, Volume 733. Krein was a major contributor to functional analysis, operator theory, partial differential equations, fluid dynamics, and other areas, and the author of several influential monographs in these areas. He was a prolific teacher, graduating 83 Ph.D. students. Krein also created and ran, for many years, the annual Voronezh Winter Mathematical Schools, which significantly influenced mathematical life in the former Soviet Union. The articles contained in this volume are written by prominent mathematicians, former students and colleagues of Selim Krein, as well as lecturers and participants of Voronezh Winter Schools. They are devoted to a variety of contemporary problems in ordinary and partial differential equations, fluid dynamics, and various applications.
Movement Equations 4 by
An important instance of the application of unbuckled solid mechanics is that of its stability and small movements from this situation. The problem expressing goes through the linearization of the movement equations set up in the 3rd volume of this treaty, by their limited development. This book gives and develops the process which leads to the differential linear equations expressing this kind of movement and allowing the study of the equilibrium and the stability of an unbuckled solid.
Advanced Numerical and Semi-Analytical Methods for Differential Equations by
Examines numerical and semi-analytical methods for differential equations that can be used for solving practical ODEs and PDEs This student-friendly book deals with various approaches for solving differential equations numerically or semi-analytically depending on the type of equations and offers simple example problems to help readers along. Featuring both traditional and recent methods, Advanced Numerical and Semi Analytical Methods for Differential Equations begins with a review of basic numerical methods. It then looks at Laplace, Fourier, and weighted residual methods for solving differential equations. A new challenging method of Boundary Characteristics Orthogonal Polynomials (BCOPs) is introduced next. The book then discusses Finite Difference Method (FDM), Finite Element Method (FEM), Finite Volume Method (FVM), and Boundary Element Method (BEM). Following that, analytical/semi analytic methods like Akbari Ganji's Method (AGM) and Exp-function are used to solve nonlinear differential equations. Nonlinear differential equations using semi-analytical methods are also addressed, namely Adomian Decomposition Method (ADM), Homotopy Perturbation Method (HPM), Variational Iteration Method (VIM), and Homotopy Analysis Method (HAM). Other topics covered include: emerging areas of research related to the solution of differential equations based on differential quadrature and wavelet approach; combined and hybrid methods for solving differential equations; as well as an overview of fractal differential equations. Further, uncertainty in term of intervals and fuzzy numbers have also been included, along with the interval finite element method. This book: Discusses various methods for solving linear and nonlinear ODEs and PDEs Covers basic numerical techniques for solving differential equations along with various discretization methods Investigates nonlinear differential equations using semi-analytical methods Examines differential equations in an uncertain environment Includes a new scenario in which uncertainty (in term of intervals and fuzzy numbers) has been included in differential equations Contains solved example problems, as well as some unsolved problems for self-validation of the topics covered Advanced Numerical and Semi Analytical Methods for Differential Equations is an excellent text for graduate as well as post graduate students and researchers studying various methods for solving differential equations, numerically and semi-analytically.
Codes, Cryptology and Curves with Computer Algebra by
This well-balanced text touches on theoretical and applied aspects of protecting digital data. The reader is provided with the basic theory and is then shown deeper fascinating detail, including the current state of the art. Readers will soon become familiar with methods of protecting digital data while it is transmitted, as well as while the data is being stored. Both basic and advanced error-correcting codes are introduced together with numerous results on their parameters and properties. The authors explain how to apply these codes to symmetric and public key cryptosystems and secret sharing. Interesting approaches based on polynomial systems solving are applied to cryptography and decoding codes. Computer algebra systems are also used to provide an understanding of how objects introduced in the book are constructed, and how their properties can be examined. This book is designed for Masters-level students studying mathematics, computer science, electrical engineering or physics.
Essentials of Mathematical Thinking by
Essentials of Mathematical Thinking addresses the growing need to better comprehend mathematics today. Increasingly, our world is driven by mathematics in all aspects of life. The book is an excellent introduction to the world of mathematics for students not majoring in mathematical studies. The author has written this book in an enticing, rich manner that will engage students and introduce new paradigms of thought. Careful readers will develop critical thinking skills which will help them compete in today's world. The book explains: What goes behind a Google search algorithm How to calculate the odds in a lottery The value of Big Data How the nefarious Ponzi scheme operates Instructors will treasure the book for its ability to make the field of mathematics more accessible and alluring with relevant topics and helpful graphics. The author also encourages readers to see the beauty of mathematics and how it relates to their lives in meaningful ways.
Modulation Theory by
In recent years, a considerable amount of effort has been devoted, both in industry and academia, towards the design, performance analysis and evaluation of modulation schemes to be used in wireless and optical networks and towards the development of the next and future generations of mobile cellular communication systems. Modulation Theory is intended to serve as a complementary textbook for courses dealing with Modulation Theory or Communication Systems, but also as a professional book, for engineers who need to update their knowledge in the communications area. The modulation aspects presented in the book use modern concepts of stochastic processes, such as autocorrelation and power spectrum density, which are novel for undergraduate texts or professional books, and provides a general approach for the theory, with real life results, applied to professional design. This text is suitable for the undergraduate as well as the initial graduate levels of Electrical Engineering courses, and is useful for the professional who wants to review or get acquainted with the a modern exposition of the modulation theory. The book covers signal representations for most known waveforms and Fourier analysis and presents an introduction to Fourier transform and signal spectrum (including the concepts of convolution, autocorrelation and power spectral density) for deterministic signals. It introduces the concepts of probability, random variables and stochastic processes (including autocorrelation, cross-correlation, power spectral and cross-spectral densities) for random signals and their applications to the analysis of linear systems. This chapter also includes the response of specific non-linear systems, such as power amplifiers. The book presents amplitude modulation with random signals--including analog and digital signals--and discusses performance evaluation methods, presents quadrature amplitude modulation using random signals. Several modulation schemes are discussed, including SSB, QAM, ISB, C-QUAM, QPSK and MSK. Their autocorrelation and power spectrum densities are computed. A thorough discussion on angle modulation with random modulating signals, along with frequency and phase modulation, and orthogonal frequency division multiplexing is provided. Their power spectrum densities are computed using the Wiener-Khintchin theorem.
Number Theory Related to Modular Curves by
This volume contains the proceedings of the Barcelona-Boston-Tokyo Number Theory Seminar, which was held in memory of Fumiyuki Momose, a distinguished number theorist from Chuo University in Tokyo. Momose, who was a student of Yasutaka Ihara, made important contributions to the theory of Galois representations attached to modular forms, rational points on elliptic and modular curves, modularity of some families of Abelian varieties, and applications of arithmetic geometry to cryptography. Papers contained in this volume cover these general themes in addition to discussing Momose's contributions as well as recent work and new results.
Schaum's Outline of Mathematical Handbook of Formulas and Tables, Fifth Edition by
Tough Test Questions? Missed Lectures? Not Enough Time? Textbook too pricey? Fortunately, there's Schaum's. This all-in-one-package includes more than 2,400 fully solved problems, examples, and practice exercises to sharpen your problem-solving skills. Plus, you will have access to the revised online Schaum's.com website-- it's just like having your own virtual tutor! You'll find everything you need to build confidence, skills, and knowledge for the highest score possible. More than 40 million students have trusted Schaum's to help them succeed in the classroom and on exams. Schaum's is the key to faster learning and higher grades in every subject. Each Outline presents all the essential course information in an easy-to-follow, topic-by-topic format. Helpful tables and illustrations increase your understanding of the subject at hand. Schaum's Outline of Mathematical Handbook of Formulas and Tables, Fifth Edition features: * More than 2,400 formulas and tables * Clear explanations for all mathematical formulas and procedures * Formulas and tables for elementary to advanced topics * A complete index to all topics * Access to revised Schaums.com website and new app
Principles of Mathematics by
Presents a uniquely balanced approach that bridges introductory and advanced topics in modern mathematics An accessible treatment of the fundamentals of modern mathematics, Principles of Mathematics: A Primer provides a unique approach to introductory andadvanced mathematical topics. The book features six main subjects, whichcan be studied independently or in conjunction with each other including: settheory; mathematical logic; proof theory; group theory; theory of functions; andlinear algebra. The author begins with comprehensive coverage of the necessary building blocks in mathematics and emphasizes the need to think abstractly and develop an appreciation for mathematical thinking. Maintaining a useful balance of introductory coverage and mathematical rigor, Principles of Mathematics: A Primer features: Detailed explanations of important theorems and their applications Hundreds of completely solved problems throughout each chapter Numerous exercises at the end of each chapter to encourage further exploration Discussions of interesting and provocative issues that spark readers' curiosity and facilitate a better understanding and appreciation of the field of mathematics Principles of Mathematics: A Primer is an ideal textbook for upper-undergraduate courses in the foundations of mathematics and mathematical logic as well as for graduate-level courses related to physics, engineering, and computer science. The book is also a useful reference for readers interested in pursuing careers in mathematics and the sciences.
The History of Mathematics by
Praise for the Second Edition "An amazing assemblage of worldwide contributions in mathematics and, in addition to use as a course book, a valuable resource . . . essential." --CHOICE This Third Edition of The History of Mathematics examines the elementary arithmetic, geometry, and algebra of numerous cultures, tracing their usage from Mesopotamia, Egypt, Greece, India, China, and Japan all the way to Europe during the Medieval and Renaissance periods where calculus was developed. Aimed primarily at undergraduate students studying the history of mathematics for science, engineering, and secondary education, the book focuses on three main ideas: the facts of who, what, when, and where major advances in mathematics took place; the type of mathematics involved at the time; and the integration of this information into a coherent picture of the development of mathematics. In addition, the book features carefully designed problems that guide readers to a fuller understanding of the relevant mathematics and its social and historical context. Chapter-end exercises, numerous photographs, and a listing of related websites are also included for readers who wish to pursue a specialized topic in more depth. Additional features of The History of Mathematics, Third Edition include: Material arranged in a chronological and cultural context Specific parts of the history of mathematics presented as individual lessons New and revised exercises ranging between technical, factual, and integrative Individual PowerPoint presentations for each chapter and a bank of homework and test questions (in addition to the exercises in the book) An emphasis on geography, culture, and mathematics In addition to being an ideal coursebook for undergraduate students, the book also serves as a fascinating reference for mathematically inclined individuals who are interested in learning about the history of mathematics.
The Enjoyment of Math by
What is so special about the number 30? How many colors are needed to color a map? Do the prime numbers go on forever? Are there more whole numbers than even numbers? These and other mathematical puzzles are explored in this delightful book by two eminent mathematicians. Requiring no more background than plane geometry and elementary algebra, this book leads the reader into some of the most fundamental ideas of mathematics, the ideas that make the subject exciting and interesting. Explaining clearly how each problem has arisen and, in some cases, resolved, Hans Rademacher and Otto Toeplitz's deep curiosity for the subject and their outstanding pedagogical talents shine through.
The Mathematics of Various Entertaining Subjects by
The history of mathematics is replete with examples of major breakthroughs resulting from solutions to recreational problems. The modern theory of probability arose out of problems of concern to gamblers, for example, and modern combinatorics grew out of various games and puzzles. Despite this track record and a wealth of popular-level books, there remain few conduits for research in recreational mathematics. The Mathematics of Various Entertaining Subjects now returns with an all-new third volume, presenting new research in diverse areas of recreational mathematics. This volume focuses on four areas: puzzles and brainteasers, games, algebra and number theory, and geometry and topology. Readers will create Spiral Galaxies, Japanese symmetric grid puzzles consisting of squares and circles whose solutions are letters and numbers; delve into a paradox in the game of Bingo; examine the card tricks of mathematician-philosopher Charles Sanders Peirce; learn about the mathematics behind Legos; and much more. Elucidating the many connections between mathematics and games, The Mathematics of Various Entertaining Subjects is sure to challenge and inspire mathematicians and math enthusiasts.
Performing Math by
Performing Math tells the history of expectations for math communication--and the conversations about math hatred and math anxiety that occurred in response. Focusing on nineteenth-century American colleges, this book analyzes foundational tools and techniques of math communication: the textbooks that supported reading aloud, the burnings that mimicked pedagogical speech, the blackboards that accompanied oral presentations, the plays that proclaimed performers' identities as math students, and the written tests that redefined "student performance." Math communication and math anxiety went hand in hand as new rules for oral communication at the blackboard inspired student revolt and as frameworks for testing student performance inspired performance anxiety. With unusual primary sources from over a dozen educational archives, Performing Math argues for a new, performance-oriented history of American math education, one that can explain contemporary math attitudes and provide a way forward to reframing the problem of math anxiety.
Digital Technologies and Change in Education by
Digital Technologies and Change in Education provides professionals and other leaders with a road map of the processes of change for teachers, schools, universities, and educational systems, including extensive case studies and evidence that clarify the benefits and challenges of digital technologies in education. To this end, Niki Davis offers a theoretical framework--the Arena--as a tool for exploration and analysis of our own experiences of teaching, leadership, and research. With a blend of local, regional, and global examples from all sectors of education, this book allows readers to move past the potentially misleading glitter of new technologies and into the co-evolving ecologies that make up education and training locally and globally.
Teaching Design and Technology Creatively by
Packed full of practical ideas, Teaching Design and Technology Creatively is a stimulating source of guidance for busy trainee and practising teachers. Grounded in the latest research, it offers a wealth of suggestions to foster creative development in D&T and supports teachers in providing their students with more authentic, enjoyable experiences. Providing a wealth of ready-to-use ideas for creative lessons, key topics covered include: Understanding links between D&T and creativity Creating a foundation for D&T in the early years Using objects, books and real-life contexts as imaginative starting points Developing designerly thinking Making the most of construction kits Helping children draw to develop their ideas Encouraging dialogic talk in D&T to drive learning Exploring food as a creative resource Practical approaches to embedding IT and programming in the curriculum Taking learning outside the classroom. Teaching Design and Technology Creatively provides practical teaching suggestions to ensure teachers of all levels understand how to teach for creativity. It shows how learning experiences in D&T have the potential to extend children's technological knowledge, and to promote problem-solving and evaluation skills. Drawing on examples from real-world projects, this text is invaluable for all those who wish to engage students in D&T and encourage creative classroom practice.
Mathematics for Machine Technology by
Reflecting the latest technology and tools of the trade, MATHEMATICS FOR MACHINE TECHNOLOGY, 7e provides the mathematical skills and practice that students and apprentices will use on the job in the machine trades and manufacturing fields. This comprehensive book combines math concepts with relevant machine applications through industry-specific examples, realistic illustrations, and actual machine applications. Problems and examples progress from simpler to more complex, from general math to trigonometry and solid geometry, and relate directly to how the math is used in machine trades and manufacturing fields. The new Seventh Edition also includes all-new units on electronic calipers, height gages, and electronic micrometers, as well as thorough coverage of measuring in both metric and customary systems.
The Language of Mathematics Education by
The Language of Mathematics Education: An Expanded Glossary of Key Terms and Concepts in Mathematics Teaching and Learning offers mathematics teachers, mathematics education professionals and students a valuable resource in which common terms are defined and expounded upon in short essay format. The shared vocabulary and terminology relating to mathematics teaching and learning, and used by mathematics educators is an essential component of work conducted in the field. The authors provide an overview of more than 100 terms commonly used in mathematics teaching and learning. Each term is defined and is followed by a short overview of the concept under discussion that includes several bibliographic references the reader can use for further investigation. In addition to terms specific to the domain of mathematics education, select key terms common across all fields of education (e.g., curriculum, epistemology, metacognition) are included. The goal for this book is to serve as a resource for those entering the field as they navigate the language and terminology of mathematics education and as an asset for more established professionals who wish to gain additional insights into these ideas.
Multicultural Curriculum Transformation in Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics by
This volume focuses on multicultural curriculum transformation in Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics or STEM subject areas broadly, while also focusing on sub-content areas (e.g., earth science, digital technologies) in greater detail. The discussion of each sub-content area outlines critical considerations for multicultural curriculum transformation for the sub-content areas by grade level (early childhood and elementary school education, middle and/or junior high school education, and high school education) and then by organizing tool parameters: standards (both in a generalized fashion, and specific to Common Core State Standards, among other standards), educational context, relationships with and among students and their families, civic engagement, considerations pertaining to educational "ability" broadly considered (for example, for gifted and talented education, bilingual gifted and talented education, "regular" education, bilingual "regular" education, special education, bilingual special education), as well as relative to specific content and corresponding pedagogical considerations, including evaluation of student learning and teaching effectiveness. In this way, the volume provides a conceptual framework and concrete examples for how to go about multiculturally-transforming curriculum in STEM curricula. The volume is designed to speak with PK-12 teachers as colleagues in the multicultural curriculum transformation work at focus in each subject area and at varied grade levels. Readers are exposed to "things to think about," but also given curricular examples to work with or from in going about the actual, concrete work of curriculum change. It bridges the gaps between preparing PK-12 teachers to be able to 1) independently multiculturally adapt existing curriculum, and, 2) create new multicultural curriculum differentiated for their content areas and grade levels, while also, 3) providing ample examples of what such adapted and new differentiated curricula looks like. In so doing, this volume also bridges the gaps between the theory and practice of multicultural curriculum transformation in higher and PK-12 educational contexts.
Schaum's Outline of Geometry, Sixth Edition by
Tough Test Questions? Missed Lectures? Not Enough Time? Textbook too pricey? Fortunately, there's Schaum's. This all-in-one-package includes more than 650 fully-solved problems, examples, and practice exercises to sharpen your problem-solving skills. Plus, you will have access to 25 detailed videos featuring math instructors who explain how to solve the most commonly tested problems--it's just like having your own virtual tutor! You'll find everything you need to build confidence, skills, and knowledge for the highest score possible. More than 40 million students have trusted Schaum's to help them succeed in the classroom and on exams. Schaum's is the key to faster learning and higher grades in every subject. Each Outline presents all the essential course information in an easy-to-follow, topic-by-topic format. Helpful tables and illustrations increase your understanding of the subject at hand. Schaum's Outline of Geometry, Sixth Edition features: * Updated content to matches the latest curriculum * Over 650 problems, solved step by step * An accessible format for quick and easy review * Clear explanations for all geometry concepts * Access to revised Schaums.com website with access to 25 problem-solving videos, and more
Geometry, Language and Strategy: the Dynamics of Decision Processes - Volume 2 by
The first volume, Geometry, Language and Strategy, extended the concepts of Game Theory, replacing static equilibrium with a deterministic dynamic theory. The first volume opened up many applications that were only briefly touched on. To study the consequences of the deterministic approach in contrast to standard Bayesian approaches, the richness of applications, requires an engineering foundation and discipline, which this volume supplies. It provides a richer list of applications, such as the Prisoner's Dilemma, which extends the resonant behavior of Vol. 1 to more general time-dependent and transient behaviors.
A Participatory Approach to Modern Geometry by
This book aims to make the subject of geometry and its applications easy and comfortable to understand by students majoring in mathematics or the liberal arts, architecture and design. It can be used to teach students at different levels of computational ability and there is also sufficient novel material to interest students at a higher cognitive level. While the book goes deeply into the applications of geometry, it contains much introductory material which up to now may not have been known to the student. The constructive approach using compass and straightedge engages students, not just on an intellectual level, but also at a tactile level. This may be the only rigorous book offering geometry that attempts to engage students outside of the mathematics discipline.
A Modern Introduction to Fuzzy Mathematics by
Provides readers with the foundations of fuzzy mathematics as well as more advanced topics A Modern Introduction to Fuzzy Mathematics provides a concise presentation of fuzzy mathematics., moving from proofs of important results to more advanced topics, like fuzzy algebras, fuzzy graph theory, and fuzzy topologies. The authors take the reader through the development of the field of fuzzy mathematics, starting with the publication in 1965 of Lotfi Asker Zadeh's seminal paper, Fuzzy Sets. The book begins with the basics of fuzzy mathematics before moving on to more complex topics, including: Fuzzy sets Fuzzy numbers Fuzzy relations Possibility theory Fuzzy abstract algebra And more Perfect for advanced undergraduate students, graduate students, and researchers with an interest in the field of fuzzy mathematics, A Modern Introduction to Fuzzy Mathematics walks through both foundational concepts and cutting-edge, new mathematics in the field.
Differential Geometry by
This book is intended to meet the need for a text introducing advanced students in mathematics, physics, and engineering to the field of differential geometry. The material is presented in a simple and understandable but rigorous manner, accompanied by many examples which illustrate the ideas, methods, and results.
Knowledge Worlds by
Knowledge Worlds reconceives the university as a media complex through which knowledge is made, conveyed, and withheld. Reinhold Martin argues that the material infrastructures of the modern university reveal the ways in which knowledge is created and reproduced in different kinds of institutions.
Corporate Finance: the Basics by
Corporate Finance: The Basics is a concise introduction to the inner workings of finance at the company level. It aims to take the fear out of corporate finance and add the fun in, presenting the subject in a way that is simple to grasp and easy to digest. Its aim is to explain - and demystify - the essential ideas of corporate finance, avoiding the heavy use of maths and formulae. The calculations and figures in the book are purely to illustrate fundamental concepts, appealing to readers' common sense, rather than stretch their ability to do "number-crunching". Topics covered include: Financial statements through the corporate finance lens How to make investment decisions Cash versus profit Net working capital management How to determine the value of a business Through the use of a subject map, this book explains how the key components of the subject are connected with each other, strengthening the reader's understanding. This book is the ideal introduction for anyone looking for a short yet scholarly overview of corporate finance.
Essential mathematics for the modern world by 
Math for Managers by
Math for Managers is a practical summary of formulas every manager needs. The book is organized into logical chapters, and each formula introduced includes an example and the Excel program needed to make the process of calculation simple. It adds a practical side to the challenge of calculating the sometimes complex formulas of compound interest, rates of return, breakeven after tax liability, balance sheet and income ratios, depreciation, reports and budgets, proration, statistics, and more. Additional appendices are provided to explain incredible math shortcuts. This book will benefit managers and executives at any level within an organization, as well as academic instructors and business students. Michael C. Thomsett is a market expert, author, speaker, and coach. His many books include Stock Market Math, Candlestick Charting, The Mathematics of Options, and A Technical Approach to Trend Analysis.
Financial Mathematics, Volatility and Covariance Modelling by
This book provides an up-to-date series of advanced chapters on applied financial econometric techniques pertaining the various fields of commodities finance, mathematics & stochastics, international macroeconomics and financial econometrics. Financial Mathematics, Volatility and Covariance Modelling: Volume 2 provides a key repository on the current state of knowledge, the latest debates and recent literature on financial mathematics, volatility and covariance modelling. The first section is devoted to mathematical finance, stochastic modelling and control optimization. Chapters explore the recent financial crisis, the increase of uncertainty and volatility, and propose an alternative approach to deal with these issues. The second section covers financial volatility and covariance modelling and explores proposals for dealing with recent developments in financial econometrics This book will be useful to students and researchers in applied econometrics; academics and students seeking convenient access to an unfamiliar area. It will also be of great interest established researchers seeking a single repository on the current state of knowledge, current debates and relevant literature.
Introduction to Number Theory by
Introduction to Number Theory is dedicated to concrete questions about integers, to place an emphasis on problem solving by students. When undertaking a first course in number theory, students enjoy actively engaging with the properties and relationships of numbers.The book begins with introductory material, including uniqueness of factorization of integers and polynomials. Subsequent topics explore quadratic reciprocity, Hensel's Lemma, p-adic powers series such as exp(px) and log(1+px), the Euclidean property of some quadratic rings, representation of integers as norms from quadratic rings, and Pell's equation via continued fractions.Throughout the five chapters and more than 100 exercises and solutions, readers gain the advantage of a number theory book that focuses on doing calculations. This textbook is a valuable resource for undergraduates or those with a background in university level mathematics.
Fundamentals of Set and Number Theory by
This comprehensive two-volume work is devoted to the most general beginnings of mathematics. It goes back to Hausdorff's classic Set Theory (2nd ed., 1927), where set theory and the theory of functions were expounded as the fundamental parts of mathematics in such a way that there was no need for references to other sources. Along the lines of Hausdorff's initial work (1st ed., 1914), measure and integration theory is also included here as the third fundamental part of contemporary mathematics.The material about sets and numbers is placed in Volume 1 and the material about functions and measures is placed in Volume 2. 　 Contents Fundamentals of the theory of classes, sets, and numbers Characterization of all natural models of Neumann - Bernays - Godel and Zermelo - Fraenkel set theories Local theory of sets as a foundation for category theory and its connection with the Zermelo - Fraenkel set theory Compactness theorem for generalized second-order language
Algebra and Number Theory by
This two-volume set collects and presents some fundamentals of mathematics in an entertaining and performing manner. The present volume examines many of the most important basic results in algebra and number theory, along with their proofs, and also their history. Contents The natural, integral and rational numbers Division and factorization in the integers Modular arithmetic Exceptional numbers Pythagorean triples and sums of squares Polynomials and unique factorization Field extensions and splitting fields Permutations and symmetric polynomials Real numbers The complex numbers, the Fundamental Theorem of Algebra and polynomial equations Quadratic number fields and Pell's equation Transcendental numbers and the numbers e and π Compass and straightedge constructions and the classical problems Euclidean vector spaces
Number Theory Related to Modular Curves : Momose Memorial Volume. by 
Number Theory by
Three major branches of number theory are included in the volume: namely analytic number theory, algebraic number theory, and transcendental number theory. Original research is presented that discusses modern techniques and survey papers from selected academic scholars.
Elementary Linear Algebra by
ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA�s clear, careful, and concise presentation of material helps you fully understand how mathematics works. The author balances theory with examples, applications, and geometric intuition for a complete, step-by-step learning system. To engage you in the material, a new design highlights the relevance of the mathematics and makes the book easier to read. Data and applications reflect current statistics and examples, demonstrating the link between theory and practice. The companion website LarsonLinearAlgebra.com offers free access to multiple study tools and resources. CalcChat.com offers free step-by-step solutions to the odd-numbered exercises in the text.
Numerical Linear Algebra by
This self-contained introduction to numerical linear algebra provides a comprehensive, yet concise, overview of the subject. It includes standard material such as direct methods for solving linear systems and least-squares problems, error, stability and conditioning, basic iterative methods and the calculation of eigenvalues. Later chapters cover more advanced material, such as Krylov subspace methods, multigrid methods, domain decomposition methods, multipole expansions, hierarchical matrices and compressed sensing. The book provides rigorous mathematical proofs throughout, and gives algorithms in general-purpose language-independent form. Requiring only a solid knowledge in linear algebra and basic analysis, this book will be useful for applied mathematicians, engineers, computer scientists, and all those interested in efficiently solving linear problems.
Abstract Algebra by
Abstract Algebra: A Gentle Introduction advantages a trend in mathematics textbook publishing towards smaller, less expensive and brief introductions to primary courses. The authors move away from the 'everything for everyone' approach so common in textbooks. Instead, they provide the reader with coverage of numerous algebraic topics to cover the most important areas of abstract algebra. Through a careful selection of topics, supported by interesting applications, the authors Intend the book to be used for a one-semester course in abstract algebra. It is suitable for an introductory course in for mathematics majors. The text is also very suitable for education majors who need to have an introduction to the topic. As textbooks go through various editions and authors employ the suggestions of numerous well-intentioned reviewers, these book become larger and larger and subsequently more expensive. This book is meant to counter that process. Here students are given a "gentle introduction," meant to provide enough for a course, yet also enough to encourage them toward future study of the topic. Features Groups before rings approach Interesting modern applications Appendix includes mathematical induction, the well-ordering principle, sets, functions, permutations, matrices, and complex nubers. Numerous exercises at the end of each section Chapter "Hint and Partial Solutions" offers built in solutions manual
Linear and Multilinear Algebra and Function Spaces by
This volume contains the proceedings of the International Conference on Algebra and Related Topics, held from July 2-5, 2018, at Mohammed V University, Rabat, Morocco. Linear reserver problems demand the characterization of linear maps between algebras that leave invariant certain properties or certain subsets or relations. One of the most intractable unsolved problems in is Kaplansky's conjecture: every surjective unital invertibility preserving linear map between two semisimple Banach algebras is a Jordan homomorphism. Recently, there has been an upsurge of interest in nonlinear preservers, where the maps studied are no longer assumed linear but instead a weak algebraic condition is somehow involved through the preserving property. This volume contains several articles on various aspects of preservers, including such topics as Jordan isomorphisms, Aluthge transform, joint numerical radius on $C^*$-algebras, advertible complete algebras, and Gelfand-Mazur algebras. The volume also contains a survey on recent progress on local spectrum-preserving maps. Several articles in the volume present results about weighted spaces and algebras of holomorphic or harmonic functions, including biduality in weighted spaces of analytic functions, interpolation in the analytic Wiener algebra, and weighted composition operators on non-locally convex weighted spaces.
Linear Algebra and Matrix Computations with MATLAB® by
This book focuses the solutions of linear algebra and matrix analysis problems, with the exclusive use of MATLAB. The topics include representations, fundamental analysis, transformations of matrices, matrix equation solutions as well as matrix functions. Attempts on matrix and linear algebra applications are also explored.
How to Use SPSS® by
How to Use SPSS® is designed with the novice computer user in mind and for people who have no previous experience of using SPSS. Each chapter is divided into short sections that describe the statistic being used, important underlying assumptions, and how to interpret the results and express them in a research report. The book begins with the basics, such as starting SPSS, defining variables, and entering and saving data. It covers all major statistical techniques typically taught in beginning statistics classes, such as descriptive statistics, graphing data, prediction and association, parametric inferential statistics, nonparametric inferential statistics and statistics for test construction. More than 250 screenshots (including sample output) throughout the book show students exactly what to expect as they follow along using SPSS. The book includes a glossary of statistical terms and practice exercises. A complete set of online resources including video tutorials and output files for students, and PowerPoint slides and test bank questions for instructors, make How to Use SPSS® the definitive, field-tested resource for learning SPSS. New to this edition: Fully updated to SPSS 24 and IBM SPSS Statistics Cloud New chapter on ANOVA New material on inter-rater reliability New material on syntax Additional coverage of data entry and management
Statistics with R by
***Choice Outstanding Academic Title Award Winner*** The dynamic, student focused textbook provides step-by-step instruction in the use of R and of statistical language as a general research tool. It is ideal for anyone hoping to: Complete an introductory course in statistics Prepare for more advanced statistical courses Gain the transferable analytical skills needed to interpret research from across the social sciences Learn the technical skills needed to present data visually Acquire a basic competence in the use of R. The book provides readers with the conceptual foundation to use applied statistical methods in everyday research. Each statistical method is developed within the context of practical, real-world examples and is supported by carefully developed pedagogy and jargon-free definitions. Theory is introduced as an accessible and adaptable tool and is always contextualized within the pragmatic context of real research projects and definable research questions. Author Robert Stinerock has also created a wide range of online resources, including: R scripts, complete solutions for all exercises, data files for each chapter, video and screen casts, and interactive multiple-choice quizzes.
Using Statistics in the Social and Health Sciences with SPSS and Excel by
Provides a step-by-step approach to statistical procedures to analyze data and conduct research, with detailed sections in each chapter explaining SPSS® and Excel® applications This book identifies connections between statistical applications and research design using cases, examples, and discussion of specific topics from the social and health sciences. Researched and class-tested to ensure an accessible presentation, the book combines clear, step-by-step explanations for both the novice and professional alike to understand the fundamental statistical practices for organizing, analyzing, and drawing conclusions from research data in their field. The book begins with an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics and then acquaints readers with important features of statistical applications (SPSS and Excel) that support statistical analysis and decision making. Subsequent chapters treat the procedures commonly employed when working with data across various fields of social science research. Individual chapters are devoted to specific statistical procedures, each ending with lab application exercises that pose research questions, examine the questions through their application in SPSS and Excel, and conclude with a brief research report that outlines key findings drawn from the results. Real-world examples and data from social and health sciences research are used throughout the book, allowing readers to reinforce their comprehension of the material. Using Statistics in the Social and Health Sciences with SPSS® and Excel® includes: Use of straightforward procedures and examples that help students focus on understanding of analysis and interpretation of findings Inclusion of a data lab section in each chapter that provides relevant, clear examples Introduction to advanced statistical procedures in chapter sections (e.g., regression diagnostics) and separate chapters (e.g., multiple linear regression) for greater relevance to real-world research needs Emphasizing applied statistical analyses, this book can serve as the primary text in undergraduate and graduate university courses within departments of sociology, psychology, urban studies, health sciences, and public health, as well as other related departments. It will also be useful to statistics practitioners through extended sections using SPSS® and Excel® for analyzing data.
Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences by
Statistics is one of the most practical and essential courses that you will take, and a primary goal of this popular text is to make the task of learning statistics as simple as possible. Straightforward instruction, built-in learning aids, and real-world examples have made STATISTICS FOR THE BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES, 10th Edition the text selected most often by instructors for their students in the behavioral and social sciences. The authors provide a conceptual context that makes it easier to learn formulas and procedures, explaining why procedures were developed and when they should be used. This text will also instill the basic principles of objectivity and logic that are essential for science and valuable in everyday life, making it a useful reference long after you complete the course.
Mathematical Statistics by
Explores mathematical statistics in its entirety--from the fundamentals to modern methods This book introduces readers to point estimation, confidence intervals, and statistical tests. Based on the general theory of linear models, it provides an in-depth overview of the following: analysis of variance (ANOVA) for models with fixed, random, and mixed effects; regression analysis is also first presented for linear models with fixed, random, and mixed effects before being expanded to nonlinear models; statistical multi-decision problems like statistical selection procedures (Bechhofer and Gupta) and sequential tests; and design of experiments from a mathematical-statistical point of view. Most analysis methods have been supplemented by formulae for minimal sample sizes. The chapters also contain exercises with hints for solutions. Translated from the successful German text, Mathematical Statistics requires knowledge of probability theory (combinatorics, probability distributions, functions and sequences of random variables), which is typically taught in the earlier semesters of scientific and mathematical study courses. It teaches readers all about statistical analysis and covers the design of experiments. The book also describes optimal allocation in the chapters on regression analysis. Additionally, it features a chapter devoted solely to experimental designs. Classroom-tested with exercises included Practice-oriented (taken from day-to-day statistical work of the authors) Includes further studies including design of experiments and sample sizing Presents and uses IBM SPSS Statistics 24 for practical calculations of data Mathematical Statistics is a recommended text for advanced students and practitioners of math, probability, and statistics.
Intermediate Statistics Using SPSS by
What statistical test should I use for this kind of data? How do I set up the data? What parameters should I specify when ordering the test? How do I interpret the results? Herschel Knapp's friendly and approachable guide to real-world statistics answers these questions. Intermediate Statistics Using SPSS is not about abstract statistical theory or the derivation or memorization of statistical formulas-it is about applied statistics. With jargon-free language and clear processing instructions, this text covers the most common statistical functions-from basic to more advanced. Practical exercises at the conclusion of each chapter offer students an opportunity to process viable data sets, write cohesive abstracts in APA style, and build a thorough comprehension of the statistical process. Students will learn by doing with this truly practical approach to statistics. Free downloadable tutorial videos provide an overview of each statistical method!
Codes, Cryptology and Curves with Computer Algebra by
This well-balanced text touches on theoretical and applied aspects of protecting digital data. The reader is provided with the basic theory and is then shown deeper fascinating detail, including the current state of the art. Readers will soon become familiar with methods of protecting digital data while it is transmitted, as well as while the data is being stored. Both basic and advanced error-correcting codes are introduced together with numerous results on their parameters and properties. The authors explain how to apply these codes to symmetric and public key cryptosystems and secret sharing. Interesting approaches based on polynomial systems solving are applied to cryptography and decoding codes. Computer algebra systems are also used to provide an understanding of how objects introduced in the book are constructed, and how their properties can be examined. This book is designed for Masters-level students studying mathematics, computer science, electrical engineering or physics.
Abstract Algebra by
Abstract Algebra: A Gentle Introduction advantages a trend in mathematics textbook publishing towards smaller, less expensive and brief introductions to primary courses. The authors move away from the 'everything for everyone' approach so common in textbooks. Instead, they provide the reader with coverage of numerous algebraic topics to cover the most important areas of abstract algebra. Through a careful selection of topics, supported by interesting applications, the authors Intend the book to be used for a one-semester course in abstract algebra. It is suitable for an introductory course in for mathematics majors. The text is also very suitable for education majors who need to have an introduction to the topic. As textbooks go through various editions and authors employ the suggestions of numerous well-intentioned reviewers, these book become larger and larger and subsequently more expensive. This book is meant to counter that process. Here students are given a "gentle introduction," meant to provide enough for a course, yet also enough to encourage them toward future study of the topic. Features Groups before rings approach Interesting modern applications Appendix includes mathematical induction, the well-ordering principle, sets, functions, permutations, matrices, and complex nubers. Numerous exercises at the end of each section Chapter "Hint and Partial Solutions" offers built in solutions manual
Abstract Algebra by
To learn and understand mathematics, students must engage in the process of doing mathematics. Emphasizing active learning, Abstract Algebra: An Inquiry-Based Approach not only teaches abstract algebra but also provides a deeper understanding of what mathematics is, how it is done, and how mathematicians think. The book can be used in both rings-first and groups-first abstract algebra courses. Numerous activities, examples, and exercises illustrate the definitions, theorems, and concepts. Through this engaging learning process, students discover new ideas and develop the necessary communication skills and rigor to understand and apply concepts from abstract algebra. In addition to the activities and exercises, each chapter includes a short discussion of the connections among topics in ring theory and group theory. These discussions help students see the relationships between the two main types of algebraic objects studied throughout the text. Encouraging students to do mathematics and be more than passive learners, this text shows students that the way mathematics is developed is often different than how it is presented; that definitions, theorems, and proofs do not simply appear fully formed in the minds of mathematicians; that mathematical ideas are highly interconnected; and that even in a field like abstract algebra, there is a considerable amount of intuition to be found.
Abstract Algebra by
A new approach to conveying abstract algebra, the area that studies algebraic structures, such as groups, rings, fields, modules, vector spaces, and algebras, that is essential to various scientific disciplines such as particle physics and cryptology. It provides a well written account of the theoretical foundations and it also includes a chapter on cryptography. End of chapter problems help readers with accessing the subjects.
Commutative Algebra by
This unique book on commutative algebra is divided into two parts in order to facilitate its use in several types of courses. The first introductory part covers the basic theory, connections with algebraic geometry, computational aspects, and extensions to module theory. The more advanced second part covers material such as associated primes and primary decomposition, local rings, M-sequences and Cohen-Macaulay modules, and homological methods.
Algebraic $ Overline {{ Mathbb {{Q}}}}$-Groups As Abstract Groups by
The author analyzes the abstract structure of algebraic groups over an algebraically closed field $K$. For $K$ of characteristic zero and $G$ a given connected affine algebraic $\overline{{\mathbb Q}}$-group, the main theorem describes all the affine algebraic $\overline{{\mathbb Q}} $-groups $H$ such that the groups $H(K)$ and $G(K)$ are isomorphic as abstract groups. In the same time, it is shown that for any two connected algebraic $\overline{{\mathbb Q}} $-groups $G$ and $H$, the elementary equivalence of the pure groups $G(K)$ and $H(K)$ implies that they are abstractly isomorphic. In the final section, the author applies his results to characterize the connected algebraic groups, all of whose abstract automorphisms are standard, when $K$ is either $\overline {{\mathbb Q}}$ or of positive characteristic. In characteristic zero, a fairly general criterion is exhibited.
Somatic Genome Variation by
Written by an international team of experts, Somatic Genome Variation presents a timely summary of the latest understanding of somatic genome development and variation in plants, animals, and microorganisms. Wide-ranging in coverage, the authors provide an updated view of somatic genomes and genetic theories while also offering interpretations of somatic genome variation. The text provides geneticists, bioinformaticians, biologist, plant scientists, crop scientists, and microbiologists with a valuable overview of this fascinating field of research.
Genetics? No Problem! by
Shortlisted for the HE Bioscience Teacher of the Year Award 2019: Kevin O'Dell, Author of Genetics? No Problem! The analysis and interpretation of data is fundamental to the subject of genetics and forms a compulsory part of the undergraduate genetics curriculum. Indeed, the key skills that a genetics student requires are an ability to design and understand experimental strategies and to use problem-solving skills to interpret experimental results and data. Genetics? No Problem! provides students with a graded set of problems that aim to enthuse, challenge and entertain the reader. The book is divided into three sections - introductory; intermediate and advanced - each with 10 problems. For first level students there will be short genetics problems embedded in a wide range of scenarios, such as murder mysteries. As the book progresses, the stories will get longer and the science will get progressively more complex to challenge final year students and enable the reader to identify genetic disease in obscure organisms as well as designing and testing treatments and cures. Genetics? No Problem!: Takes a unique, innovative approach that provides students with a set of graded problems designed to develop both their skills, and their ability to tackle problems with confidence Includes problems embedded in a narrative, written in an interesting, informative and entertaining style by an Author with a proven track record in teaching, research and communication Is well illustrated in full colour throughout. The book will prove invaluable to all students of genetics across a range of disciplines needing to get to grips with the analysis and interpretation of data that is fundamental to the subject.
Gene Regulation, Epigenetics and Hormone Signaling by
The first of its kind, this reference gives a comprehensive but concise introduction to epigenetics before covering the many interactions between hormone regulation and epigenetics at all levels. The contents are very well structured with no overlaps between chapters, and each one features supplementary material for use in presentations. Throughout, major emphasis is placed on pathological conditions, aiming at the many physiologists and developmental biologists who are familiar with the importance and mechanisms of hormone regulation but have a limited background in epigenetics.
Genetic Diseases or Conditions by
Cystic fibrosis (CF) is one of the most common genetic diseases, affecting about 70,000 people throughout the world, with over 1,000 new cases diagnosed each year. This book describes the symptoms of CF including lung disease, digestive problems, pancreatic insufficiency, liver disease, intestinal obstruction, and infertility. It explains how CF is caused by mutations in the CFTR gene encoding a protein ion channel that maintains the balance of salt and water in the lungs and other organs. The book presents CF as an autosomal recessive disease that can arise in families with no prior history of CF. The reader will learn about treatments and therapies for CF, including antibiotics for infections, medicines for improved digestion, respiratory therapy, and pancreatic enzyme replacement. The book describes promising new pharmaceutical discoveries that enable personalized medicine for the treatment of CF. It evaluates the prospects for curing CF through gene therapy and explains how genome editing may be used in the future to correct the CFTR gene mutations underlying CF.
Barron's AP Biology by
Barron's AP Biology provides in-depth content review and three realistic practice exams to help students apply the skills they learn in class. Two full-length exams in the book that follow the content and style of the exam One full-length practice test online with all questions answered and explained An extensive review covering all AP Bio test topics Hundreds of additional multiple-choice and free-response practice questions with answer explanations Want to boost your studies with even more practice and in-depth review? Try Barron's Ultimate AP Biology for even more prep.
Biology : concepts and investigations by
Unit 1. Science, Chemistry, and Cells -- 1. The Scientific Study of Life -- 2. The Chemistry of Life -- 3. Cells -- 4. The Energy of Life -- 5. Photosynthesis -- 6. Respiration and Fermentation -- Unit 2. DNA, Inheritance, and Biotechnology -- 7. DNA Structure and Gene Function -- 8. DNA Replication, Binary Fission, and Mitosis -- 9. Sexual Reproduction and Meiosis -- 10. Patterns of Inheritance -- 11. DNA Technology -- Unit 3: The Evolution of Life -- 12. The Forces of Evolutionary Change -- 13. Evidence of Evolution -- 14. Speciation and Extinction -- 15. The Origin and History of Life -- Unit 4: The Diversity of Life -- 16. Viruses -- 17. Bacteria and Archaea -- 18. Protists -- 19. Plants -- 20. Fungi -- 21. Animals -- Unit 5: Plant Life -- 22. Plant Form and Function -- 23. Plant Nutrition and Transport -- 24. Reproduction and Development of Flowering Plants -- Unit 6: Animal Life -- 25. Animal Tissues and Organ Systems -- 26. The Nervous System -- 27. The Senses -- 28. The Endocrine System -- 29. The Skeletal and Muscular Systems -- 30. The Circulatory System -- 31. The Respiratory System -- 32. Digestion and Nutrition -- 33. Regulation of Temperature and Body Fluids -- 34. The Immune System -- 35. Animal Reproduction and Development -- Unit 7: The Ecology of Life -- 36. Animal Behavior -- 37. Populations -- 38. Communities and Ecosystems -- 39. Biomes -- 40. Preserving Biodiversitz.
Preservation of Cells by
Helps those that use cell preservation to develop new protocols or improve existing protocols This book provides readers with the tools needed to develop or debug a preservation protocol for cells. The core structure and content of the text grew from a professional short course that has been offered at the Biopreservation Core Resource for the last 10 years. This comprehensive text describes, step by step, the individual elements of a protocol, including the relevant scientific principles for each phase of the protocol. It can be used by anyone who is involved in cell preservation--even by those who are not experts in freezing of cells--because it provides the scientific basis for those that want to understand the basis for the protocol. Preservation of Cells: A Practical Manual begins by first introducing readers to the subject of preserving cells. It then goes on to cover Pre-freeze Processing and Characterization; Formulation and Introduction of Cryopreservation Solutions; Freezing Protocols; Storage and Shipping of Frozen Cells; Thawing and Post Thaw Processing; Post-thaw Assessment; and Algorithm-driven Protocol Optimization. Clearly explains the reasons behind every step in the development of a preservation protocol and the scientific principles behind them Provides alternative modes of preservation for when conventional methods of cryopreservation are not appropriate for a given cell type or application Enables more organization to achieve improved post thaw recoveries and process consistency Preservation of Cells: A Practical Manual is an important book for researchers, laboratory technicians and students in cell biology, stem cell biology, tissue engineering, and regenerative medicine. It is also useful to cell bankers, regenerative medicine, biomarker discovery or precision medicine companies, and cell therapy labs, blood bankers, biobankers, and biotechnology companies.
The Science of Stem Cells by
Introduces all of the essential cell biology and developmental biology background for the study of stem cells This book gives you all the important information you need to become a stem cell scientist. It covers the characterization of cells, genetic techniques for modifying cells and organisms, tissue culture technology, transplantation immunology, properties of pluripotent and tissue specific stem cells and, in particular, the relevant aspects of mammalian developmental biology. It dispels many misconceptions about stem cells--especially that they can be miracle cells that can cure all ills. The book puts emphasis on stem cell behavior in its biological context and on how to study it. Throughout, the approach is simple, direct, and logical, and evidence is given to support conclusions. Stem cell biology has huge potential for advancing therapies for many distressing and recalcitrant diseases, and its potential will be realized most quickly when as many people as possible have a good grounding in the science of stem cells. Content focused on the basic science underpinning stem cell biology Covers techniques of studying cell properties and cell lineage in vivo and in vitro Explains the basics of embryonic development and cell differentiation, as well as the essential cell biology processes of signaling, gene expression, and cell division Includes instructor resources such as further reading and figures for downloading Offers an online supplement summarizing current clinical applications of stem cells Written by a prominent leader in the field, The Science of Stem Cells is an ideal course book for advanced undergraduates or graduate students studying stem cell biology, regenerative medicine, tissue engineering, and other topics of science and biology.
Wound Healing by
A comprehensive resource on the recent developments of stem cell use in wound healing With contributions from experts in the field, Wound Healing offers a thorough review of the most recent findings on the use of stem cells to heal wounds. This important resource covers both the basic and translational aspects of the field. The contributors reveal the great progress that has been made in recent years and explore a wide range of topics from an overview of the stem cell process in wound repair to inflammation and cancer. They offer a better understanding of the identities of skin stem cells as well as the signals that govern their behavior that contributes to the development of improved therapies for scarring and poorly healing wounds. Comprehensive in scope, this authoritative resource covers a wealth of topics such as: an overview of stem cell regeneration and repair, wound healing and cutaneous wound healing, the role of bone marrow derived stems cells, inflammation in wound repair, role and function of inflammation in wound repair, and much more. This vital resource: Provides a comprehensive overview of stem cell use in wound healing, including both the basic and translational aspects of the field Covers recent developments and emerging subtopics within the field Offers an invaluable resource to clinical and basic researchers who are interested in wound healing, stem cells, and regenerative medicine Contains contributions from leading experts in the field of wound healing and care Wound Healing offers clinical researchers and academics a much-needed resource written by noted experts in the field that explores the role of stem cells in the repair and restoration of healing wounds.
Inflammation by
The leading reference on this topic of increasing medical relevance is unique in offering unparalleled coverage. The editors are among the most respected researchers in inflammation worldwide and here have put together a prestigious team of contributors. Starting with the molecular basis of inflammation, from cytokines via the innate immune system to the different kinds of inflammatory cells, they continue with the function of inflammation in infectious disease before devoting a large section to the relationship between inflammation and chronic diseases. The book concludes with wound and tissue healing and options for therapeutic interventions. A must have for clinicians and biomedical researchers alike.
Principles and Practices of Molecular Properties by
A comprehensive yet accessible exploration of quantum chemical methods for the determination of molecular properties of spectroscopic relevance Molecular properties can be probed both through experiment and simulation. This book bridges these two worlds, connecting the experimentalist's macroscopic view of responses of the electromagnetic field to the theoretician's microscopic description of the molecular responses. Comprehensive in scope, it also offers conceptual illustrations of molecular response theory by means of time-dependent simulations of simple systems. This important resource in physical chemistry offers: A journey in electrodynamics from the molecular microscopic perspective to the conventional macroscopic viewpoint The construction of Hamiltonians that are appropriate for the quantum mechanical description of molecular properties Time- and frequency-domain perspectives of light-matter interactions and molecular responses of both electrons and nuclei An introduction to approximate state response theory that serves as an everyday tool for computational chemists A unified presentation of prominent molecular properties Principles and Practices of Molecular Properties: Theory, Modeling and Simulations is written by noted experts in the field. It is a guide for graduate students, postdoctoral researchers and professionals in academia and industry alike, providing a set of keys to the research literature.
Barron's AP Biology by
Barron's AP Biology provides in-depth content review and three realistic practice exams to help students apply the skills they learn in class. Two full-length exams in the book that follow the content and style of the exam One full-length practice test online with all questions answered and explained An extensive review covering all AP Bio test topics Hundreds of additional multiple-choice and free-response practice questions with answer explanations Want to boost your studies with even more practice and in-depth review? Try Barron's Ultimate AP Biology for even more prep.
Dictionary of Stem Cells, Regenerative Medicine, and Translational Medicine by
Stem cells, regenerative medicine, and translational medicine, are all areas of burgeoning basic research and clinical application. This dictionary includes the fundamental terminology of each of these areas, the major discoveries and significant scientists that comprise the history and current development of the field, as well as a number of concepts. The vocabulary is presented within the broader lexicon of developmental biology and embryology, which provides context for these three fields. Topics covered range from stem cells (embryonic, adult, and iPSCs) to teratology. The inclusion of extensive cross-referencing of the terms will enable readers to broaden their understanding of them. The Dictionary of Stem Cells, Regenerative Medicine, and Translational Medicine will provide both the basic background terminology needed by pre-health professions/biology major undergraduate students and early-stage graduate students, as well as being a valuable reference for university professors, researchers and peers in related disciplines.
The AGT Cytogenetics Laboratory Manual by
Cytogenetics is the study of chromosome morphology, structure, pathology, function, and behavior. The field has evolved to embrace molecular cytogenetic changes, now termed cytogenomics. Cytogeneticists utilize an assortment of procedures to investigate the full complement of chromosomes and/or a targeted region within a specific chromosome in metaphase or interphase. Tools include routine analysis of G-banded chromosomes, specialized stains that address specific chromosomal structures, and molecular probes, such as fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) and chromosome microarray analysis, which employ a variety of methods to highlight a region as small as a single, specific genetic sequence under investigation. The AGT Cytogenetics Laboratory Manual, Fourth Edition offers a comprehensive description of the diagnostic tests offered by the clinical laboratory and explains the science behind them. One of the most valuable assets is its rich compilation of laboratory-tested protocols currently being used in leading laboratories, along with practical advice for nearly every area of interest to cytogeneticists. In addition to covering essential topics that have been the backbone of cytogenetics for over 60 years, such as the basic components of a cell, use of a microscope, human tissue processing for cytogenetic analysis (prenatal, constitutional, and neoplastic), laboratory safety, and the mechanisms behind chromosome rearrangement and aneuploidy, this edition introduces new and expanded chapters by experts in the field. Some of these new topics include a unique collection of chromosome heteromorphisms; clinical examples of genomic imprinting; an example-driven overview of chromosomal microarray; mathematics specifically geared for the cytogeneticist; usage of ISCN's cytogenetic language to describe chromosome changes; tips for laboratory management; examples of laboratory information systems; a collection of internet and library resources; and a special chapter on animal chromosomes for the research and zoo cytogeneticist. The range of topics is thus broad yet comprehensive, offering the student a resource that teaches the procedures performed in the cytogenetics laboratory environment, and the laboratory professional with a peer-reviewed reference that explores the basis of each of these procedures. This makes it a useful resource for researchers, clinicians, and lab professionals, as well as students in a university or medical school setting.
Karp's Cell Biology by
Karp's Cell Biology, Global Edition continues to build on its strength at connecting key concepts to the experiments that reveal how we know what we know in the world of Cell Biology. This classic text explores core concepts in considerable depth, often adding experimental detail. It is written in an inviting style to assist students in handling the plethora of details encountered in the Cell Biology course. In this edition, two new co-authors take the helm and help to expand upon the hallmark strengths of the book, improving the student learning experience.
Antimicrobial Resistance in Wastewater Treatment Processes by
Antimicrobial resistance is arguably the greatest threat to worldwide human health. This book evaluates the roles of human water use, treatment and conservation in the development and spread of antimicrobial resistance. Designed as a companion volume to Antimicrobial Resistance in the Environment (Wiley-Blackwell, 2012), this book is a multi-disciplinary synthesis of topics related to antimicrobial resistance and wastewater treatment processes. Antimicrobial Resistance in Wastewater Treatment Processes assembles detailed discussions written by many of the world's best-known experts in microbiology, civil engineering, chemistry, environmental science, public health and related fields. The book presents a collection of subjects that includes: Current knowledge of the role of the environment in development and spread of antimicrobial resistance Chemical analysis of antibiotics in environmental samples Molecular methods for analysis of antimicrobial resistance genes Advanced wastewater treatment processes and antimicrobial resistance effects Public perception of risk related to health consequences of antimicrobial resistance Public health implications of antimicrobial resistance with focus on wastewater treatment processes Antimicrobial resistance has gained a foothold in the global consciousness as a serious public health threat. There is a much greater appreciation for the role of the environment in the dissemination of antimicrobial resistance and the effects of pollutants that can potentially promote development of resistance in bacteria. Contaminants released from wastewater treatment plants are a concern. In Antimicrobial Resistance in Wastewater Treatment Processes, readers will be guided through examinations of the current science related to this important health issue.
Insect Biodiversity by
Insect Biodiversity: Science and Society brings together leading scientific experts to assess the impact insects have on humankind and the earth's fragile ecosystems. It examines why insect biodiversity matters and how the rapid evolution of insect species is affecting us all. Insects and related arthropods make up more than 50 percent of the known animal diversity globally, yet a lack of knowledge about insects is hindering the advance of science and society. This book explores the wide variety in type and number of insect species and their evolutionary relationships. Case studies offer assessments on how insect biodiversity can help meet the needs of a rapidly expanding human population, and also examine the consequences that an increased loss of insect species will have on the world. The book concludes that a better understanding of the biology and ecology of insects is the only way to sustainably manage ecosystems in an ever changing global environment.
The Biology of Parasites by
This heavily illustrated text teaches parasitology from a biological perspective. It combines classical descriptive biology of parasites with modern cell and molecular biology approaches, and also addresses parasite evolution and ecology. Parasites found in mammals, non-mammalian vertebrates, and invertebrates are systematically treated, incorporating the latest knowledge about their cell and molecular biology. In doing so, it greatly extends classical parasitology textbooks and prepares the reader for a career in basic and applied parasitology.
Pathology for Toxicologists by
Non-pathologists, such as toxicologists and study personnel, can find it difficult to understand the data they receive from pathologists. Toxicological pathologists write long, detailed and highly technical reports. Study personnel are under daily pressure to decide whether lesions described in pathology reports are treatment-related and thus important to the pharmaceutical company or whether the lesions are background changes and thus of little significance. Written by experienced toxicological pathologists, Pathology for Toxicologists: Principles and Practices of Laboratory Animal Pathology for Study Personnel serves to bridge the gap in the understanding of pathology data, enabling non-pathologists to more easily comprehend pathology reports, better integrate pathology data into final study reports and ask pathologists relevant questions about the test compound. This succinct, fully referenced, full colour book is suitable for toxicologists at all stages of their training or career who want to know more about the pathology encountered in laboratory animals used in safety studies. Key features include important chapters on spontaneous and target organ lesions in rats, mice, non-human primates, mini pigs, rabbits and beagle dogs as well as information on general pathology, macroscopic target organ lesions, ancillary pathology techniques, haematology, biochemistry and adversity. Pathology for Toxicologists: Principles and Practices of Laboratory Animal Pathology for Study Personnel includes: Colour diagrams explaining how lesions are caused by either external compounds or spontaneously The anatomic variations and background lesions of laboratory animals Advice on sampling tissues, necropsy, ancillary pathology techniques and recording data A chapter on the haematology and biochemistry of laboratory animals Full colour photographs of common macroscopic lesions encountered in laboratory animals A comprehensive glossary
Mimicry, Crypsis, Masquerade and Other Adaptive Resemblances by
Deals with all aspects of adaptive resemblance Full colour Covers everything from classic examples of Batesian, Mullerian, aggressive and sexual mimicries through to human behavioural and microbial molecular deceptions Highlights areas where additonal work or specific exeprimentation could be fruitful Includes, animals, plants, micro-organisms and humans
Bio-Pigmentation and Biotechnological Implementations by
Recent technological advances have provided unique opportunities for the exploration of alternatives to the industrial use of chemically produced synthetic colors. The most promising developments in this area have been in bio-pigmentation derived from microorganisms. This groundbreaking book reviews the current state of the science of bio-pigmentation, providing important insights into the molecular mechanisms of microbial biosynthesis of industrial pigments. Featuring contributions by leading researchers from both industry and academe, it explores the latest advances in the use of bio-pigments as safe, sustainable alternatives to chemically synthesized pigments, and provides extensive coverage the most promising sources of bio-pigments within the food, feed, and pharmaceutical industries. * Proposes microbial uniqueness of coloration in variety of food, feed and pharmaceuticals * Covers the basic science behind bio-pigmentation as well as the latest advances in the field * Describes detection strategies for screening and identifying color producing microorganisms under varying environmental conditions * Provides an exhaustive review of the literature on color producing extremophiles and offers fascinating insights into color production as a stress response in extremophiles * Explores microbial molecular mechanisms of color production, with special coverage of color production as secondary metabolites under environmental stress Bio-pigmentation and Biotechnological Implementations is required reading for professionals and post-doctoral students of microbiology, applied microbiology, food microbiology, food science, and food biochemistry. It is a valuable working resource for scientists working in color-dependent food, feed, and pharmaceuticals.
Insect Biodiversity by
Volume One of the thoroughly revised and updated guide to the study of biodiversity in insects The second edition of Insect Biodiversity: Science and Society brings together in one comprehensive text contributions from leading scientific experts to assess the influence insects have on humankind and the earth's fragile ecosystems. Revised and updated, this new edition includes information on the number of substantial changes to entomology and the study of biodiversity. It includes current research on insect groups, classification, regional diversity, and a wide range of concepts and developing methodologies. The authors examine why insect biodiversity matters and how the rapid evolution of insects is affecting us all. This book explores the wide variety of insect species and their evolutionary relationships. Case studies offer assessments on how insect biodiversity can help meet the needs of a rapidly expanding human population, and also examine the consequences that an increased loss of insect species will have on the world. This important text: Explores the rapidly increasing influence on systematics of genomics and next-generation sequencing Includes developments in the use of DNA barcoding in insect systematics and in the broader study of insect biodiversity, including the detection of cryptic species Discusses the advances in information science that influence the increased capability to gather, manipulate, and analyze biodiversity information Comprises scholarly contributions from leading scientists in the field Insect Biodiversity: Science and Society highlights the rapid growth of insect biodiversity research and includes an expanded treatment of the topic that addresses the major insect groups, the zoogeographic regions of biodiversity, and the scope of systematics approaches for handling biodiversity data.
Bio-Pigmentation and Biotechnological Implementations by
Recent technological advances have provided unique opportunities for the exploration of alternatives to the industrial use of chemically produced synthetic colors. The most promising developments in this area have been in bio-pigmentation derived from microorganisms. This groundbreaking book reviews the current state of the science of bio-pigmentation, providing important insights into the molecular mechanisms of microbial biosynthesis of industrial pigments. Featuring contributions by leading researchers from both industry and academe, it explores the latest advances in the use of bio-pigments as safe, sustainable alternatives to chemically synthesized pigments, and provides extensive coverage the most promising sources of bio-pigments within the food, feed, and pharmaceutical industries. * Proposes microbial uniqueness of coloration in variety of food, feed and pharmaceuticals * Covers the basic science behind bio-pigmentation as well as the latest advances in the field * Describes detection strategies for screening and identifying color producing microorganisms under varying environmental conditions * Provides an exhaustive review of the literature on color producing extremophiles and offers fascinating insights into color production as a stress response in extremophiles * Explores microbial molecular mechanisms of color production, with special coverage of color production as secondary metabolites under environmental stress Bio-pigmentation and Biotechnological Implementations is required reading for professionals and post-doctoral students of microbiology, applied microbiology, food microbiology, food science, and food biochemistry. It is a valuable working resource for scientists working in color-dependent food, feed, and pharmaceuticals.
Human Physiology by
The human body is a complicated and beautiful machine, governed by the laws of physics and chemistry. By understanding its physiology--how it performs its varied functions--it is possible to build strategies for diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of disease. In this latest edition, expanded and restructured coverage of sensory physiology and the respiratory system, a new comprehensive glossary of key terms, and additional online learning resources make Human Physiology even more student-friendly than its predecessors. Human Physiology provides clear explanations of the principles that govern the body's physiological processes and shows how these can be applied. This is the ideal course companion for any student needing a solid foundation in the subject for a future career in human biology, biomedical science, or medicine. Online Resources: Student resources *Numerical and clinical problems *Multiple-choice questions *Web links Lecturer resources *Figures from the book
Essentials of anatomy and physiology by 
Hole's Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology by
Designed for the one-semester anatomy and physiology course, Hole's Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology assumes no prior science knowledge and supports core topics with clinical applications, making difficult concepts relevant to students pursuing careers in the allied health field. The learn, practice, and access system is used throughout the textbook and digital. "Learning" Outcomes at the beginning of each chapter set the stage for what students will learn, "Practice" questions at the end of each major section help check their recall on what they just read, and "Assess" end of chapter resources help students confirm their accurate recall of what they just learned and practiced. The learn, practice, and assess system is highly effective in providing students with a solid understanding of the important concepts in anatomy and physiology.
LooseLeaf for Human Anatomy by
With its unrivaled art program and accessible writing style, McKinley et al.'s Human Anatomy stands apart from other anatomy texts. High-quality photographs paired with brilliantly rendered illustrations help students visualize, understand, and appreciate the wonders of human anatomy. The author team incorporates their over seventy years of teaching experience into student-friendly Learning Strategies, Clinical View boxes, and progressive question sets that motivate students to internalize and apply what they've learned. Users who purchase Connect receive access to the full online eBook version of the textbook, as well as access to LearnSmart, SmartBook, and Anatomy & Physiology REVEALED 3.2.
Anatomy and Physiology for Dummies by
Learn about the human body from the inside out Some people think that knowing about what goes on inside the human body can sap life of its mystery--which is too bad for them. Anybody who's ever taken a peak under the hood knows that the human body, and all its various structures and functions, is a realm of awe-inspiring complexity and countless wonders. The dizzying dance of molecule, cell, tissue, organ, muscle, sinew, and bone that we call life can be a thing of breathtaking beauty and humbling perfection. Anatomy & Physiology For Dummies combines anatomical terminology and function so you'll learn not only names and terms but also gain an understanding of how the human body works. Whether you're a student, an aspiring medical, healthcare or fitness professional, or just someone who's curious about the human body and how it works, this book offers you a fun, easy way to get a handle on the basics of anatomy and physiology. Understand the meaning of terms in anatomy and physiology Get to know the body's anatomical structures--from head to toe Explore the body's systems and how they interact to keep us alive Gain insight into how the structures and systems function in sickness and health Written in plain English and packed with beautiful illustrations, Anatomy & Physiology For Dummies is your guide to a fantastic voyage of the human body.
Principles of Anatomy and Physiology by
The phenomenally successful Principles of Anatomy and Physiology continues to set the discipline standard with the 15th edition. Designed for the 2-semester anatomy and physiology course, Principles of Anatomy and Physiology combines exceptional content and outstanding visuals for a rich and comprehensive classroom experience. Enhanced for a digital delivery, the 15th edition, gives students the ability to learn and explore anatomy and physiology both inside and outside of the classroom.
Inorganic Chemistry by
Using classification, diagrams and crystallography elements, we describe in this book the bonds in the crystals using the basic patterns. The use of various criteria such as ionicity character of the bonds, the use of hard sphere models, the Pauling rules and the spatial availability of ions all together make it possible to better understand the spatial organization of typical crystals. Through original representations, the structure and the nature of the bonds in binary crystals of MX- and MX2- types as well as the ternary crystals of the perovskite and spinel type are studied.
Chemistry Workbook for Dummies with Online Practice by
Take the confusion out of chemistry with hundreds of practice problems Chemistry Workbook For Dummies is your ultimate companion for introductory chemistry at the high school or college level. Packed with hundreds of practice problems, this workbook gives you the practice you need to internalize the essential concepts that form the foundations of chemistry. From matter and molecules to moles and measurements, these problems cover the full spectrum of topics you'll see in class--and each section includes key concept review and full explanations for every problem to quickly get you on the right track. This new third edition includes access to an online test bank, where you'll find bonus chapter quizzes to help you test your understanding and pinpoint areas in need of review. Whether you're preparing for an exam or seeking a start-to-finish study aid, this workbook is your ticket to acing basic chemistry. Chemistry problems can look intimidating; it's a whole new language, with different rules, new symbols, and complex concepts. The good news is that practice makes perfect, and this book provides plenty of it--with easy-to-understand coaching every step of the way. Delve deep into the parts of the periodic table Get comfortable with units, scientific notation, and chemical equations Work with states, phases, energy, and charges Master nomenclature, acids, bases, titrations, redox reactions, and more Understanding introductory chemistry is critical for your success in all science classes to follow; keeping up with the material now makes life much easier down the education road. Chemistry Workbook For Dummies gives you the practice you need to succeed!
Inorganic Chemistry for Geochemistry and Environmental Sciences by
Inorganic Chemistry for Geochemistry and Environmental Sciences: Fundamentals and Applications discusses the structure, bonding and reactivity of molecules and solids of environmental interest, bringing the reactivity of non-metals and metals to inorganic chemists, geochemists and environmental chemists from diverse fields. Understanding the principles of inorganic chemistry including chemical bonding, frontier molecular orbital theory, electron transfer processes, formation of (nano) particles, transition metal-ligand complexes, metal catalysis and more are essential to describe earth processes over time scales ranging from 1 nanosec to 1 Gigayr. Throughout the book, fundamental chemical principles are illustrated with relevant examples from geochemistry, environmental and marine chemistry, allowing students to better understand environmental and geochemical processes at the molecular level. Topics covered include: * Thermodynamics and kinetics of redox reactions * Atomic structure * Symmetry * Covalent bonding, and bonding in solids and nanoparticles * Frontier Molecular Orbital Theory * Acids and bases * Basics of transition metal chemistry including * Chemical reactivity of materials of geochemical and environmental interest Supplementary material is provided online, including PowerPoint slides, problem sets and solutions. Inorganic Chemistry for Geochemistry and Environmental Sciences is a rapid assimilation textbook for those studying and working in areas of geochemistry, inorganic chemistry and environmental chemistry, wishing to enhance their understanding of environmental processes from the molecular level to the global level.
Laboratory Safety for Chemistry Students by
Provides knowledge and models of good practice needed by students to work safely in the laboratory as they progress through four years of undergraduate laboratory work Aligns with the revised safety instruction requirements from the ACS Committee on Professional Training 2015 "Guidelines and Evaluation Procedures for Bachelor's Degree Programs" Provides a systematic approach to incorporating safety and health into the chemistry curriculum Topics are divided into layers of progressively more advanced and appropriate safety issues so that some topics are covered 2-3 times, at increasing levels of depth Develops a strong safety ethic by continuous reinforcement of safety; to recognize, assess, and manage laboratory hazards; and to plan for response to laboratory emergencies Covers a thorough exposure to chemical health and safety so that students will have the proper education and training when they enter the workforce or graduate school
Pratt's essential biochemistry by
The content provided in this textbook is based on Pratt and Cornely's Essential biochemistry, 4th edition (2018).
Biochemistry by
Succeed in the course with BIOCHEMISTRY. The authors' innovative conceptual and organizing "Essential Questions" framework guides you through course concepts in a way that reveals the beauty and usefulness of biochemistry in the everyday world. Offering a balanced and streamlined presentation, this edition has been updated throughout with new material and revised presentations. This book is integrated with OWLv2, a powerful online learning system for chemistry with book-specific end-of-chapter material that will help you improve your grades and master course concepts.
Medical Biochemistry by
Medical Biochemistry is supported by over forty years of teaching experience, providing coverage of basic biochemical concepts, including the structure and physical and chemical properties of hydrocarbons, lipids, proteins, and nucleotides in a straightforward and easy to comprehend language. The book develops these concepts into the more complex aspects of biochemistry using a systems approach, dedicating chapters to the integral study of biological phenomena, including particular aspects of metabolism in some organs and tissues, and the biochemical bases of endocrinology, immunity, vitamins, hemostasis, and apoptosis.
Enzyme Regulation in Metabolic Pathways by
Enzyme Regulation in Metabolic Pathways shows the reader how to understand the roles of enzymes and their kinetic constants in intermediary metabolism. It provides a means of correlating data obtained in experimental studies to multiple possible mechanisms through which some enzyme may catalyze the conversion of a substrate to a product. Although not the most appropriate means of determining some potential kinetic mechanism, quasi-equilibrium assumptions are used throughout the book, keeping the rate equation derivations simple. Actual metabolic pathways with known (presumed) positive and negative regulation events are linked to these potential kinetic mechanisms using both rate equation derivations and data plots illustrating how the rate equation derivations can be used to explain the data plots. This book will be a valuable reference for students in biological sciences and biochemistry majors required to take a core course in enzymology.
Laboratory Safety for Chemistry Students by
Provides knowledge and models of good practice needed by students to work safely in the laboratory as they progress through four years of undergraduate laboratory work Aligns with the revised safety instruction requirements from the ACS Committee on Professional Training 2015 "Guidelines and Evaluation Procedures for Bachelor's Degree Programs" Provides a systematic approach to incorporating safety and health into the chemistry curriculum Topics are divided into layers of progressively more advanced and appropriate safety issues so that some topics are covered 2-3 times, at increasing levels of depth Develops a strong safety ethic by continuous reinforcement of safety; to recognize, assess, and manage laboratory hazards; and to plan for response to laboratory emergencies Covers a thorough exposure to chemical health and safety so that students will have the proper education and training when they enter the workforce or graduate school
General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry by
This text is different--by design. By relating fundamental concepts of general, organic, and biological chemistry to the everyday world, Jan Smith effectively engages students with bulleted lists, extensive illustrations, and step-by-step problem solving. Smith writes with an approach that delivers need-to-know information in a succinct style for today’s students. Armed with an excellent illustration program full of macro-to-micro art, as well as many applications to biological, medical, consumer, and environmental topics, this book is a powerhouse of learning for students.
Organic Chemistry by
Master course concepts and improve problem-solving skills with ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, 8th Edition. This student-friendly text focuses on �how to� skills, and includes examples, problems, and end-of-chapter comprehensive study guides to help you prepare for exams. To help you understand reaction mechanisms, the authors offset them in a stepwise fashion and emphasize similarities between related mechanisms using just four different characteristics: breaking a bond, making a new bond, adding a proton, and taking a proton away. Thoroughly updated, the book offers numerous biological examples for premed students, unique roadmap problems, a wide range of in-text learning tools, and new author-created videos to help you excel.
Chemistry Workbook for Dummies with Online Practice by
Take the confusion out of chemistry with hundreds of practice problems Chemistry Workbook For Dummies is your ultimate companion for introductory chemistry at the high school or college level. Packed with hundreds of practice problems, this workbook gives you the practice you need to internalize the essential concepts that form the foundations of chemistry. From matter and molecules to moles and measurements, these problems cover the full spectrum of topics you'll see in class--and each section includes key concept review and full explanations for every problem to quickly get you on the right track. This new third edition includes access to an online test bank, where you'll find bonus chapter quizzes to help you test your understanding and pinpoint areas in need of review. Whether you're preparing for an exam or seeking a start-to-finish study aid, this workbook is your ticket to acing basic chemistry. Chemistry problems can look intimidating; it's a whole new language, with different rules, new symbols, and complex concepts. The good news is that practice makes perfect, and this book provides plenty of it--with easy-to-understand coaching every step of the way. Delve deep into the parts of the periodic table Get comfortable with units, scientific notation, and chemical equations Work with states, phases, energy, and charges Master nomenclature, acids, bases, titrations, redox reactions, and more Understanding introductory chemistry is critical for your success in all science classes to follow; keeping up with the material now makes life much easier down the education road. Chemistry Workbook For Dummies gives you the practice you need to succeed!
The Organometallic Chemistry of N-Heterocyclic Carbenes by
The Organometallic Chemistry of N-heterocyclic Carbenes describes various aspects of N-heterocyclic Carbenes (NHCs) and their transition metal complexes at an entry level suitable for advanced undergraduate students and above. The book starts with a historical overview on the quest for carbenes and their complexes. Subsequently, unique properties, reactivities and nomenclature of the four classical NHCs derived from imidazoline, imidazole, benzimidazole and 1,2,4-triazole are elaborated. General and historically relevant synthetic aspects for NHCs, their precursors and complexes are then explained. The book continues with coverage on the preparation and characteristics of selected NHC complexes containing the most common metals in this area, i.e. Ni, Pd, Pt, Ag, Cu, Au, Ru, Rh and Ir. The book concludes with an overview and outlook on the development of various non-classical NHCs beyond the four classical types. Topics covered include: Stabilization, dimerization and decomposition of NHCs Stereoelectronic properties of NHCs and their evaluation Diversity of NHCs Isomers of NHC complexes and their identification NMR spectroscopic signatures of NHC complexes normal, abnormal and mesoionic NHCs The Organometallic Chemistry of N-heterocyclic Carbenes is an essential resource for all students and researchers interested in this increasingly important and popular field of research.
Brown's Introduction to Organic Chemistry. by
623 pages, A.2, G.5, Ans. 60, I.9 : illustrations (black and white, and colour) ; 28 cm
Notes (General):
Includes index.
General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry by
This text is different--by design. By relating fundamental concepts of general, organic, and biological chemistry to the everyday world, Jan Smith effectively engages students with bulleted lists, extensive illustrations, and step-by-step problem solving. Smith writes with an approach that delivers need-to-know information in a succinct style for today’s students. Armed with an excellent illustration program full of macro-to-micro art, as well as many applications to biological, medical, consumer, and environmental topics, this book is a powerhouse of learning for students.
Chemistry in Focus by
Succeed in the course and connect with the microscopic world with CHEMISTRY IN FOCUS. Thoroughly updated with the latest research and developments, this student-friendly book emphasizes the fundamental role the molecular world plays in your daily life. By clearly identifying and explaining connections between the molecular world and microscopic world, the book helps you understand the major scientific, technological, and environmental issues affecting our society today. The book's innovative study aids, such as Self-Check Quizzes and Tests, and technological tools will help you every step of the way as you master the concepts of the course.
Chemistry by
1. The atom -- 2. The language of chemistry -- 3. Chemical reactions and stoichiometry -- 4. Atomic energy levels -- 5. Chemical bonding and molecular structure -- 6. Gases -- 7. Condensed phases: liquids and solids -- 8. Chemical thermodynamics -- 9. Chemical equilibrium -- 10. Solutions and solubility -- 11. Acids and bases -- 12. Oxidation and reduction -- 13. Transition metal chemistry -- 14. The p-block elements -- 15. Reaction kinetics -- 16. The chemistry of carbon -- 17. Chirality -- 18. Haloalkanes -- 19. Alcohols, amines and related compounds -- 20. Spectroscopy -- 21. Aldehydes and ketones -- 22. Carbohydrates -- 23. Carboxylic acids and their derivatives -- 24. Amino acids, peptides and proteins -- 25. The chemistry of DNA -- 26. Polymers -- 27. Nuclear chemistry.
Chemistry in focus : a molecular view of our world by Digital Technologies and Change in Education by
Digital Technologies and Change in Education provides professionals and other leaders with a road map of the processes of change for teachers, schools, universities, and educational systems, including extensive case studies and evidence that clarify the benefits and challenges of digital technologies in education. To this end, Niki Davis offers a theoretical framework--the Arena--as a tool for exploration and analysis of our own experiences of teaching, leadership, and research. With a blend of local, regional, and global examples from all sectors of education, this book allows readers to move past the potentially misleading glitter of new technologies and into the co-evolving ecologies that make up education and training locally and globally.
Teaching Design and Technology Creatively by
Packed full of practical ideas, Teaching Design and Technology Creatively is a stimulating source of guidance for busy trainee and practising teachers. Grounded in the latest research, it offers a wealth of suggestions to foster creative development in D&T and supports teachers in providing their students with more authentic, enjoyable experiences. Providing a wealth of ready-to-use ideas for creative lessons, key topics covered include: Understanding links between D&T and creativity Creating a foundation for D&T in the early years Using objects, books and real-life contexts as imaginative starting points Developing designerly thinking Making the most of construction kits Helping children draw to develop their ideas Encouraging dialogic talk in D&T to drive learning Exploring food as a creative resource Practical approaches to embedding IT and programming in the curriculum Taking learning outside the classroom. Teaching Design and Technology Creatively provides practical teaching suggestions to ensure teachers of all levels understand how to teach for creativity. It shows how learning experiences in D&T have the potential to extend children's technological knowledge, and to promote problem-solving and evaluation skills. Drawing on examples from real-world projects, this text is invaluable for all those who wish to engage students in D&T and encourage creative classroom practice.
Redesigning Courses for Online Delivery by
This volume examines key considerations for effective online course redesign. Using a 4-phase approach, Redesigning Courses for Online Delivery informs thinking, inspires creativity, and structures decisions to drive the development of high quality online learning experiences. Both scholarly and practical, it provides a comprehensive approach to redesign useful to novices and veterans alike.
Untangling the Web by
20 of the best web tools to enrich classroom experiences Among thousands of emerging online learning resources, which are the most engaging? Few educators have time to find those that engage and allow students' creative content expression while meeting core area standards. Steve Dembo and Adam Bellow, recognized innovative educators, take away the guesswork with Untangling the Web. Discover 20 free websites and tools--flexible enough for kindergarten through high school use--and learn how to leverage technology to transform classroom experiences. More than a "how-to" guide, you'll receive access to: A web site with videos for richer, in-depth exploration. An online community where you can connect and collaborate with educators. Advice, tips, tricks, and bite-sized anecdotes from ed tech leaders. Add these 20 tools to your teaching tool kit and you'll energize student learning, foster collaboration, and infuse creativity into your classroom! "Steve Dembo and Adam Bellow have created a clear and deeply helpful guide to help teachers invigorate their classes by having students create, curate, and collaborate using the web." --Chris Lehmann, Founding Principal Science Leadership Academy, Philadelphia, PA "This is THE must-have book for teachers looking to expand their digital tool chest. This book will help teachers of any skill level bring new and exciting tools to their classroom." --Nicholas Provenzano, TheNerdyTeacher.com To view a sample of the Interactive eBook, please visit Untangling the Web Demo.
Untangling the Web : 20 tools to power up your teaching by
Twenty of the best web tools to enrich classroom experiences Few educators have time to find online learning resources that engage and allow students' creative content expression while meeting core area standards. Discover 20 free tools-flexible enough for kindergarten through high school use-and learn how to leverage technology to transform your classroom. More than a "how-to" guide, you'll receive access to a web site with videos for richer, in-depth exploration, an online community where you can connect and collaborate with educators, and advice, tips, tricks, and bite-sized anecdotes fro.
Chemistry in context : applying chemistry to society by
1. Portable electronics : the periodic table in the palm of your hand -- 2. The air we breathe -- 3. Radiation from the sun -- 4. Climate change -- 5. Energy from combustion -- 6. Energy from alternative sources -- 7. Energy storage -- 8. Water everywhere: a most precious resource -- 9. The world of polymers and plastics -- 10. Brewing and chewing -- 11. Nutrition -- 12. Health & medicine -- 13. Genes and life -- 14. Who killed Dr. Thompson? A forensic mystery -- Appendices -- 1. Measure for measure: metric prefixes, conversion factors, and constants -- 2. The power of exponents -- 3. Clearing the logjam -- 4. Answers to your turn questions -- 5. Answers to selected end-of-chapter questions indicated in blue in the text -- Glossary -- Index.
Main Group Metal Coordination Polymers by
Coordination polymer is a general term used to indicate an infinite array composed of metal ions which are bridged by certain ligands among them. This incorporates a wide range of architectures including simple one-dimensional chains with small ligands to large mesoporous frameworks. Generally, the formation process proceeds automatically and, therefore, is called a self-assembly process. In general, the type and topology of the product generated from the self-assembly of inorganic metal nodes and organic spacers depend on the functionality of the ligand and valences and the geometric needs of the metal ions used. In this book the authors explain main group metal coordination polymer in bulk and nano size with some of their application, synthesis method and etc, The properties of these efficient materials are described at length including magnetism (long-range ordering, spin crossover), porosity (gas storage, ion and guest exchange), non-linear optical activity, chiral networks, reactive networks, heterogeneous catalysis, luminescence, multifunctional materials and other properties.
The Organometallic Chemistry of N-Heterocyclic Carbenes by
The Organometallic Chemistry of N-heterocyclic Carbenes describes various aspects of N-heterocyclic Carbenes (NHCs) and their transition metal complexes at an entry level suitable for advanced undergraduate students and above. The book starts with a historical overview on the quest for carbenes and their complexes. Subsequently, unique properties, reactivities and nomenclature of the four classical NHCs derived from imidazoline, imidazole, benzimidazole and 1,2,4-triazole are elaborated. General and historically relevant synthetic aspects for NHCs, their precursors and complexes are then explained. The book continues with coverage on the preparation and characteristics of selected NHC complexes containing the most common metals in this area, i.e. Ni, Pd, Pt, Ag, Cu, Au, Ru, Rh and Ir. The book concludes with an overview and outlook on the development of various non-classical NHCs beyond the four classical types. Topics covered include: Stabilization, dimerization and decomposition of NHCs Stereoelectronic properties of NHCs and their evaluation Diversity of NHCs Isomers of NHC complexes and their identification NMR spectroscopic signatures of NHC complexes normal, abnormal and mesoionic NHCs The Organometallic Chemistry of N-heterocyclic Carbenes is an essential resource for all students and researchers interested in this increasingly important and popular field of research.
Modern Nuclear Chemistry by
Written by established experts in the field, this book features in-depth discussions of proven scientific principles, current trends, and applications of nuclear chemistry to the sciences and engineering. * Provides up-to-date coverage of the latest research and examines the theoretical and practical aspects of nuclear and radiochemistry * Presents the basic physical principles of nuclear and radiochemistry in a succinct fashion, requiring no basic knowledge of quantum mechanics * Adds discussion of math tools and simulations to demonstrate various phenomena, new chapters on Nuclear Medicine, Nuclear Forensics and Particle Physics, and updates to all other chapters * Includes additional in-chapter sample problems with solutions to help students * Reviews of 1st edition: "... an authoritative, comprehensive but succinct, state-of-the-art textbook ...." (The Chemical Educator) and "...an excellent resource for libraries and laboratories supporting programs requiring familiarity with nuclear processes ..." (CHOICE)
Principles of Modern Chemistry, Hybrid Edition (with OWLv2 Printed Access Card) by
Long considered the standard for covering chemistry at a high level, PRINCIPLES OF MODERN CHEMISTRY continues to set the standard as the most modern, rigorous, and chemically and mathematically accurate book on the market. This authoritative text features an "atoms first" approach and thoroughly revised chapters on Quantum Mechanics and Molecular Structure (Chapter 6), Electrochemistry (Chapter 17), and Molecular Spectroscopy and Photochemistry (Chapter 20). In addition, the text utilizes mathematically accurate and artistic atomic and molecular orbital art, and is student friendly without compromising its rigor. End-of-chapter learning aids now focus on only the most important key objectives, equations and concepts, making it easier for readers to locate chapter content, while new applications to a wide range of disciplines, such as biology, chemical engineering, biochemistry, and medicine deepen readers' understanding of the relevance of chemistry in today's world.
Main Group Metal Coordination Polymers by
Coordination polymer is a general term used to indicate an infinite array composed of metal ions which are bridged by certain ligands among them. This incorporates a wide range of architectures including simple one-dimensional chains with small ligands to large mesoporous frameworks. Generally, the formation process proceeds automatically and, therefore, is called a self-assembly process. In general, the type and topology of the product generated from the self-assembly of inorganic metal nodes and organic spacers depend on the functionality of the ligand and valences and the geometric needs of the metal ions used. In this book the authors explain main group metal coordination polymer in bulk and nano size with some of their application, synthesis method and etc, The properties of these efficient materials are described at length including magnetism (long-range ordering, spin crossover), porosity (gas storage, ion and guest exchange), non-linear optical activity, chiral networks, reactive networks, heterogeneous catalysis, luminescence, multifunctional materials and other properties.
Modern Nuclear Chemistry by
Written by established experts in the field, this book features in-depth discussions of proven scientific principles, current trends, and applications of nuclear chemistry to the sciences and engineering. * Provides up-to-date coverage of the latest research and examines the theoretical and practical aspects of nuclear and radiochemistry * Presents the basic physical principles of nuclear and radiochemistry in a succinct fashion, requiring no basic knowledge of quantum mechanics * Adds discussion of math tools and simulations to demonstrate various phenomena, new chapters on Nuclear Medicine, Nuclear Forensics and Particle Physics, and updates to all other chapters * Includes additional in-chapter sample problems with solutions to help students * Reviews of 1st edition: "... an authoritative, comprehensive but succinct, state-of-the-art textbook ...." (The Chemical Educator) and "...an excellent resource for libraries and laboratories supporting programs requiring familiarity with nuclear processes ..." (CHOICE)
College physics by
"Succeed in your course, improve your problem-solving skills, and enrich your understanding of the world around you. Now enhanced by new problems, Interactive Video Vignettes, new conceptual questions, and innovative technologies, this proven text combines a logical presentation of physical concepts with a consistent strategy for solving problems and an unparalleled array of worked examples to help you master the concepts and skills of the course."--Provided by publisher
Introduction to the Physics of Electron Emission by
A practical, in-depth description of the physics behind electron emission physics and its usage in science and technology Electron emission is both a fundamental phenomenon and an enabling component that lies at the very heart of modern science and technology. Written by a recognized authority in the field, with expertise in both electron emission physics and electron beam physics, An Introduction to Electron Emission provides an in-depth look at the physics behind thermal, field, photo, and secondary electron emission mechanisms, how that physics affects the beams that result through space charge and emittance growth, and explores the physics behind their utilization in an array of applications. The book addresses mathematical and numerical methods underlying electron emission, describing where the equations originated, how they are related, and how they may be correctly used to model actual sources for devices using electron beams. Writing for the beam physics and solid state communities, the author explores applications of electron emission methodology to solid state, statistical, and quantum mechanical ideas and concepts related to simulations of electron beams to condensed matter, solid state and fabrication communities. Provides an extensive description of the physics behind four electron emission mechanisms--field, photo, and secondary, and how that physics relates to factors such as space charge and emittance that affect electron beams. Introduces readers to mathematical and numerical methods, their origins, and how they may be correctly used to model actual sources for devices using electron beams Demonstrates applications of electron methodology as well as quantum mechanical concepts related to simulations of electron beams to solid state design and manufacture Designed to function as both a graduate-level text and a reference for research professionals Introduction to the Physics of Electron Emission is a valuable learning tool for postgraduates studying quantum mechanics, statistical mechanics, solid state physics, electron transport, and beam physics. It is also an indispensable resource for academic researchers and professionals who use electron sources, model electron emission, develop cathode technologies, or utilize electron beams.
Inquiry into Physics by
What do iPods, GPS devices, airport metal detectors, LCD displays, and PET scans have to do with physics? The Eighth Edition of INQUIRY INTO PHYSICS answers these questions and many others, helping you understand fundamental concepts using a unique inquiry-based approach. The text integrates modern applications of physics such as plasma TVs and radar "guns" to demonstrate the relevance of physics in daily life.
Physics for Scientists and Engineers by
Master physics with Debora Katz's new, ground-breaking calculus-based physics program, PHYSICS FOR SCIENTISTS AND ENGINEERS: FOUNDATIONS AND CONNECTIONS. Dr. Katz's one-of-a-kind case study approach enables you to connect math and physics concepts in a modern, interactive way. By leveraging physics education research (PER) best practices and her extensive classroom experience, Debora Katz addresses the areas where students like you struggle the most: linking physics to the real world, overcoming common preconceptions, and connecting the concept being taught with the mathematical steps to follow. How Dr. Katz deals with these challenges--with case studies, student dialogues, and detailed two-column examples--distinguishes this text from any other and will assist you in going "beyond the quantitative" to master your physics course.
General physics by
Ideal Gas and The Law of Thermodynamics : Ideal Gas Law : Think and Try : Heat Capacity of an Ideal Gas : First Law of Thermodynamics : Heat Engines : Entropy : Second Law of Thermodynamics : Electrostatics : Electric Charge : Charging by Conduction : Coulomb's Law : Think and Try.
Solid state physics by 
Physics I Workbook for Dummies by
Unleash your inner Einstein and score higher in physics Do you have a handle on basic physics terms and concepts, but your problem-solving skills could use some static friction? Physics I Workbook For Dummies helps you build upon what you already know to learn how to solve the most common physics problems with confidence and ease. Physics I Workbook For Dummies gets the ball rolling with a brief overview of the nuts and bolts of physics (i.e. converting measure, counting signification figures, applying math skills to physics problems, etc.) before getting in the nitty gritty. If you're already a pro you can skip this section and jump right into the practice problems. There, you'll get the lowdown on how to take your problem-solving skills to a whole new plane--without ever feeling like you've been left spiraling down a black hole. Easy-to-follow instructions and practical tips Complete answer explanations are included so you can see where you went wrong (or right) Covers the ten most common mistakes people make when solving practice physics problems When push comes to shove, this friendly guide is just what you need to set your physics problem-solving skills in motion.
Physics I Workbook for Dummies by
Unleash your inner Einstein and score higher in physics Do you have a handle on basic physics terms and concepts, but your problem-solving skills could use some static friction? Physics I Workbook For Dummies helps you build upon what you already know to learn how to solve the most common physics problems with confidence and ease. Physics I Workbook For Dummies gets the ball rolling with a brief overview of the nuts and bolts of physics (i.e. converting measure, counting signification figures, applying math skills to physics problems, etc.) before getting in the nitty gritty. If you're already a pro you can skip this section and jump right into the practice problems. There, you'll get the lowdown on how to take your problem-solving skills to a whole new plane--without ever feeling like you've been left spiraling down a black hole. Easy-to-follow instructions and practical tips Complete answer explanations are included so you can see where you went wrong (or right) Covers the ten most common mistakes people make when solving practice physics problems When push comes to shove, this friendly guide is just what you need to set your physics problem-solving skills in motion.
Environmental geology by 
Emerging Pollutants by
An excellent, concise, and interdisciplinary overview of different classes of emerging pollutants arising, for example, from pharmaceuticals, pesticides, personal care products, and industrial chemicals and their impact on water, soil, and air. Following an introduction to chemical pollutants, with special attention focused on organic compounds and their properties, the book goes on to describe major emerging pollutants grouped according to their applications in different sectors of industrial or economic activity. For each type of compound, the chemical structure, main properties, and source are presented, along with their fate in the environment as pollutants, the latest analytical methods for detection, possible health or ecology consequences, as well as current regulatory laws. New developments, such as nanotechnology as a pollution source, are also included. The book closes with a chapter devoted to conclusions and future perspectives.
Aquatic Pollution by
Since the publication of the third edition of Aquatic Pollution in 2000, there have been many major developments within the field in terms of research, regulations, and also large-scale catastrophes that have had a significant impact on the aquatic environment; the Deepwater Horizon oil spill and the Fukushima nuclear disaster have taken their toll, and research on ocean acidification has developed enormously over the last decade. Recognizing, controlling, and mitigating aquatic pollution on a global scale is one of the most important and most difficult challenges facing society today. Fully updated to reflect current understanding and discussing these major recent developments, this fourth edition of Aquatic Pollution covers every aspect of pollution associated with urban runoff, acid rain, sewage disposal, pesticides, oil spills, nutrient loading, and more. Case studies of major pollution sites, all original to this new edition, help to illustrate points made in general discussion. Offering unprecedented depth of coverage, and discussing both fresh and sea water environments, this unique text provides a key teaching and learning tool for courses in environmental science, zoology, oceanography, biology, and civil or sanitary engineering, as well as a vital book for government policy makers. It is also an excellent primer for policymakers and activists focused on environmental issues.
The Laws Protecting Animals and Ecosystems by
There is currently no basic text in wildlife law suitable for the wide range of courses in wildlife conservation and animal welfare at both bachelors and masters level, or for the large number of people who work in conservation and animal welfare; The Laws Protecting Animals and Ecosystems fills the gap in this significant market for a basic law text applicable to students and professionals whose primary training is in biology but who require a basic understanding of the laws relating to the protection of animals and ecosystems. The text is applicable to a wide range of subjects, including wildlife conservation, animal handling, animal welfare, animal husbandry, and veterinary science. This foundational text supports those studying animal and ecosystem law by providing an overview of the basic legal principles, national and international laws, terminology, the legal mechanisms used to protect animals and ecosystems, and a compendium of the major animal welfare and conservation laws in major English speaking countries. Dr. Rees has been teaching wildlife law for 20 years and ecology for over 35 years and is ideally placed to write this book.
Vegetable Grafting by
This book provides comprehensive, current scientific and applied practical knowledge on vegetable grafting, a method gaining considerable interest that is used to protect crops from soil-borne diseases, abiotic stress and to enhance growth/yield. Though the benefits of using grafted transplants are now fully recognized worldwide, understanding the rootstock-scion interactions under variable environmental pressures remains vital for grafting-mediated crop improvement. In this book the authors attend to this need and explain the reasons for, and methods and applications of, grafting. Vegetable Grafting: Principles and Practices covers: · rootstock breeding, signalling, and physiological and molecular mechanisms involved in grafting; · beneficial effects of grafting including reducing disease damage and abiotic stress; · side effects relating to the impact of grafting on fruit quality; and · practical applications and speciality crops. Including high-quality colour images and written by an international team of expert authors, this book provides up-to-date scientific data and is also concerned with translating science to the field. It is an essential resource for researchers, advanced technicians, practitioners and extension workers.
Terrestrial Water Cycle and Climate Change by
The Terrestrial Water Cycle: Natural and Human-Induced Changes is a comprehensive volume that investigates the changes in the terrestrial water cycle and the natural and anthropogenic factors that cause these changes. This volume brings together recent progress and achievements in large-scale hydrological observations and numerical simulations, specifically in areas such as in situ measurement network, satellite remote sensing and hydrological modeling. Our goal is to extend and deepen our understanding of the changes in the terrestrial water cycle and to shed light on the mechanisms of the changes and their consequences in water resources and human well-being in the context of global change. Volume highlights include: Overview of the changes in the terrestrial water cycle Human alterations of the terrestrial water cycle Recent advances in hydrological measurement and observation Integrated modeling of the terrestrial water cycle The Terrestrial Water Cycle: Natural and Human-Induced Changes will be a valuable resource for students and professionals in the fields of hydrology, water resources, climate change, ecology, geophysics, and geographic sciences. The book will also be attractive to those who have general interests in the terrestrial water cycle, including how and why the cycle changes.
Emerging Pollutants by
An excellent, concise, and interdisciplinary overview of different classes of emerging pollutants arising, for example, from pharmaceuticals, pesticides, personal care products, and industrial chemicals and their impact on water, soil, and air. Following an introduction to chemical pollutants, with special attention focused on organic compounds and their properties, the book goes on to describe major emerging pollutants grouped according to their applications in different sectors of industrial or economic activity. For each type of compound, the chemical structure, main properties, and source are presented, along with their fate in the environment as pollutants, the latest analytical methods for detection, possible health or ecology consequences, as well as current regulatory laws. New developments, such as nanotechnology as a pollution source, are also included. The book closes with a chapter devoted to conclusions and future perspectives.
Aquatic Pollution by
Since the publication of the third edition of Aquatic Pollution in 2000, there have been many major developments within the field in terms of research, regulations, and also large-scale catastrophes that have had a significant impact on the aquatic environment; the Deepwater Horizon oil spill and the Fukushima nuclear disaster have taken their toll, and research on ocean acidification has developed enormously over the last decade. Recognizing, controlling, and mitigating aquatic pollution on a global scale is one of the most important and most difficult challenges facing society today. Fully updated to reflect current understanding and discussing these major recent developments, this fourth edition of Aquatic Pollution covers every aspect of pollution associated with urban runoff, acid rain, sewage disposal, pesticides, oil spills, nutrient loading, and more. Case studies of major pollution sites, all original to this new edition, help to illustrate points made in general discussion. Offering unprecedented depth of coverage, and discussing both fresh and sea water environments, this unique text provides a key teaching and learning tool for courses in environmental science, zoology, oceanography, biology, and civil or sanitary engineering, as well as a vital book for government policy makers. It is also an excellent primer for policymakers and activists focused on environmental issues.
Terrestrial Water Cycle and Climate Change by
The Terrestrial Water Cycle: Natural and Human-Induced Changes is a comprehensive volume that investigates the changes in the terrestrial water cycle and the natural and anthropogenic factors that cause these changes. This volume brings together recent progress and achievements in large-scale hydrological observations and numerical simulations, specifically in areas such as in situ measurement network, satellite remote sensing and hydrological modeling. Our goal is to extend and deepen our understanding of the changes in the terrestrial water cycle and to shed light on the mechanisms of the changes and their consequences in water resources and human well-being in the context of global change. Volume highlights include: Overview of the changes in the terrestrial water cycle Human alterations of the terrestrial water cycle Recent advances in hydrological measurement and observation Integrated modeling of the terrestrial water cycle The Terrestrial Water Cycle: Natural and Human-Induced Changes will be a valuable resource for students and professionals in the fields of hydrology, water resources, climate change, ecology, geophysics, and geographic sciences. The book will also be attractive to those who have general interests in the terrestrial water cycle, including how and why the cycle changes.
Science Learning, Science Teaching by
Now fully updated in its fourth edition, Science Learning, Science Teaching offers an accessible, practical guide to creative classroom teaching and a comprehensive introduction to contemporary issues in science education. Aiming to encourage and assist professionals with the process of reflection in the science classroom, the new edition re-examines the latest advances in the field and changes to the curriculum, and explores the use of mobile technology and coding, and its impact on ICT in science education. With extra tasks integrated throughout the book and a brand new chapter, 'Working scientifically', to help develop learners' investigative skills, key topics include: * The art and craft of science teaching. * The science curriculum and science in the curriculum. * Planning and managing learning. * Inclusive science education. * Laboratory safety in science learning and teaching. * Language and numeracy in science teaching and learning. * Computers and computing in science education. * Citizenship and sustainability in science education. Including points for reflection and useful information about further reading and recommended websites, Science Learning, Science Teaching is an essential source of support, guidance and inspiration for all students, teachers, mentors and those involved in science education wishing to reflect upon, improve and enrich their practice.
Dictionary of Stem Cells, Regenerative Medicine, and Translational Medicine by
Stem cells, regenerative medicine, and translational medicine, are all areas of burgeoning basic research and clinical application. This dictionary includes the fundamental terminology of each of these areas, the major discoveries and significant scientists that comprise the history and current development of the field, as well as a number of concepts. The vocabulary is presented within the broader lexicon of developmental biology and embryology, which provides context for these three fields. Topics covered range from stem cells (embryonic, adult, and iPSCs) to teratology. The inclusion of extensive cross-referencing of the terms will enable readers to broaden their understanding of them. The Dictionary of Stem Cells, Regenerative Medicine, and Translational Medicine will provide both the basic background terminology needed by pre-health professions/biology major undergraduate students and early-stage graduate students, as well as being a valuable reference for university professors, researchers and peers in related disciplines.
Principles and Practices of Teaching and Training by
Written by bestselling author Ann Gravells, this is the complete go-to guide for anyone wanting to be (or working as) a teacher or trainer in the further education and skills sector, in the UK and beyond. It has all the information you need to work towards a qualification such as the Award, Certificate or Diploma in Education and Training. It is also relevant to anyone taking a Train the Trainer course, or an international teaching qualification.The book takes you through all the information you need to know, opening up the topic for learning in an easily accessible way. Interactive activities are included throughout, along with real examples of teaching and training in practice. The book also includes examples of completed teaching documents.This is a comprehensive text, covering: The role of a teacher/trainer Factors contributing to learning Planning and facilitating learning for groups and individuals Using technology and resources to support learning Assessing learning Quality assurance Evaluation, reflection, and continuing professional development (CPD) Preparing for a micro-teach session and teaching/observed practice
A Dictionary of Science by
This bestselling dictionary contains more than 9,500 entries on all aspects of chemistry, physics, biology (including human biology), earth sciences, computer science, and astronomy. This fully revised edition includes hundreds of new entries, such as bone morphogenetic protein, Convention onBiological Diversity, genome editing, Ice Cube experiment, multi-core processor, PhyloCode, quarkonium, and World Wide Telescope, bringing it fully up to date in areas such as nanotechnology, quantum physics, molecular biology, genomics, and the science of climate change. Supported by more than 200diagrams and illustrations the dictionary features recommended web links for many entries, accessed and kept up-to-date via the Dictionary of Science companion website.Other features include short biographies of leading scientists, full page illustrated features on subjects such as the Solar System and Genetically Modified Organisms, and chronologies of specific scientific subjects including plastics, electronics, and cell biology.With concise entries on an extensive list of topics, this dictionary is both an ideal reference work for students and a great introduction for non-scientists.
The science book by 
Bioenergy by
The search for altenative, renewable sources of fuel and energy from plants, algae, and waste materials has catalyzed in recent years. With the growing interest in bioenergy development and production there has been increasing demand for a broad ranging introductory text in the field. Bioenergy: Principles and Practices provides an invaluable introduction to the fundamentals of bioenergy feedstocks, processing, and industry. Bioenergy provides readers with an understanding of foundational information on 1st, 2nd, and 3rd generation biofuels. Coverage spans from feedstock production of key energy sources such as grasses, canes, and woody plants through chemical conversion processes and industrial application. Each chapter provides a thorough description of fundamental concepts, definitions of key terms, case studies and practical examples and exercises. Bioenergy: Principles and Practices will be an essential resource for students, bioengineers, chemists, and industry personnel tying key concepts of bioenergy science to valuable real world application.
Social Statistics by
With a clear and engaging writing style and strong examples from the real world, this text covers current statistical techniques at an introductory level and emphasizes the clear presentation of results to a variety of audiences, making the course more useful to students and their careers. Interconnection features among chapters help students understand how all of the techniques fit together. Using varied data sets, the text features a highly rated companion website that includes videos of the author offering step-by-step explanations of how to carry out the techniques, interpret the results, and present them to varied audiences. NEW TO THIS EDITION More inter-chapter connections have been added to improve students' conceptual learning. Several examples (on immigration, health, and civil rights) now permeate the text for easy comparison of techniques across chapters. The section on managing data is considerably expanded to cover topics such as finding new sources of data, dealing with missing data, and how to combine data reliably. Very current examples from the scholarly literature from criminology, education, and health show how researchers use each chapter's techniques to tell compelling stories. Instructors can choose from a variety of greatly expanded materials to enhance their lectures: engaging animations of key concepts; dynamic demonstrations of how statistics change in line with the data; short lectures on difficult-to-explain topics; and in-class exercises that will help students learn how to make sense of statistical results.
Research Methods in Education by
This thoroughly updated and extended eighth edition of the long-running bestseller Research Methods in Education covers the whole range of methods employed by educational research at all stages. Its five main parts cover: the context of educational research; research design; methodologies for educational research; methods of data collection; and data analysis and reporting. It continues to be the go-to text for students, academics and researchers who are undertaking, understanding and using educational research, and has been translated into several languages. It offers plentiful and rich practical advice, underpinned by clear theoretical foundations, research evidence and up-to-date references, and it raises key issues and questions for researchers planning, conducting, reporting and evaluating research. This edition contains new chapters on: Mixed methods research The role of theory in educational research Ethics in Internet research Research questions and hypotheses Internet surveys Virtual worlds, social network software and netography in educational research Using secondary data in educational research Statistical significance, effect size and statistical power Beyond mixed methods: using Qualitative Comparative Analysis (QCA) to integrate cross-case and within-case analyses. Research Methods in Education is essential reading for both the professional researcher and anyone involved in educational and social research. The book is supported by a wealth of online materials, including PowerPoint slides, useful weblinks, practice data sets, downloadable tables and figures from the book, and a virtual, interactive, self-paced training programme in research methods. These resources can be found at: www.routledge.com/cw/cohen.
Digital Technologies and Change in Education by
Digital Technologies and Change in Education provides professionals and other leaders with a road map of the processes of change for teachers, schools, universities, and educational systems, including extensive case studies and evidence that clarify the benefits and challenges of digital technologies in education. To this end, Niki Davis offers a theoretical framework--the Arena--as a tool for exploration and analysis of our own experiences of teaching, leadership, and research. With a blend of local, regional, and global examples from all sectors of education, this book allows readers to move past the potentially misleading glitter of new technologies and into the co-evolving ecologies that make up education and training locally and globally.
A Guide to Supervising Non-Native English Writers of Theses and Dissertations by
Focused on the writing process, A Guide to Supervising Non-native English Writers of Theses and Dissertations presents approaches that can be employed by supervisors to help address the writing issues or difficulties that may emerge during the provisional and confirmation phases of the thesis/dissertation journey. Pre-writing advice and post-writing feedback that can be given to students are explained and illustrated. A growing number of students who are non-native speakers of English are enrolled in Masters and PhD programmes at universities across the world where English is the language of communication. These students often encounter difficulties when writing a thesis or dissertation in English - primarily, understanding the requirements and expectations of the new academic context and the conventions of academic writing. Designed for easy use by supervisors, this concise guide focuses specifically on the relationship between reading for and preparing to write the various part-genres or chapters; the creation of argument; making and evaluating claims, judgements and conclusions; writing coherent and cohesive text; meeting the generic and discipline-specific writing conventions; designing conference abstracts and PowerPoint presentations; and writing journal articles.
The Essential Guide to Doing Your Research Project by
The Essential Guide to Doing Your Research Project 2e is the ultimate companion to successfully completing your research project. Warm and pragmatic, it gives you the skills and the confidence needed to succeed no matter what happens along the way. The book guides you through every step of your research project, from getting started to analysing data and writing up. Each stage is clearly set out, highlighting best practice and providing practical tips and down-to-earth advice for actually doing research. Key features include: Fully developed companion website including podcasts, worksheets, examples of real projects and links to journal articles Chapter summaries Boxed definitions of key terms Full glossary Suggestions for further reading Bursting with real world examples and multidisciplinary case studies, this book addresses the key questions posed by anyone hoping to complete a research project. It is the must-have textbook every student needs. Available with Perusall--an eBook that makes it easier to prepare for classPerusall is an award-winning eBook platform featuring social annotation tools that allow students and instructors to collaboratively mark up and discuss their SAGE textbook. Backed by research and supported by technological innovations developed at Harvard University, this process of learning through collaborative annotation keeps your students engaged and makes teaching easier and more effective. Learn more.
Research methods and techniques by
Research method.
Research process.
Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach by
Introduction and basic concepts -- Energy, energy transfer, and general energy analysis -- Properties of pure substances -- Energy analysis of closed systems -- Mass and energy analysis of control volumes -- The second law of thermodynamics -- Entropy -- Exergy -- Gas powers cycles -- Vapor and combined power cycles -- Refrigeration cycles -- Thermodynamic property relations -- Gas mixtures -- Gas-vapor mixtures and air-conditioning -- Chemical reactions -- Chemical and phase equilibrium -- Compressible flow -- Renewable energy -- Appendix 1: Property tables and charts (SI units) -- Appendix 2: Property tables and charts (English units).
Principles of Engineering Thermodynamics, SI Edition by
Written in an informal, first-person writing style that makes abstract concepts easier to understand, PRINCIPLES OF ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS provides strong coverage of fundamental concepts and applications. To help readers develop a better understanding of how to apply thermodynamics in their careers and a stronger intuitive feel for how the different components of thermodynamics are interrelated, the book asks readers to explore how changes in a particular parameter can change a device's or process' performance. Readers are encouraged to develop computer-based models of devices, processes, and cycles and to take advantage of the speed of Internet-based programs and computer apps to find thermodynamic data, just as practicing engineers do.
Thermodynamics for Engineers, SI Edition by
THERMODYNAMICS FOR ENGINEERS, SI Edition focuses on outcome-based learning, which has been identified by ABET as an essential aspect of engineering curricula. Learning outcomes are listed at the start of each chapter and identified as completed at relevant places in the text, followed by a summary at the end of each chapter. Authors Kenneth Kroos and Merle Potter bring decades of teaching experience to a clear writing style that describes key concepts without straying from the course. The language of thermodynamics is explained in careful detail so that students can quickly understand the concepts presented and the analysis techniques used. Extensive use of practical examples demonstrates the proper set-up and solution of problems. These skills are then further developed using a wide variety of homework problems. Some homework problems are presented with an increased degree of complexity to allow the instructor to challenge the more accomplished.THERMODYNAMICS FOR ENGINEERS, SI Edition, focuses on clearly outlining the role of thermodynamics in "real" engineering. It takes students through clear explanations of concepts, followed by mathematical techniques of analysis and applications of these in solving engineering problems.
Thermodynamics of Geothermal Fluids by
Volume 76 of Reviews in Mineralogy and Geochemistry presents an extended review of the topics conveyed in a short course on Geothermal Fluid Thermodynamics held prior to the 23rd Annual V.M. Goldschmidt Conference in Florence, Italy (August 24-25, 2013). It covers Thermodynamics of Geothermal Fluids, The Molecular-Scale Fundament of Geothermal Fluid Thermodynamics, Thermodynamics of Aqueous Species at High Temperatures and Pressures: Equations of State and Transport Theory, Mineral Solubility and Aqueous Speciation Under Hydrothermal Conditions to 300 °C - The Carbonate System as an Example, Thermodynamic Modeling of Fluid-Rock Interaction at Mid-Crustal to Upper-Mantle Conditions, Speciation and Transport of Metals and Metalloids in Geological Vapors, Solution Calorimetry Under Hydrothermal Conditions, Structure and Thermodynamics of Subduction Zone Fluids from Spectroscopic Studies and Thermodynamics of Organic Transformations in Hydrothermal Fluids.
Advanced Thermodynamics by
Designed for the course in thermodynamics or for use as a reference for practicing engineers, this book includes the theoretical underpinnings and derivations necessary for advanced study. The book focuses on the mechanical and power engineering applications of thermodynamics. Mathematics is utilized as required, serving as a tool to formulate the concepts, solve problems and applications. Furthermore, numerous examples are provided to demonstrate the applications of thermodynamics for engineering problems and to enhance the use of concepts. It also includes statistical thermodynamic examples when relevant and pertinent. These examples are shown either conceptually or numerically. Features: +Numerous examples are provided to demonstrate the applications of thermodynamics for engineering problems +Includes a comprehensive and generalist view of thermodynamics, along with historical developments in the field +Presents mathematical tools such as the Legendre transformation, the Euler chain rule, the Jacobian methodology and applications for thermodynamic derivatives.
Heat and thermodynamics by 
A Conceptual Guide to Thermodynamics by
Thermodynamics is the science that describes the behavior of matter at the macroscopic scale, and how this arises from individual molecules. As such, it is a subject of profound practical and fundamental importance to many science and engineering fields. Despite extremely varied applications ranging from nanomotors to cosmology, the core concepts of thermodynamics such as equilibrium and entropy are the same across all disciplines. A Conceptual Guide to Thermodynamics serves as a concise, conceptual and practical supplement to the major thermodynamics textbooks used in various fields. Presenting clear explanations of the core concepts, the book aims to improve fundamental understanding of the material, as well as homework and exam performance. Distinctive features include: Terminology and Notation Key: A universal translator that addresses the myriad of conventions, terminologies, and notations found across the major thermodynamics texts. Content Maps: Specific references to each major thermodynamic text by section and page number for each new concept that is introduced. Helpful Hints and Don't Try Its: Numerous useful tips for solving problems, as well as warnings of common student pitfalls. Unique Explanations: Conceptually clear, mathematically fairly simple, yet also sufficiently precise and rigorous. A more extensive set of reference materials, including older and newer editions of the major textbooks, as well as a number of less commonly used titles, is available online at http://www.conceptualthermo.com. Undergraduate and graduate students of chemistry, physics, engineering, geosciences and biological sciences will benefit from this book, as will students preparing for graduate school entrance exams and MCATs.
Introduction to the Physics of Electron Emission by
A practical, in-depth description of the physics behind electron emission physics and its usage in science and technology Electron emission is both a fundamental phenomenon and an enabling component that lies at the very heart of modern science and technology. Written by a recognized authority in the field, with expertise in both electron emission physics and electron beam physics, An Introduction to Electron Emission provides an in-depth look at the physics behind thermal, field, photo, and secondary electron emission mechanisms, how that physics affects the beams that result through space charge and emittance growth, and explores the physics behind their utilization in an array of applications. The book addresses mathematical and numerical methods underlying electron emission, describing where the equations originated, how they are related, and how they may be correctly used to model actual sources for devices using electron beams. Writing for the beam physics and solid state communities, the author explores applications of electron emission methodology to solid state, statistical, and quantum mechanical ideas and concepts related to simulations of electron beams to condensed matter, solid state and fabrication communities. Provides an extensive description of the physics behind four electron emission mechanisms--field, photo, and secondary, and how that physics relates to factors such as space charge and emittance that affect electron beams. Introduces readers to mathematical and numerical methods, their origins, and how they may be correctly used to model actual sources for devices using electron beams Demonstrates applications of electron methodology as well as quantum mechanical concepts related to simulations of electron beams to solid state design and manufacture Designed to function as both a graduate-level text and a reference for research professionals Introduction to the Physics of Electron Emission is a valuable learning tool for postgraduates studying quantum mechanics, statistical mechanics, solid state physics, electron transport, and beam physics. It is also an indispensable resource for academic researchers and professionals who use electron sources, model electron emission, develop cathode technologies, or utilize electron beams.
Dielectrophoresis by
Comprehensive coverage of the basic theoretical concepts and applications of dielectrophoresis from a world-renowned expert. Features hot application topics including: Diagnostics, Cell-based Drug Discovery, Sensors for Biomedical Applications, Characterisation and Sorting of Stem Cells, Separation of Cancer Cells from Blood and Environmental Monitoring Focuses on those aspects of the theory and practice of dielectrophoresis concerned with characterizing and manipulating cells and other bioparticles such as bacteria, viruses, proteins and nucleic acids. Features the relevant chemical and biological concepts for those working in physics and engineering
Industrial Electricity by
INDUSTRIAL ELECTRICITY, Ninth Edition, presents the essentials of electrical theory in a clear, current, logical manner to help you master both fundamental concepts and more advanced subjects relevant to the field of industrial electricity. Coverage begins with foundational topics like electrical symbols and drawings, current, voltage, resistance, and power, while subsequent chapters introduce Ohm�s Law; series, parallel, and combination circuits; and resistive and reactive circuits. The text also includes thorough discussion of advanced subjects such as rotating machinery, motor controls, transformers, electronic drives, and PLCs, as well as practical information on key real-world applications of electrical theory, including installation, maintenance, and troubleshooting. The Ninth Edition features more than 800 illustrations and photos to help explain key concepts and bring theory and practice alike to life.
Waves and Grains by
Mark Silverman has seen light perform many wonders. From the marvel of seeing inside cloudy liquids as a result of his own cutting-edge research to reproducing and examining an unusual diffraction pattern first witnessed by Isaac Newton 300 years ago, he has studied aspects of light that have inspired and puzzled humans for hundreds of years. In this book, he draws on his many experiences as an optical and atomic physicist--and on his consummate skills as a teacher and writer about the mysteries of physics--to present a remarkable tour of the world of light. He explores theoretical, experimental, and historical themes, showing a keen eye for curious and neglected corners of the study of light and a fascination with the human side of scientific discovery. In the course of the book, he covers such questions as how it is possible to achieve magnifications of a millionfold without a single lens or mirror. He asks what all living things have in common that might one day allow the development of a "life-form scanner" like the one in Star Trek. He considers whether more light can reflect from a surface than strikes it, and explores the origin of the strange hyperpolic diffraction pattern Newton originally produced with sunlight and knives. Silverman also discusses his new and ground-breaking experiments to see into murky substances such as fog or blood--a finding with potential applications as diverse as noninvasive medical testing and remote sensing of the environment. His wide-ranging reflections cover virtually all elements of physical optics, including propagation, reflection, refraction, diffraction, interference, polarization, and scattering. Throughout, Silverman makes extensive reference to both modern research and the original works of giants such as Newton, Fresnel, and Maxwell. In a more personal section about physics and learning, Silverman argues for self-directed learning and discusses the central importance of stimulating scientific curiosity in students. Waves and Grains will encourage a spirit of wonder and inquiry in anyone with scientific interests.
Optik by
Leser schätzen dieses Lehrbuch vor allem wegen seines ausgewogenen didaktischen Konzepts. Leicht verständlich erklärt es die Mathematik der Wellenbewegung, behandelt ausführlich die klassischen und modernen Methoden der Optik und erkundet die Neuerungen und großen Entwicklungen bei z.B. Laser, Faseroptik, Holographie, Fourier-Optik und nichtlineare Optik. Ziel des Autors ist dabei, die Optik im Rahmen einiger weniger, übergreifender Konzepte zu vereinheitlichen, so dass Studierende ein in sich geschlossenes, zusammenhängendes Bild erhalten. Abgerundet wird das Buch durch zahlreiche, didaktisch hervorragend aufbereitete Abbildungen und viele aktuelle Fotos. Über 800 Übungsaufgaben verschiedener Schwierigkeitsgrade, die zu einem großen Teil mit vollständigen Lösungen vorliegen, ermöglichen dem Studierenden, sein Wissen selbständig zu überprüfen. Über 750 Abbildungen und über 800 Übungsaufgaben verschiedener Schwierigkeitsgrade, meist mit ausführlichen Lösungen. Das Standardwerk der Optik seit über 25 Jahren. Umfangreich wie kein zweites Buch, von der Ausbreitung des Lichts bis zur Überlagerung von Wellen.
Fluid Mechanics by
The book aims to provide an efficient methodology of solving a fluid mechanics problem. It aims to meet different objectives of the student, the future engineer or scientist. Using simple sizing calculations, and more advanced analytical calculations, the book covers all the essential numerical approaches for solving complex practical problems.
Compressible Flow Propulsion and Digital Approaches in Fluid Mechanics by
This book aims to provide an efficient methodology of solving a fluid mechanics problem, based on an awareness of the physical. It meets different objectives of the student, the future engineer or scientist: Simple sizing calculations are required to master today's numerical approach for solving complex practical problems.
The good Earth : introduction to Earth science by 
Earth at Risk by
Earth at Risk shows what a world organized along the principles of sustainability could look like, building on the experience of the 2015 Paris Climate Conference. Though formidable obstacles remain, Claude Henry and Laurence Tubiana present the case for collective initiatives and change that build momentum for implementation and action.
Marine Ecological Field Methods by
A comprehensive, clear, and detailed guide to procedures for conducting marine ecological field studies Marine Ecological Field Methods is a comprehensive resource that offers the most relevant sampling methodologies for quantitative and qualitative studies of mesopelagic, demersal, littoral, and soft-bottom organisms, as well as relevant physical parameters. The authors describe how various sampling gears work, how to operate them, their limitations, guides on sorting and measuring collected organisms, and how to deal with subsamples of large catches. The text also explains how to use acoustic equipment for monitoring aggregations of organisms, for example fish shoals, as well as the use of sensors for registering environmental variables such as salinity, temperature, oxygen, and light. The text contains cutting-edge research techniques that are in their final stages of development for use in research surveys. Marine Ecological Field Methods is designed to help with the entire procedure for conducting a field study, including the generation of hypotheses, planning field collection of data, conducting field work, data exploration and statistical analysis with the use of R, and presentation of results in a final report. This essential resource: Covers a wide range of techniques and methods for the marine environment Includes tried and trusted methodologies and techniques from a team of noted experts in the field Contains information on sampling equipment ranging from those that are useful in the littoral zone to shallow nearshore areas, including bottles, secchi discs, and gillnets, and finally large trawls, benthic sleds, ROV and advanced technologies for remote sensing in the open ocean. Explores the step-by-step procedures for conducting a field study, from formulating hypotheses to the process of registering and reporting results Written for students and professionals in the field, this vital resource describes marine ecological sampling equipment, methods and analysis, ranging from physical parameters to fish, microalgae, zooplankton, benthos and macroalgae.
Pathways to Astronomy by
Pathways to Astronomy breaks down introductory astronomy into its component parts. The huge and fascinating field of astronomy is divided into 86 units. These units are woven together to flow naturally for the person who wants to read the text like a book, but it is also possible to assign them in different orders, or skip certain units altogether. Professors can customize the units to fit their course needs. They can select individual units for exploration in lecture while assigning easier units for self-study, or they can cover all the units in full depth in a content-rich course. With the short length of units, students can easily digest the material covered in an individual unit before moving onto the next unit.
More Things in the Heavens by
A sweeping tour of the infrared universe as seen through the eyes of NASA's Spitzer Space Telescope Astronomers have been studying the heavens for thousands of years, but until recently much of the cosmos has been invisible to the human eye. Launched in 2003, the Spitzer Space Telescope has brought the infrared universe into focus as never before. Michael Werner and Peter Eisenhardt are among the scientists who worked for decades to bring this historic mission to life. Here is their inside story of how Spitzer continues to carry out cutting-edge infrared astronomy to help answer fundamental questions that have intrigued humankind since time immemorial: Where did we come from? How did the universe evolve? Are we alone? In this panoramic book, Werner and Eisenhardt take readers on a breathtaking guided tour of the cosmos in the infrared, beginning in our solar system and venturing ever outward toward the distant origins of the expanding universe. They explain how astronomers use the infrared to observe celestial bodies that are too cold or too far away for their light to be seen by the eye, to conduct deep surveys of galaxies as they appeared at the dawn of time, and to peer through dense cosmic clouds that obscure major events in the life cycles of planets, stars, and galaxies. Featuring many of Spitzer's spectacular images, More Things in the Heavens provides a thrilling look at how infrared astronomy is aiding the search for exoplanets and extraterrestrial life, and transforming our understanding of the history and evolution of our universe.
Astronomy : QuickStudy Reference Guide to Space, Our Solar System, Planets and the Stars. by
As a student, stargazer, or lover of our galaxy, space and the infinite, there is no resource for this price that in 6 pages can show you the universe this completely yet succinctly. Expertly authored with balanced coverage, the number of detailed facts and answers to our questions about planets, our galaxy and the universe makes this the biggest bang for your buck – guaranteed. 6-page e-guide includes: History of Astronomy Ancient Times The Astronomy of Greece Pioneers of Astronomy Space Dimensions Origin of The Solar System Details of the Terrestrial Planets Details of the Jovian Planets Comparative Data on the Jovian Planets The Dwarf Planets The Sun The Stars Atoms The Properties of Stars Starlight Galaxies Concepts of CosmologySuggested uses: Students – content is aligned to an entry college level or advanced high school astronomy course, for use as a quick and easy reference and review for that class as well as digging deeper for students in earth science courses at the high school level Stargazers & Space Lovers – for stargazers there are plenty of details as well as those space lovers of the far, far away
Astronomy for the Inquiring Mind by
This selection from the author's famous Physics for the Inquiring Mind is a book for readers who want to grow in scientific wisdom, who want to know the fundamentals of the history and theory of basic astronomy. Originally published in 1982. The Princeton Legacy Library uses the latest print-on-demand technology to again make available previously out-of-print books from the distinguished backlist of Princeton University Press. These editions preserve the original texts of these important books while presenting them in durable paperback and hardcover editions. The goal of the Princeton Legacy Library is to vastly increase access to the rich scholarly heritage found in the thousands of books published by Princeton University Press since its founding in 1905.
Astronomy Through the Ages by
When astronomers today look up at the night sky they picture a spectacular and infinite universe--full of pulsars, quasars, and black holes and ruled by arcane laws of space and time. Once, ancient astronomers looked up and saw only points of light tracing calm movements across the heavens. But they too were moved to wonder about the meaning of what they saw. In Astronomy through the Ages, Sir Robert Wilson tells the story of how our understanding of the universe has evolved through history--of how the sedate and stable star field of ancient times has been replaced by the vast and explosive universe we know today. Wilson, one of the most distinguished astronomers of the twentieth century, begins by tracing the astronomical studies of the ancient Babylonians, Egyptians, and Greeks and reviews important early contributions from India, China, and the Islamic world. He explains the development of the sun-centered model of the universe in Renaissance Europe. He then tells how the development of the telescope, photography, and spectroscopy pushed back the limits of the observable universe and eventually brought astronomy into the twentieth century. Finally, he describes the rapid advances in radio and space astronomy and other methods over the past fifty years that have ushered in a new "golden age" of astronomy. These advances have not only allowed observation of deep space but also enabled scientists to unlock the secrets of the universe itself from its origin to its possible fate. Wilson himself has played an important role in these discoveries as the developer of one of the most successful astronomical satellites ever launched, the International Ultraviolet Explorer. While focusing on the human side of astronomical discovery, Wilson also provides readers with a basic understanding of difficult concepts, explaining relativity and quantum mechanics without using technical language or mathematics. Remarkable in its scope and clarity,Astronomy through the Ages provides an accessible view of historical discoveries and modern advances and shows why excitement about astronomy is even greater today than when Galileo first gazed in wonder at the rings of Saturn. Originally published in 1998. The Princeton Legacy Library uses the latest print-on-demand technology to again make available previously out-of-print books from the distinguished backlist of Princeton University Press. These editions preserve the original texts of these important books while presenting them in durable paperback and hardcover editions. The goal of the Princeton Legacy Library is to vastly increase access to the rich scholarly heritage found in the thousands of books published by Princeton University Press since its founding in 1905.
Making Sense of Weather and Climate by
The perfect book for avid weather watchers, amateur storm chasers, and anyone curious about the relationship between weather and climate.
Translanguaging in Translation by Using technology for creative text translation by Teaching translation vs training translators by The Routledge handbook of translation and education by Sociologies of poetry translation: emerging perspectives by Translation by Making Sense of Weather and Climate by
The perfect book for avid weather watchers, amateur storm chasers, and anyone curious about the relationship between weather and climate.
Cognitive linguistic approaches to text and discourse: from poetics to politics by Style, rhetoric and creativity in language by Computational stylistics in poetry, prose and drama by Introduction to discourse studies by Discourse analysis: an introduction by Waves and Grains by
Mark Silverman has seen light perform many wonders. From the marvel of seeing inside cloudy liquids as a result of his own cutting-edge research to reproducing and examining an unusual diffraction pattern first witnessed by Isaac Newton 300 years ago, he has studied aspects of light that have inspired and puzzled humans for hundreds of years. In this book, he draws on his many experiences as an optical and atomic physicist--and on his consummate skills as a teacher and writer about the mysteries of physics--to present a remarkable tour of the world of light. He explores theoretical, experimental, and historical themes, showing a keen eye for curious and neglected corners of the study of light and a fascination with the human side of scientific discovery. In the course of the book, he covers such questions as how it is possible to achieve magnifications of a millionfold without a single lens or mirror. He asks what all living things have in common that might one day allow the development of a "life-form scanner" like the one in Star Trek. He considers whether more light can reflect from a surface than strikes it, and explores the origin of the strange hyperpolic diffraction pattern Newton originally produced with sunlight and knives. Silverman also discusses his new and ground-breaking experiments to see into murky substances such as fog or blood--a finding with potential applications as diverse as noninvasive medical testing and remote sensing of the environment. His wide-ranging reflections cover virtually all elements of physical optics, including propagation, reflection, refraction, diffraction, interference, polarization, and scattering. Throughout, Silverman makes extensive reference to both modern research and the original works of giants such as Newton, Fresnel, and Maxwell. In a more personal section about physics and learning, Silverman argues for self-directed learning and discusses the central importance of stimulating scientific curiosity in students. Waves and Grains will encourage a spirit of wonder and inquiry in anyone with scientific interests.
Optik by
Leser schätzen dieses Lehrbuch vor allem wegen seines ausgewogenen didaktischen Konzepts. Leicht verständlich erklärt es die Mathematik der Wellenbewegung, behandelt ausführlich die klassischen und modernen Methoden der Optik und erkundet die Neuerungen und großen Entwicklungen bei z.B. Laser, Faseroptik, Holographie, Fourier-Optik und nichtlineare Optik. Ziel des Autors ist dabei, die Optik im Rahmen einiger weniger, übergreifender Konzepte zu vereinheitlichen, so dass Studierende ein in sich geschlossenes, zusammenhängendes Bild erhalten. Abgerundet wird das Buch durch zahlreiche, didaktisch hervorragend aufbereitete Abbildungen und viele aktuelle Fotos. Über 800 Übungsaufgaben verschiedener Schwierigkeitsgrade, die zu einem großen Teil mit vollständigen Lösungen vorliegen, ermöglichen dem Studierenden, sein Wissen selbständig zu überprüfen. Über 750 Abbildungen und über 800 Übungsaufgaben verschiedener Schwierigkeitsgrade, meist mit ausführlichen Lösungen. Das Standardwerk der Optik seit über 25 Jahren. Umfangreich wie kein zweites Buch, von der Ausbreitung des Lichts bis zur Überlagerung von Wellen.
Introducing Researching English for Specific Purposes by Approaches to English for specific and academic purposes by Introducing genre and English for specific purposes by Introducing course design and English for Specific Purposes by Teaching English for specific purposes by Vocabulary and English for specific purposes research: quantitative and qualitative perspectivces by Making Sense of Weather and Climate by
The perfect book for avid weather watchers, amateur storm chasers, and anyone curious about the relationship between weather and climate.
A LINGUISTIC APPROACH TO THE STUDY OF DYSLEXIA by Assessing academic literacy in a multilingual society: transition and transformation by The researched guide to literacy: an evidence-informed guide for teachers by Smart kids, struggling readers: the overlooked factors and novel solutions by The next step forward in reading intervention by Making Sense of Weather and Climate by
The perfect book for avid weather watchers, amateur storm chasers, and anyone curious about the relationship between weather and climate.
College writing skills with readings by Steps to writing well by Writing: ten core concepts by The handbook of creative writing by Discovering creative writing by Making Sense of Weather and Climate by
The perfect book for avid weather watchers, amateur storm chasers, and anyone curious about the relationship between weather and climate.
Reconnect: building school culture for meaning, purpose and belonging by Organizational Ethnography by Institutionalizing Interdisiplinary and transdiciplinarity: Collaboration across cultures and communities by School Culture with Organization Vignettes by Shifting: how school leaders can create culture of change by Making Sense of Weather and Climate by
The perfect book for avid weather watchers, amateur storm chasers, and anyone curious about the relationship between weather and climate.
American sign language syntax by Sign language ideologies in practice by Sign language among North American Indians compared with that among other peoples and deaf mutes by The legal recognition of sign languages: advocacy and outcomes around the world by Filipino sign language: a compilation of signs from regions of the Philippines by An introduction to Filipino Sign language by Say it with signs: a sign language handbook for Filipinos by Making Sense of Weather and Climate by
The perfect book for avid weather watchers, amateur storm chasers, and anyone curious about the relationship between weather and climate.
LET REV. TOS PPST - BASED ENGLISH - (Book 3) by Reviewer for licensure examinations for teachers by LET comprehensive reviewer based on the NCBTS and table of specifications by LET comprehensive reviewer based on the NCBTS and table of specifications by LET comprehensive reviewer based on the NCBTS and table of specifications by LET comprehensive reviewer based on the NCBTS and table of specifications by LET comprehensive reviewer based on the NCBTS and table of specifications by Making Sense of Weather and Climate by
The perfect book for avid weather watchers, amateur storm chasers, and anyone curious about the relationship between weather and climate.
Explore these full text databases dealing with Accounting to view and download articles for your research:
